;report to the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Commission. United States.Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Washington[For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govt. Print. Off.]1962. Fishing United States. ORRRC STUDY REPORT 7 Coastal Zone I Information SPORT FISHING TODAY AND TOMORROW A Report to the. Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Commission -P@ """'12,777,77" "ngm:; g@ FLY, 0A g N, 44 GV 53 A25 no. 1 OUTDOOR RECREATION FOR AMERICA The Report of the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Commission to the president and the Congress This report surveys our country's outdoor recreation resources, measures present and likely demands upon them over the next 40 years, and recommends actions to insure their availability to all Americans of present and future generations. The first part of the 246-page volume reviews the place of outdoor recreation in American life, drawing largely on the finding of the Commission's expert studies. It describes the supply of recreation resources, the demand for recreation, the economics of recreation, and the prob- lems of relating all three to assure present and future generations of the outdoor recreation oppor- tunities they require. The second part contains recommendations for programs and policies, with chapters concerning the responsibilities of the Federal Government, the'States, local gov- emment, and private enterprise. There are chapters on special problems of management, fi- nancing, water, and research. The report is for sale by the Superintendent of Docurrients, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $2. ORRRC Study Report 11 Private OOtdoor Recreation Facilities', Repo@t to the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Commission by Oie Economic Research Service, U.j1S. Department of Agriculture U . SDEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NOAA COASTAL SERVICES CENTER 2234 SOUTH HOBSON AVENUE CHARLESTON, SC 29405-24 13 --@Washington, D. C. 1962 Property Of CSC Library Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 62-60033 ORRRC Study -kePori I I. For sale. by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Wasbington 25, D.C. Price $I- OUTDOOR RECREATION RESOURCES REVIEW COMMISSION The Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Commission was created by the Act of June 28, 1958 (Public Law 85-470, 72 Stat. 238). The task assigned to the Commission was to seek answers to the following basic questions: What are the recreation wants and needs of the American people now and what win they be in the years 1976 and 2000? What are the recreation resources of the Nation available to fill those needs? What policies and., programs should be recommended to insure that.the needs of the present and future are adequately and efficiently met? The Commission's report, Outdoor Recreation for America, which was presented to the President and to the Congress on January 31, 1962, contains'the findings of the Commission and its recommendations for action required to meet-the Nation's outdoor recreation needs in 1976 and 2000. In the course of its work, the Commission obtained many special reports -from its own staff, public agencies, universities, nonprofit research organizations, and individual authorities. It is publishing these reports because of their potential interest to officials at all levels of Government and to others who may wish to pursue the subject further. A descriptive list of the study reports appears at the end of this volume. In the development of the fin 'dings, conclusions, and recommendations'presented to the President and to the Congress in January 1962, the Commission considered this report and other study reports, but its conclusions were based on the entire study and on its own judgment. Pub- lication of the study reports does not necessarily imply endorsement of them in whole or in part. iff THE COMMISSION CHAIRMAN Laurance S. Rockefeller President, Rockefeller Brothers Fund, New York, New York UNITED STATES SENATE Clinton P. Anderson, New Mexico Henry C. Dworshak, Idaho Henry M. Jackson, Washington Jack Miller, Iowa HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES John P. Saylor, Pennsylvania@", Gracie Pfost, Idaho Ralph J. Rivers, Alaska John H. 1@yl, Iowa PRESIDENTIAL COMMISSIONERS Samuel T. Dana Dean Emeritus, School of Natural Resources The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,,.Michigan Mrs. M arian S. Dzyfoos Associate Director of Special Activities, The New York Times New York, New York Bernard L. Orell Vice President, Weyerhaeuser Company Tacoma, Washington Joseph W. Penfold Conservation Director, Izaak Walton League of America Washington, D.C. M. Frederik Smith Vice President, Prudential Insurance Company of America Newark, New Jersey Chester S. Wilson Former Minnesota State Commissioner of Conservation Stillwater, Minnesota Special Assistant to the Chairman Carl 0. Gustafson Senators Frank A. Barrett of Wyoming and Arthur V. Watkins of Utah served on the Commission from its inception until January 1959. Senator Richard L. Neuberger of Oregon served on the Commission from its inception until his death in March 1960. Senator Thomas Martin of Iowa served from February 1959 until January 1961. Representative John 1. Rhodes of Arizona served from the inception of the Commission until February 1959. Representative Harold R. Collier of Illinois served from February 1959 until March 1960. Representative Al Ullman of Oregon served from the inception of the Commission until April 1961- Mrs. Katharine Jackson Lee, Director, American Forestry Association, Peterborough, New Hampshire, served on the Commission from its inception until her death in October 1961. iv THE STAFF EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR Francis W. Sargent DEPUTY DIRECTOR FOR STUDIES Lawrence N. Stevens EDITORIAL ADMINISTRATIVE Henry L. Diamond, Editor Alva F. Rollins, General Counsel Stephen W. Bergen John R. Kennedy G. W. Cain Robert J. Phillips Mrs. Rose G. Phillips Advisem Louis V. Stevenson, Jr. Nancy Hanks Malcolm C. Moos Francis E. Rourke William H. Whyte Stuart I. Freeman (graphics) POLICY AND INVENTORY FORECASTS PROGRAM AND EVALUATION AND ECONOMICS Arthur A. Davis, Chief Max M. Tharp, Chief Laurence 1. Hewes, Jr., Chief M. Constance Foley John E. Bryant Betty C. Churchill W. Roy Hamilton, Jr. Hugh C. Davis Abbott L. Fen-iss George R. Lamb Eugene S. Martin Seymour Fiekowsky D. Isabel Picken Jane Greverus Perry Francis X. Hammett Dennis A. Rapp Conrad J. Thoren Clyde W. Hart Ann Satterthwaite Peter J. Weil Elmer J. Moore Andrew J. W. Scheffey Warren C. Robinson Vito Tanzi Mrs. Lois E. H. Zazove SECRETARIAL AND CLERICAL Mrs. Roberta H. Bleam Mrs. Dorothy C. Hanna Mrs. Elizabeth P. Simpson Mrs. Maryann M. Clement Mrs. Catherine G. Hart Mrs. Sylvia S. Singleton M. Angela Farrell Ronald T. Jones Lillie A. Synan Irene M. Ferguson Mrs. Lois L. LeMenager Mrs. Frances B. Tinsley Agnes A. Fitzgibbon Mrs. Sally S. Lewis Sandra E. Vadney John T. Fuston Janet E. Modery Sallie Wymard Mrs. Shirleyann Fuston Julia A. Schmidt Norman I. Wengert served as Deputy Director for Studies from June 1959 to May 1960. The above list includes those persons who served at least one year or who were members of the staff at the time the Commission's report was published. v This study report was prepared under the supervision of the Inventory and Evaluation Group of the Commission Staff. @Max M. Tharp, Chief John E. Bryant Hugh C. Davis Jane Greverus Perry Peter J. Weil M. Angela Farrell Janet E. Modbry Sandra E. Vadney vi CONTENTS Page Preface ................. ... xiv Synopsis ............................................ xv CHAPTERI Introduction ............................................ 1 Study Objectives . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . ... . . . . 1 Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . o. :: : : : : - .. . . . . . . . . . . I The Report . . . . . . . . . . o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 CHAPTER 2 The National Framework for Outdoor Recreation . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 3 Population as Users of Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Land Resources . . . 4 Water Resources 0. o* 4 Our Growing Need for Outdoor Recreation ...... o--, 5 CHAPTER 3 The Inventory of Privately Owned Resources .... ......... o ....... 7 Sampling Distribution 0 ...... 0 0 7 Analysis of the Data ....... o 7 CHAPTER 4 Resorts ...... o ............... o ........................ 9 Location, Type of Operation, and Landownership ....... o . o . . - o 9 Acreage Controlled and Area Used for Recreation 9 Terrain and Cover .......... o . o ......... 9 Variety of Recreation Facilities ............. .......... 9 Popularity of Recreation Activities ......... o ......... o . o . . 10 Number of Visitors ........ o ........................... 10 Type of Accommodations and Capacity .... o .... o ....... o .... 11 Fees Charged ....... o .................. o .......... 11 Other Recreation Resources .... o........ o . .... 11 Problems . . . o .......... .... 11 Plans for Expansion ....... 12, 12 Expenses and Income ............... o CHAPTER 5 Dude Ranches ............ o......... i .................. 13 Location and Type of Organization ......... o ............ o . 13 Acreage Controlled and Area Used for Recreation ......... o ... 13 Terrain and Cover ...... ............. 13 Variety of Recreation Facili;ie ... o o .......... 13 Number of Visitors and Fees Charged ....... o ....... o ..... 14 Overnight Facilities and Meals ..................... o . o .... 14 Problems Reported .................................. 14 Property Values and Income ......................... ... 15 Plans for Expansion .. ............................ ... 15 vii CHAPTER 6 Page Campgrounds ........................................ 17 Sampling Procedures ................................ *17 Location, Acreage Controlled, and Area Used for Recreation ...... 17 Terrain and Cover ... 18 ... 18 Variety of Recreation @a lities .................. Popularity of Recreation Activities ....................... 18 Other Recreation Resources ............................ 18 Number of Visitors .................... 19 Fees Charged ..................... o . : *. *. *. *. *. *. *. *..'o *. 19 Problems Reported .................................. 19 Property Values and Income ........ # ...... o ............ 19 Plans for ' Expansion ................................. 20 Facilities to be Added .................. o ............. 20 CHAPTER 7 Commercial Beaches .................................... 23 Sampling Procedures ................................ 23 Location, Type of Operator, Acreage Controlled, and Area Used for Recreation .................. o o....... 23 Terrain and Cover . . 23 '@i ;s* 24 Variety of Recreation @a liti Fees Charged ...... # 4 * Q 6 a 0 a 1 0 a 6 a o 1 4 1 a o 8 oo 24 Number of Recreation Visits o .......................... 25 Availability of Overnight Accommodations and Meals ......... o .25 Problems ...... i ........................... o .... 25 Property @alues and ncome ........................ o ... 25 Plans for Expansion .... o............................ 26 CHAPTER 8 Yacht Clubs ...................... o ...... o ..... o . o .... 27 Location, Acreage Controlled, Ownership, and Area Used for Recreation .......... 27 Variety of, Recreation Facilities ......... 28 Number of Recreation Visits ....................... o ... 28 Availability of Meals ................................ 29 Problems ............................... o ........ 29 Plans for Expansion ......................... o....... 29 CHAPTER 9 Boat Clubs ............................................ 31 Location, Acreage Controlled, Ownership, and Area Used for Recreation .......................... 31 Terrain and Cover ............... o o ........ 31 Recreation Facilities and Activities .............. :::::::: 31 Number of Visitors ...................... o ........ o. 32 Fees Charged ............. * ....................... 32 Recreation and Food Facilities .................... o.. . .. 32 Problems ................... o ............... 32 Planned Expansion .................................. 32 Value and Receipts .................................. 33 viii 0 Ski Areas CHAPTER 1O Page ........................................... 35 Acreage Cont rolled and Area Used for Recreation ............. 35 Ownership and Operation .................... 35 Terrain and Cover ......................... 35 Recreation Facilities and Popularity of Activities ............. 36 Other Recreation Resources ............................ 36 Number of Visitor Days .............................. 36 Overnight Accommodations and Meals ..................... 36 Fees Charged ................................. .. 36 Problems Reported .................................... 37 Property Values and Income .............. ......... . 37 Planned Expansion ................ o ......... o ....... 37 CHAPTER11 Shooting Preserves ..................................... 39 Sampling Distribution ................ o............... 39 Management Control Characteristics . ................... 40 Area Controlled and Area Used for Recreation ............. o . .40 Primary Use of Land ................................ 42 Terrain and Cover . ......... ...... o............. o 42 Variety of Recreation Interests on Shooting Preserves ....... o 42 Water--Related Recreation on Shooting Preserves ......... o .... 42 Number of Recreation Visits ....... 43 Fees Charged ........... ... . 43 Facilities Provided or Nearby ... o......... o ............ 44 Problems Reported .................................. 44 Plans for Expansion . . o ............. o..... 44 Costs and Returns ....................... . 45 CHAPTER12 Vacation Farms ............... 47 Recreation Resources .... 47 Availability of Overnight Accommodations and Mea1 48 Fees Charged ... o ........ o ......... o............ o. 48 CHAPTER13 Resort Hotels ......................................... 49 Acreage and Ownership, ............. ..... 49 Terrain and Cover ..... ... 49 Variety of Facilities .... 49 50 Nearby Recreation Lands and Waters Number of Visitors ....... o ...... ................. 50 Fees and Overnight Facilities ..................... o ...... 51 Problems . o ............ .................. 51 Future Plans . o ............. ........ ......... ... 51 Income ............... o ..... ....... ......... 51 ix CHAPTER14 Page National Park Inholdings ......................... o ..... 53 Resorts ............................................. 53 Location and Type of Organization .................... 53 Acreage Controlled and Area Used for Recreation .......... 53 Terrain and Cover . . . .. . .,.- .....1 .................... 53 @Variety of Recreation Facilities ....................... 53 Number of -Visitors ................... o....... I...... 54 Problems Reported'. . ....... .......... I........ 54 Plans for Expansion ....... oo.................... 54 Property Values and Income .... o ............... o54 Miscellaneous Operations . ...... ........... 54 A Campsite and Trailer Park ....... ............. 54 "Ranch" Summer Camps ........................... 54 A Church Camp . ................. ......... o ... 55 CHAPTER15 Industrial Recreation Areas. o o .... I o .... ........... o .57 Acreage Controlled and Area Used for Recreation ............. 57 Terrain and Cover ........................... o ...... 57 Recreation Activities ........... o.................. o o57 Other Recreation Resources ............ 57 Number of Visitors ....... ....... 57 Problems ...... 57 ..... 58 Plans for Expansion ................ Va-lue ........ ................ 58 CHAPTER16 Izaak Walton League ................... ....... a ...... 59 Acreage, Terrain, and Landownership ............. 0....... 59 Recreation Facilities and Popularity ............ .59 Number of Visitors ........................ I .60 Fees Charged ............................... : ..... 60 Other Facilities .......................... 60 Problems . . . . . . . .. .1 ..... I .............. 'o 60 Future Plans ............. o .................... o 60 Financial Matters. ........................ o........ 60 CHAPTER17 Maine Hunting and Fishing Camps ............................ 61 Type of Operator, Acreage Controlled, and Area Used for Recreation ............................ 61 Terrain and Cover * * * * ' * i * * * ' * ****** ** *' * * **** ** * ' *61 Recreation Facilities and Activities ...................... 61 Other Recreation Facilities .......... o ................ 61 Number of Visitors ................ o ............... 61 Fees Charged .................................... 61 Overnight Facilities Provided .......................... 62 Nearby Recreation Resources ............ o 62 Problems ....................................... 62 Plans for Expansion . . . . . 0 ........ a. 0 .... 0........ 62 Value and Receipts ................................. 62 x CHAPTER18 Page The Case Studies ........................................ 63 Examples with Recreation as a Major Focus I............... 64 Residential Vacation Places ....................... 64 Example. 1: A Small Year-Round Resort ........... 64 Example 2: A Small. Inland Resort ................ 65 Example 3: A Seashore Resort ................. 65 Example 4: A Waterfront Inn ................... 66 Example 5: A -Summer Resort in New England ....... 67 Example 6: - A Winter Resort--Summer Camp ........ 67 Example 7: A Working Ranch and Resort. . 68 Example 8: A Vacation Farm Still Being Far*m'e*d' 69 Example 9: A Vacation Farm Largely Recreational. 69 Example 10: A Vacation Farm in Massachusetts ...... 70 Example 11: A Privately Owned Family Campground. ................ 70 Example 12: A Summer Camp for Girls ............ 71 Hunting and Fishing. Enterprises ...................... 73 Example 13: A Large Hunting and Fishing Club ...... 73 Example. 14: A Small Shooting Preserve ........... 74 Example 15: A Hunting Preserve for Business Executives ................. @t ......... 75 Example 16: A Limited Membership Sho ing Club .... 76 Example 17: A Defunct Shooting Preserve ......... 77 Example 18: A Small Public Shooting Preserve ...... 77 Example 19: A.Boat and Bait Business ...... oo ... o78 Example 20: A Fishing' Camp and, Resort . ......... 79 Example 21: A Growing Fishing Resort, o o . o ... 80 Example 22: Outfitting and. Guiding Service ... o ... o o81 Beaches and Boating Facilities . . . ooo * v_* so-ows- ao e e82 Example 23: A Private Beach . o ................ 82 Example 24: A Commercial Public Fresh Water Beach . . . ........ 84 Example 25: A o. ;c i@@mt@;rocia*loiaito@V@;er Be h .... o . o84 Example 26: A Sailing School and Boat-Rental Service, .85 Example 27: A Yacht Club . . . o ........ o....... 86 Example 28: Exploration by Riverboat . _ ......... 87 Example 29: An Informal River-Running Partnership, . . . o .................... o .88 Example. 30: A Father-Son Travel Enterprise ...... o89 Example 31: Sand Dune Sightseeing . . . . o o . - ... o. 90 Scenery, Plants, and Animals ......... o .......... o.. go Example 32: A Mining Museum and Exposition. . . 90 Example 33: A Cave That Made History . o .... 91 Example 34: . A Publicly Owned, Privately Operatea Cave . . . o .... o .-o . o . o . o . o ...... o92 Example 35: Geologic History-- Past, Present, and Future ............ o........ 93 Example 36: Life in the Desert .... o ... 9........ 94 Example 37: Natural Bridge,. Virginia. . o o . . o .... o. 95 Examples 38, 39, and 40: A Biotic Trilogy oo o . 96 Example 41: A Boomtown Bust Reclaimed ....... o 99 Example 42: A Wildlife Park ....... o.o ... o .... 100 Example 43: Wildlife on Display . . ._.. o ...... o ... 101 Example 44: Wildlife and Side Attractions. oo. o . 102 xi CHAPTER 18 (Continued) Examples with Recreation as a Major Focus, Continued. Page Horseback Activities ........................... 103 Example 45: A Small Western Working Ranch ...... 103 Example 46: A Pack Trip Operator ............ 104 Example .47: An Eastern Trailriding-6peration ....... 105 Example 48: A Small Public Riding Stable ......... 106 Example 49: A Community-Sponsored Rodeo ........ 108 Example 50: A Skiing Area in the Intermountain States .109 Example 51: A Ski Operator in New England ........ 110 Example 52: A Successful Ski Lodge ............. Ill Example 53: A Winter Sports Operation in Difficulties ........................... Ill Recreation on an Indian Reservation .................. 113 Example 54: The White Mountain Recreation Enterprise ........................... 112 Examples with Recreation as a Secondary Interest ............ 114 Programs of Industry ........................... 114 Example 55: , A Western Forest Products Company .... 115 Example 56: Large Holdings and Public Pressure for @Recreation ........................ 115 Example 57: A Western Lumber Company .......... 117 Example 58: A College-Owned Forest ............. 118 Example 59: Recreation on Power Company Lands .... 119 Example 60: Recreation on Power Company Lakes .... 120 Example 61: Recreational Use of Industrial Water . . . .121 Programs of Foundations ......................... 122 Example 62: Recreation, Education, and Demonstration on Church-Owned Lands ........ 122 Example 63: One Man's Cultural Monument ......... 123 Programs of Associations ......................... 124 Example 64: The Sierra Club .................. 124 Example 63: A Timber Operators' Association ...... 125 Example 66: Conservation of Primeval'Porest ...... 125 CHAPTER19 Miscellaneous Recreation Activities ......................... 127 Natural Resources Department, Chamber of Commerce of the United States ......................... 127 American Forest Products Industries ................. 128 American Camping Association ..................... 128 American Youth Hostels, Inc ........................ 129 National Association of Engine and Boat Manufacturers, Inc. .129 Other Outdoor Recreation Facilities ................ 130 The Advisory Council ................................... 147 ORRRC Study Reports ................................... 150 xii CHAPTER 20 Page Summary, Conclusions, and Recommendations .................. 131 Analysis Of Mail Survey Questionnaire ................... 131 Public Availability ............................ 131 Operation and Land Ownership ..................... 132 Recreation As Primary Land Use ................... 133 Terrain and Cover ............................ 134 Recreation Facilities Provided .................... 134 Popularity of Recreation Activities . . . . 0 0 0 ............ 134 Fees Charged; Availability of Overnight Facilities ....... 135 Other Recreation Resources ....................... 135 Estimated Property Value and Receipts from Recreation . . . 135 Problems ... ............................... 135 Plans for Ex@ansion . . . 6 ..................... * ... 136 Summary of the Case Examples ........... I..... 137 Personal Attributes 137 Size of Business 140 Overhead Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. 141 Financial Assistance ...................... 0 ... 143 Governmental Programs and Policies 143 Problems of Possession and Operation .............. 143 Attitudes of @ndustry. ...................... @143 Special Situations I................... 144 Other Studies . ....................... 144 Conclusions... ............ 144 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ......... 145. xiii 'PREFACE This study was made possible by a cooperative resources, and because several other studies under- agreement between the Outdoor Recreation Resources. way -or recently completed covered certain aspects Review Commission and part of the Economic Research of the @recreation industry better than we could hope Service (the Farm Economics Division, formerly in to do in so short a time. Still other phases of the the Agricultural Research -Service), U. S. Department overall subject were omitted because of the difficulty of Agriculture, under the overall provisions of Public of obtaining usable mailing lists. Law 85-470, the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Responsible personnel representing ORRRC andthe Act of June 28, 1958 (72 Stat. 238, 240). researchers conducting the' survey recognized the The initial contact for this study was made between many weaknesses associated with conducting research ORRRC and ERS research personnel in mid-October in so hurried a way. It was essential, however, to 1960; verbal agreement about the broad aspects of the do the best job possible under the known circumstances study was reached in mid-November; shifts in staff and others that.developed. as we proceeded. Confer- assignments, recruitment of an additional professional ences and discussions of problems during the initial person, and conferences to determine the desired stages of the work resulted in major adjustments content of the study report were accomplished in from the original plan. Thus, although this report short order; the new professional employee reported is less inclusive and complete than we would Me it for duty on December 19 and immediately began to to be, we have done the best we could under the develop a questionnaire for mailing to selected existing limitations. recreation interests. Cooperation of individuals in the The great interest shown in this study by people U. S. Department of Agriculture, the ORRRC, and the across the Nation was apparent throughout. Our Bureau of the Budget made it possible to develop, reception by the owners and operators of recreation pretest, revise, and print the questionnaire in record facilities was almost universally cordial. Numerous time. The first of the regular questionnaires was detailed letters, explanatory notes, and brochures mailed out in early March 1961. A follow-up mailing were attached to the mailed questionnaires when they was begun about 3 weeks later. An arbitrary cutoff were returned to us. Many respondents offered to date was established on May 12 when the analysis of provide additional information about their facilities data was begun. and their operations. Their assistance is gratefully Because of the limited time and resources avail- acknowledged. able, it was necessary to restrict the scope and I Mr. Ole Negaard of the Bureau of the Budget and content of the study. In addition, it was found that the Mr. Richard Grant of the Agricultural Marketing available mailing lists failed to represent adequately Service assisted in expediting the preparation and all phases of the outdoor recreation industry. Several approval of our mailed questionnaire. Their courtesy types of enterprises are easy to enter and highly and helpfulness were a significant factor in our competitive; the turnover in operators is high. Thus, ability to conduct the survey in the limited time it is difficult, if not impossible, to keep lists current. available. Similarly, Max Tharp, Hugh Davis, Francis We collected the best lists available and determined Sargent, and others from ORRRC provided valuable the approximate number of forms that could be advice, consultation, and other services throughout analyzed with the resources available. the study period. Our sincere appreciation is acknow- The questionnaire was pretested. Analysis of ledged to all these people. these returns resulted in changes of format and rewording of several questions. Sharp revisions were made In the categories to be included in the Hugh A. Johnson study because replies to the pretest mailing indicated Jeanne M. Davis that relatively few colleges and universities, rail- Washington, D. C. roads, and oil and gas companies provide recreation September 1961 xiv SYNOPSIS This study of privately owned and privately operated dude ranches, shooting preserves, and ski areas tend outdoor recreation facilities supplements other studies toward'large holdings and extensive types of land made for the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review uses. Of the 1,114 replies (e*cluding vacation farms) Commission. It was designed particularly to help to the questionnaire, operators reported 23 percent evaluat6 the -contribution that privately. operated of the sites are 9.9 acres or .less, 18 percent have facilities can 'make in helping to meet the future between 10 and 49 acres, 8 percent have sites of 50 recreation needs of 'the Nation. to 99 acres, 10 percent -have- beiween 100 and 199 A questionnaire was mailed to 4,045 operators.of acres, 18 percent have between 200 and 499 acres, various kinds of outdoor recreation facilities. Fifty- and 23 percent have 500 acres or-more. seven percent of the forms were returned. An addi- Recreation is the primary land use at most of the tional 117 listings of farms offering vacation oppor- recreation facilities inventoried. Where recreation tunities were analyzed for' certain characteristics. is not the primary use, ranching, farming, or a Personal interviews were conducted with operators combination of these, -two were most frequently or managers of 66 individual enterprises that have mentioned as the primary land use. Of the. other recreation as either a primary or secondary interest. primary uses, forestry'Wa -s the next most frequently Finally, the essence of five recent reports about mentioned '. various phases of the outdoor recreation industry Swimming is the facility most frequently offered was combined with other ideas into A chapter on at these recreation units. - Fishing facilities are next, miscellaneous activities; this chapter supplements the followed closely by boating. materials developed specifically for this study. Of more than 20 types 'of recreation activities Most of the facilities studied by means of the listed as first, second, or third in popularity, water mailed questionnaire are open to anyone who pays sports account for 48 percent of the 2,570total listings. to use them. Exceptions are club-type resorts and Activities making extensive use of land, such as hunt- most yacht. a 'nd boat clubs, which Iare open only to ting, skiing, and picnicking, account for 41 percent of members and their guests, and all of the industrial the listings. Intensive sports account for 6 percent, recreation areas, which are available only to em- and miscellaneous activities, such as sightseeing and ployees and their families. dancing, account.for the remaining 5 percent. A majority of the ranch, campground,. shooting Of the individual sports And activities, swimming preserve, and hunting and fishing camp enterprises., is most popular, fishing is second, and'boating and as well as national 'park, iiiholdings, and probably hunting tie for third most popular. These are followed the farms offering vacation facilities, are owned by by- skiing, riding,. picnicking, camping, and golf. individuals or families. Companies or corporations Other 'activities frequently mentioned are saili ng and own most resorts and resort hotels, beaches, ski racing, water skiing, hiking and mountain climbing, area facilities, and industrial employee recreation and tennis. Miscellaneous winter sports, rifle shoot- areas. Yacht and boat clubs and the Izaak Walton ing, sightseeing, photography, parties and entertain- League chapters usually own and operate their ment, dancing (including square dancing), and base- facilities. ball were mentioned less frequently. The lands on which these facilities are located Fees of some type are charged by most of the are operator-owned at a majority of recreation recreation enterprises inventoried. These vary from resorts, campgrounds, beaches, resort hotels, na- all-inclusive fees at many resorts and ranches to tional park inholdings, industrial- employee recrea- entrance fees at commercial beaches and tent-site tion areas, Izaak Walton League chapters, Maine charges at campgrounds. hunting and fishing camps, and probably most of the About 90 percent of the operators replying and vacation farms. A majority of the ranch, ski area, many of the vacation farms are near public lands and and shooting preserve operators lease at least part waters used for recreation. Nearly half of them of their land, while more than half of the boat clubs are also near other privately owned recreation and nearly half of the yacht clubs are on land wholly facilities. leased or similarly controlled. No problems were reported by 51 percent of the .Generally, the campgrounds, beaches, yacht and operators who responded to the question. Of the boat clubs, national park inholdings, industrial rec- problems reported _ by the other 49 percent, 72 reation areas, Izaak Walton League facilities, and, percent are guest-created; 19 percent are related Maine hunting and fishing camps tend toward small, to the business oper 'ations; 5 percent are related to holdings and more intensive land uses. Conversely, policy at various levels of government; and human xv relations, acts of God, and legal problems account small operations, new activities, and untried opera- for the remaining 4 percent. tors. Private sources of capital frequently can be Vandalism, trash, and fires, in that order, are the utilized to support needed development programs. most frequently mentioned problems. They account Malicious mischief, vandalism, littering, and care- for 75 percent of all problems listed. lessness of guests are the major problems mentioned. Many respondents plans to expand their present Small, irritating problems caused by public policies, facilities within the next few years. Extensive sports attitudes, and programs were mentioned. Most of (riding, hunting, and so forth) account for 54 percent these complaints stem from the absence of adequate of all new facilities planned, water sports for 34 understanding and proper communication between the percent, Intensive sports for 4 percent, and misc.el- recreation operators and the public officials. laneous sports and activities for the remaining 8 Owners of large holdings recognize the growing percent. demands for multiple-purpose use of their lands. .Of all recreation facilities planned,.winter sportg Although many of them make large portions of their are mentioned most frequently; they. account for lands available for public recreation use, others 22 percent of the total. Boating, swimming, camping, hesitate to do so because of the danger of fire and ,picnicking,.' and fishing are also high on the list of other damage to property, risk of liability claims, facilities planned. -Hu nting, hiking,.and golf alsowere and the fear that public demand for additional privileges mentioned by at least a dozen respondents as on their will hamper the business operations. Specific needs list of future facilities.. Other planned recreation mentioned include proper safeguards for private facilities includes those for putting greens and minia- property, standardized rates to be charged for recrea- ture golf; volleyball, softball, baseball,-and football; tional services provided, and physical control of the social activities, amusements, and additional lodging. mass of recreation seekers who are anticipated to The 66 individual case studies were selected to descend on the holdings. illustrate various conditions among the private enter- Numerous private enterprises are made available prises providing outdoor recreation opportunities. for public enjoyment at less than actual cost. These No averages based on. these studies would be meaning- include formal gardens, special collections, and ful; however.- among the wide "range of examples, unique resources. In effect, the owners are sub- certain central tendencies help to explain the overall sidizing public recreation. situations existing in the private recreation industry. The operator's personality pretty well sets thetone for his outdoor recreation enterprise. He must know the mechanics of good business management, be able CONCLUSIONS to handle people, and be willing to provide his guests with satisfactory service so they will feel they have A majority of the privately owned recreation received their money's worth.. enterprises are open to the public,. and are operated Apparently, there is no single optimum size of for profit. Most are owned by individuals or families business in any of the various recreation enterprises although many are owned by companies or corpora- studied. The optimum size varies with the age and tions. Comparatively few are operated as private ability of the operators, the labor force's dependability, clubs, although the number of such club-type operations the location of the business, the seasonal fluctuations, Is increasing and probably will continue to increase. the degree and quality of competition, and other Still fewer recreation facilities are operated by factors,.- Enterprises catering to spectators rather industrial and commercial firms for their employees. than participants generally seem to be operating at In recreation categories in which the ratio of less than capacity. Their grounds could serve larger improvement values to land values is high, the land numbers of visitors and their staffs could be expanded As usually operator-owned. In those categories in easily and quickly. Small and relatively inexpensive which the ratio of land values to improvement values changes in facilities might be required in some is high, greater proportions of land are leased. instances to manage larger crowds and to protect Exceptions to this general rule appear to be yacht facilities from damage related to greater concentra- and boat clubs, where leasing predominates, yet tions in use. the ratio of improvement values to land values is High, relatively fixed costs that vary little in high. relation to number of guests are a burden on some The optimum size of business varies with individual types of recreation enterprises--those involvinglive- conditions. The capacity of some enterprises (shoot- stock feeding, advertising, and caretaking expenses ing preserves, for example), can be expanded more are examples. Liability insurance is almost pro- easily and more rapidly than others (resorts, for hibitively expensive for beach and ski enterprises example.) and those involving use of horses or wild animals. Many people trying to manage recreation enter- In several States, the burden of licenses, permits, prises are not adapted to the work. Personal attributes fees, taxes, and miscellanea bears little relation to are important. size of business, net returns, or ability to pay. Intensive operations have a greater variety of Private bankers and governmental lending agencies, guest-created problems than extensive ones because alike, apparently consider outdoor recreation a risky a greater number of people must be watched. Con- enterprise for loans. This is especially true of versely, it is often easier to police crowds than it xvi is to catch the vandals and other troublemakers on RECOMMENDATIONS extensive holdings, such as shooting preserves and industrial forest lands. Most of the problems are. caused by antisocial 1. Greater emphasis should be placed by all levels actions of the guests--the most frequently being of government on the larger role that private enter- vandalism, trash and littering, and carelessness with prise can and needs to have in providing the facilities fire. Governm ent- created problems of two types and services required for outdoor recreation. Pro- also occur-- those caused by conflicting regulations grams for public information about the role of in adjoining jurisdictions and those caused by in- private enterprise in outdoor recreation need to be adequate understanding. emphasized and strengthened. Too many people neglect proper public manners. 2. Public relations programs need to be developed Their carelessness and thoughtlessness add to the cost by private recreation enterprise to explain its posi- of recreation services and increase private operators' tion, its functions, and its problems to the public-- resistance to expanding recreation opportunities. its potential customers. Expansion of facilities during the next 5 years will 3. Both research and technical assistance programs be both on land presently owned or leased and on land need to be developed to help new recreation enter- to be acquired. Most frequently, -facilities for ex- prises get started and to help established enterprises tensive sports (such as skiing, riding, and hunting), improve their operations. Research on possible new will be increased; expansion of water sports facilities fields of outdoor recreation is needed. The assist- also is planned by many operators. Comparatively ance programs could well foster development of new few owners plan to add or increase facilities for fields of endeavor by private enterprise. Technical sports making intensive use of the land. assistance including educational and informational Owners of lands already utilized for hunting, services for owners , operators, and employees in fishing, hiking, picnicking, and so forth, anticipate this field is needed also. increasing demands for more privileges. Many of 4. Financial assistance, through simplified borrow- the holders of large tracts whose lands and waters ing procedures, guaranteed loans, public loan pro- are still closed recognize that sooner or later they grams, or other appropriate means, needs to be made will be obliged to allow recreation where it can be available to competent persons developing privately practiced safely. Many would welcome sound stan- owned recreation facilities of acceptable quality for dards, fair treatment relative to the govermental public use. requirements, proper compensation, and a logical 5. Research is needed to determine the impact of balance between publicly owned and developed re- laws, codes, regulations, policies, taxes, licenses, sources and privately owned recreation facilities. inspections, required reports, and other regulatory Owners of a number of facilities open to the public or administrative requirements of the various levels for recreation activities in effect subsidize such of government to learn where they impose undue recreation by providing outstanding opportunities for hardship or discrimination. The results from this public enjoyment at less than actual cost. Such research (both positive and negative) could be trans- situation should be recognized and further encouraged. lated into necessary reforms to alleviate unsatis- The remnants of our national antipathy toward factory situations and to facilitate favorable ones., play need to be overcome, and many problems 6. Agencies at all levels of government might typical of the growing pains of new types of enter- well initiate, informational and educational programs prise need to be alleviated. The variety of mass- to help improve the behavior of persons using rec- produced, economy-packaged recreation demanded reation facilities. Private recreation, as an industry, today by vacationers was almost unknown a genera- could cooperate in this activity. tion ago. Even government- -National, State, and 7. Law-enforcement programs need to bestrength- local--often looks askance at this rapidly growing ened or extended to help private (and public) rec- business. reation-resource managers combat the vandal, the Many people want a variety of recreation experi- thief, the litterer, and others who carelessly or ences that are incompatible with the practical limita- maliciously cause damage to recreation facilities. tion of public facilities. Many of the expressed desires if these guides are followed--if private operators, for recreation services are outside the traditional public agencies, and the people using recreation realm of public service. For maximum development, facilities work together toward the common goal-- public recreation programs should complement rather the total supply of outdoor recreation resources than compete with private recreation enterprise; available for use will be increased and the satis- should be compatible rather than combatant; and each factions the public gain from use of these resources should operate in its own area of responsibility. will be multiplied. xvii CHAPTER ONE INTRODUCTION The potential supply of opportunities for outdoor These objectives were modified during development recreation is measurable by -the area of land and water of the study outline as problems became evident. For that might be dedicated to compatible uses and by the example, it was impossible to "provide a summary facilities that could be placed on them to expedite or overall inventory of the major acreages of privately recreational activities. The actual supply of outdoor owned land . . . used. . Jor outdoor recreation activi- recreation opportunities at any point in time is the ties" in the time available or with the funds allotted net product of interactions between the potential supply to the survey. National statistics indicate only of resources and the effective demand for recreation. roughly the acreage used for recreational purposes. More than 70 percent of our rural lands are in No master mailing lists covering major segments of private ownership.' Since a high proportion of them the industry were available. Mailing lists for many will remain so, the outdoor recreation potential industrial and, trade associations were unavailable; obviously will be affected by the economic, social, the coverage of others was doubtful. Numerous special and political climate within which private owners studies of local areas or specific types of enterprise dedicate their lands and the facilities on them to have been conducted for various purposes, but no various uses. Public lands will provide the rest of known methods exist by which these studies could be the actual supply of resources for outdoor recreation melded Into a meaningful whole.@ The universe was, use. and remains, unknown. Information as to the extent and use of privately Since the universe was unknown, it was impossible owned and privately operated recreation resources to draw a statistically reliable sample. From neces- is available only in unrelated pieces. Much of it is out sity, we chose to utilize the best available lists of date, and most of it does not lend itself to the types representing specific elements of the recreation of analysis required for projections within the frame- industry. from which to select the samples for work of the ORRRC assignment. mailed questionnaires and also the examples for A study was needed to supplement others underway individual interviews. and to assist in determining the amount, kind, quality, We circularized all names on some lists, and and location of privately owned outdoor recreation samples from others believed to represent most of resources now available for public use and to indicate the universe for their types. Other lists utilized are what may be available in the benchmark years 1976 statistically less likely to represent their types of @4V and2000. Specific information was needed concerning recreational activities. We believe, however,that selected types of facilities to aid in analysis of the many guidelines can be developed from a study of proper place of privately owned outdoor recreation numbers of examples alone, without reference to their facilities in supplying general recreation demands. statistical significance, and that several significant central tendencies and common situations can be described. STUDY OBJECTIVES Specific objectives of this study were to: PROKEDURES 1. Provide a summary or overall inventory of The study was divided into three major parts. One the major acreages of privately owned land was the analysis of data gathered through use of mailed (including associated water resources) used by questionnaires. These questionnaires were sent to the general public for outdoor recreation activi- people providing various kinds of recreation facilities ties; . and services as indicated by the mailing lists acquired 2. Obtain data on the characteristics, financing, for the purpose. To the knowledge gained in this way and operation of a sample of privately owned was added infor mation obtained from several published commercial types of recreation facilities; or unpublished studies relative to aspects of the over- 3. Analyze the problems encountered by private all recreation situation. Specifically, this part of the landowners in making their lands available to the study deals with opportunities provided by the private public for outdoor recreation; and sector of the American economy for such activities as 4. Present recommendations of alternative courses of action that could be expected to lead to increased opportunities for outdoor recreation 1H. H. Wooten, and J. R. Anderson, majoyUses c4kand in on private lands. the United states u 1954, U.S ep. A Agr. inform. B517168, B.17, mmaKy for camping, hiking, boating, swimming, hunting, fishing, educationally, or culturally oriented were included. horseback riding, winter sports, resting, and other A third part of the study was devoted to brief sum- special interests. The areas utilized for recreation marization of other studies conducted by, for, or purposes by the various types of recreation interests, about segments of the national outdoor recreation the ownership pattern, the types of facilities provided, business that could not be covered in the survey and the capacity, the extent of recreation usage, plans for to discussion of still other types of recreation activity development in the next five years, problems fre- of which relatively little is known. quently encountered, and other descriptive informa- tion are factors in the analysis of this section. The second part of the study involved an analysis THE REPORT in depth of specific types of situations. Some of the case studies explain more clearly the organization The chapters of this report are organized to provide: of the types of enterprises represented in the mailed (1) the background needed to understand the general questionnaires, and the problems and plans of the conditions confronting private recreational develop- operators. Other case studies represent types of ments in the United States, (2) analysis of the informa- outdoor recreation not included in the questionnaire tion gained by mailed questionnaires, (3) the case mailing lists. Some of them involve large areas with studies, (4) miscellaneous recreation resources anam- relatively small investments in facilities and develop- lyed in several other studies, and (5) the summary, ment; others are at the opposite extreme, with con- conclusions, and recommendations. siderable sums in time, money, and effort expended The summary and conclusions draw together the on relatively small areas to produce intensive types factors apparently favorable and those apparently of recreational use. Some of the examples have unfavorable to expanding outdoor recreational usage recreation as a byproduct of the major purpose of of privately owned resources. Based on the types of the organization. Recreation is one of many factors problems and their indicated solutions, a series of required to provide the desired end-product of a recommended courses of action is suggested to in- better cultural environment; for this reason, a few crease the supply of private outdoor recreation re- case studies of facilities which are informationally, sources for the benchmark years of 1976 and 2000. 2 CHAPTER TWO THE NATIONAL FRAMEWORK FOR OUTDOOR RECREATION Americans have developed a great industrialized individuals or whose benefits are widely dispersed nation. Now, more and more of our energies are are the most commonly considered to be in the directed into consumptive channels. Many of us have public interest. made conscious decisions to play hard as well as to work hard. Higher levels of income, increased pur- What does it take to define and determine what chasing power per hour worked, shorter work weeks, is in the public interest? Three things, I think. a growing recognition of regional differences in People must have an opportunity to express their .4 opportunities offered for enjoyment, relatively cheap desires, the right to get together in groups and and rapid transportation, and the human propensity arrive at decisions, and some bargaining power to want to enjoy one's self by participation in certain to put the group decisions into effect. experiences--all are involved in the wave of enthusi- asm observed for recreation, and particularly for rec- The Congress is aware of these crosscurrents of reation in the out-of-doors. interest in providing outdoor recreation facilities. Frequently, conflicts of interest are the catalysts for It has ordered an impartial study and requested rec- far-reaching steps. Conflicts of interest are rampant ommendations for guidance of future actions to be in the sphere of outdoor recreation development to taken by Federal, State, and local governments. meet present and future needs. To mention only a How are we, as a nation, best to matchthedemand few outstanding examples, these conflicts arise over for outdoor recreation opportunities with demandsfor details of use, use-sharing, payment for costs, and other opportunities in the uses of our total resources? private enterprise versus public enterprise. . Professor Raymond J. Penn, a land economist at the University of Wisconsin,, placed the conflict of POPULATION AS USERS OF RESOURCES interests in the following setting: @ The population in the 48 States doubled in about the I would like to draw a sharp distinction between last 50. years. It grew from about 123 million people public interest and public authority or govern- in 1930 to 179 million in 30 years. This 46 percent ment. Governmental authorities often come to increase occurred despite the dampening effects of believe that their actions are the only ones in- a prolonged period of economic depression followed vested with public interest. This is true every- by two wartime disturbances in family formation. where; it is true in the United States all too Demographers anticipate practically another doubling often. A conservation department considers its in the next 40 years (1960 to 2000). Using 1950 as a decrees synonymous with public interest and base, the projections are as follows: a 19-percent accuses its opponents of selfishness or dishonesty growth by 1960, a 53-percent increase by 1975, and or both. A highway department puts its road- by 2000 a 126-percent increase. building program above any other land use or Population in the western region increased at a use of tax money in the public interest. Fortun- ratio 2.5 times that of the rest of the country from ately there are always groups or* agencies to 1940 to 1960 and 2.6 times from 1950 to 1960. challenge such arrogance, often even within the Demographers visualize an intensification of this government itself. In those countries with one- regional shift to 3.1 times between 1950 and 2000. man control of government or with a dictatorship The merits of these demographic projections are of a few, and with restrictions on freedom of not the subject of this analysis. The implications and speech and press, it is much more serious to the consequences, particularly for privately owned consider government authority and public interest outdoor recreation facilities, are of concern. The one and the same. 37 Eastern States still will contain 80 percent of the population -- the greatest concentration still will be Public interest it seems to me should be the view east of the Mississippi and north of the Ohio. However, of the public -- of the people. Actions of individ- most of our public domain potentially usable for out- N uals are often in the public interest; sometimes door recreation is in the Western States, far removed even when they conflict with governmental poli- from the densely populated eastern centers. cies. Resolving conflicts between individuals, even on what might be thought of as private matters, may also be in the public interest. And lRaymond J. Penn, "Public Interest in'Private Property" of course projects which cannot be done by (Land), Land Economics 33:2, May 1961, pp. 99-104. 3 Even the population of the 11 Western States is not, LAND RESOURCES and apparently will never be, distributed in any sort of pattern related to outdoor recreation potentials. The approximate land area of continental United California's 60 percent of -the western population now States (48 States) is a little more than 1,903 million is concentrated along the coastal areas. Smaller acres. Alaska adds another 365 million acres and concentrations occur in other States where individual Hawaii about 4 million acres. cities have become meccas for retirees, for certain About a fourth of the 110 million acres classified Industries, and for many young families. * as in special uses in 1954, about 1.5 percent of all Further concentrations of population in arid and land in the 48 States, is dedicated to recreation or is semiarid western sections probably will require potentially available for recreation purposes.2 This gigantic public works for the storage, transport- includes all land in parks, some of the wildlife areas, ation, and purification of water. Opportunities will and small acreages In national defense lands. be present to increase the publicly owned and con- Most outdoor recreation other than that on water trolled outdoor recreation resources relatedtowater. bodies and urbanized lands will continue to occur Many of these facilities will be placed on lands. on the forested areas, the extensive grasslands, and already in public ownership and in areas used or the wastelands. The productivity of the forests and usable for land-oriented outdoor recreation. grasslands for other purposes does not preclude Even these potential increases in western recreation their use for recreation. More than two-thirds of resources, however, probably -will be insufficient to all land In the United States is useful for outdoor meet the growing demand for recreation spac there. recreation. They cannot hope to meet the potential demand for Indications are that our future agricultural needs services. For, -added to this demand by westerners will require more than the acreages expected to be for recreation resources and services is that of the in pasture, forest, and croplands. It is on these lands more populous East, where recreation resources and that so much present outdoor recreation occurs. Thus, services are even fewer. This demand, properly, we not only will we need to develop recreational use of believe, will need to depend upon privately owned and lands more fully, we will need to concentrate our privately operated facilities. efforts and our plans for recreation on fewer acres The distribution of population within age groups than are currently available for recreation use. also affects the demand for outdoor recreation. Few lands can be managed effectively for "multiple Young couples with children in school ordinarily plan purpose" uses and still get optimum returns from for vacations in summer. Most of them need to budget individual types of land uses. Decisions about re- both time and money. They want safe and suitable source allocations are likely to become more difficult. facilities and a variety of activities related partly to Benefits and costs for alternative uses will be of their age groups and partly to their special interests. greater significance in the decision-making process. Single persons, childless young couples, and older Benefits from intangibles probably will be calculated couples whose families are grown may take vacations as a matter of course in resource allocation planning any time of the year. Thus, the winter and "off programs of public agencies, and the effects of these season" have particular attractions to people in these processes will carry over into programing for private categories. outdoor recreation developments. The future effective demand for outdoor recreation opportunities apparently will be affected very little by changes in age distribution among the population., WATER RESOURCES Change in demand within any age group, however, may be a very real problem. Continental United States contained 47,661 square miles of water surface as of April 1, 1950.3 One indication of our inability to visualize potential To this area we, add impoundments of various sizes changes is to compare the current variety of entertain- for various purposes each year. Large storage areas ment outlets and transportation facilities, the amounts for flood control, hydro-electric power, and municipal of leisure time, and the resources available to a water supply are most frequently thought of as poten- person 20 to 30 years old with those that were avail- tial areas for new, water-based recreational develop- able prior to World War H or before the depression ments, even though- there are frequently practical of the' 1930's. The whole impetus of recreation for limitations to their use for such purposes. the general public has been built up during the lifetime of the last generation or two. The whole Estimates for the years 1980 and 2000 are based horizon of recreation for the elderly has been scanned on the assumption that Federal expenditures for only superficially. watershed protection and flood prevention In a nutshell, the potential demand for opportunities to participate in outdoor recreation will more than 2H. H. Wooten, and J. R. Anderson major Yses of Land in Bu T ro@ double because of population growth alone in the next the United States, U.S. Dept. Agr., AV. inform 1957, 40 years. Apparently, other variables will multiply Table 30, p. 777 the demand further. Will land and water resources be available? 3Statistical Abstract of the United States, 1960 U.S. Bureau of the Census, table 1. 4 operations will keep abreast of the need for a as a group, the volume of recreational use per gradual strengthening and an increase during the reservoir increases with size of the facility. next several years in such operations. If this However, many factors other than size influence objective is realized, about 80 percent of the the amount of use of an individual reservoir. . . . watersheds now feasible for treatment under Public Law 566 would be completed by the year In general, reservoirs operated commercially 2000.4 for recreation have a higher average use thantbe In addition to these larger structures for impound- noncommercial ones. This is indicated by the ment of water, a considerable acreage of land is volume of use of reservoirs in Kentucky in the converted to smaller water-storage areas each year. I- to 10-acre size group. Within this group, In its report number 13, the Kerr Committee also the average number of visits to commercial provides estimates of the additional acreages that reservoirs from 1956 to 1958 was about 260 per- will be involved in these areas by about 1980 and cent higher than the average number made to the 2000. These water areas are essentially farm and noncommercial reservoirs. ranch ponds and reservoirs for storage and water control behind structures (dams) currently authorized In Maryland, there is very little commercial use under the P.L. 566 or Small Watersheds Program of small reservoirs, but average use of the pri- 1% conducted by the Soil Conservation Service. vately owned noncommercial reservoirs is about Estimates of total needs were based on a trend twice that of noncommercial reservoirs in Ar- line projection from current rates of construction, kansas and Kentucky If the State facility needs to support a population of 244 million people in were omitted, the average number of visits per 1980 and 329 million in 2000, and the soil and water reservoir in Maryland would be 406 . . . 6 conservation practice needs of the drainage areas involved. A question is frequently raised as to the minimum The average acreages of water surface that might size of pond practicable for recreational use. Econ- be of some potential recreational use added under omic studies are needed to provide guidelines. How- these structural programs, under the assumptions ever, observation indicates that some pleasure can made, would represent a threefold increase from be gained from very small surfaces. The ARS report 1959 to 1980 and a 4.4 fold increase by 2000. It is quoted above showed that half of the Kentucky reser- recognized that the smaller stock ponds, "tanks," voirs of I acre or less studied were used for recrea- or other designations, have a relatively small rec- tion - as were 9 of the 13 Maryland reservoirs reation potential. However, the potential is larger studied. Fishing and swimming were both reported than is currently realized because pressures for use as recreation uses on these smallest ponds. have not developed. Biologists have programs for fertilizing and managing ponds for fish production OUR GROWING NEED FOR OUTDOOR RECREATION that can produce, several hundred pounds of fish per acre. Innumerable ponds suitable for swimming, The consensus in that generally demand for several paddling, or fishing are unused or are used at low popular types of recreation already outstrips satis- Intensities for these purposes simply because they factory supply in- many areas., Accuracy in estimates are not now needed. of the degree of..shortage is unnecessary under the Some slight indications of the potential for recrea- circumstances, since agreement is practically unan- tion represented by these ponds is., provided by a imous that the new Inputs of supply probably will small study made of selected impoundments in lag behind the growth of demand. three States.S The average surface area of all res- A question of. more immediate concern is: Which ervoirs studied varied by States and was affected. and how. much of, the needed outdoor recreation re- by the source of information concerning the instal- sources can and will private enterprise provide? lations. The average of 154 acres for Arkansas is The corollary question is: Which activities will larger than the usual farm pond size. The average require public programs of development or assist- for Kentucky was 3 acres and for Maryland 4 acres. ance? Data concerning some aspects of private outdoor Recreation was an important use of all reservoirs recreation-resour Ice management that may help to included in the detailed survey.... Operators of guide future policy are provided in the chapters that 43 of the 117 reservoirs reported recreation to be follow. the sole use of their facilities. In Arkansas, more than half the reservoirs were used for recreational purposes only. Other important uses include the supplying of water for municipalities, livestock, 4Water Resources Activities in the United states, U.S. Con- A and irrigation. . . . gress, Senate Select Committee. on National Water Resources, Comm. Print No. 13, 1960, p. 4. The average yearly number of individual SFish Wildlife, and Other Recreational Benefits of Small visits per reservoir in 1958 was approximately Reserv2@s. Arkansas. KnINFA 71and. DeFt. -Agr., 2,100 in Arkansas, 700 in Kentucky, and 5,000 in Agr. Research service Washington.1D C.. oct.4; 1959. 20pp. Maryland . . . . In general for the three States 6 op. cit., pp. 5-6. 19 CHAPTER THREE THE INVENTORY OF PRIVATELY OWNED RESOURCES The analysis was designed to draw information States included in the various regional breakdowns from two types of samples. One was a questionnaire are as follows: to be mailed in quantity to owners and operators of various kinds of outdoor recreation enterprises. East This procedure would provide data for detailed over- all analysis according to types of recreation enter- Northeast North-Central South prises. The second sample was a series of case studies in which we examined certain questions in Maine Ohio Virginia greater depth than could be accomplished via the New Hampshire Michigan North Carolina mailed questionnaire method. Vermont Indiana South Carolina Questionnaires were mailed to 4,045 owners or Massachusetts Illinois Georgia operators of resorts, dude ranches, campgrounds, Rhode Island Wisconsin Florida commercial beaches, yacht clubs, ski areas, boat Connecticut Minnesota West Virginia clubs, shooting preserves, a selected number of New York Iowa Kentucky resort hotels, selected manufacturing firms, a select- New Jersey Missouri Tennessee ed list from the National Park Service of owners of Pennsylvania North Dakota Alabama inholdings, the Izaak Walton League, and a selected Delaware South Dakota Mississippi list of hunting and fishing camps in Maine. Various Maryland Nebraska Arkansas national associations made copies of their directories Kansas Louisiana available for our use. Oklahoma A follow-up mailing to nonrespondents resulted in Texas total returns from more than 57 percent of the mailing list by May 12, 1960, the date set for final cutoff of West Other returns for analysis. - Information concerning vacation facilities provided Montana Nevada Puerto Rico by farms was taken directly from the 1960 edition of Wyoming Washington Virgin Islands Farm Vacations and Holidays given us by the publisher, Colorado Oregon Farm Vacations and Holidays, Inc., New York. These New Mexico California data were analyzed in two segments--North and South. Idaho Alaska Utah Hawaii SAMPLING DISTRIBUTION Arizona ANALYSIS OF THE DATA Regional breakdowns for analysis generally are based on the northeastern, north-central, southern, All usable information from the questionnaire has and western regions. In categories wheretheyappear been tabulated and analyzed. When this information --resorts and yacht clubs-7returns from Puerto Rico appeared to have been supplied in one way by one and the Virgin Islands also are included. In some in- respondent and in other ways by other operators, the stances, fewer groupings were needed. For example, point is mentioned in the text. Because few respondents ranches and industrial recreation areas are divided answered all questions, and the questions not answered into only two regions--East and West. varied from respondent to respondent, it has been necessary to express some numbers and percentages as so many of the number "'replying to this question." Except for Chapter 12, Vacation Farms, Chapters 4 through 17 are based on analyses of the results from the mailed questionnaires. These are followed, in Chapter 18, by the case examples. 7 NO-, r7, IT;Y J) 4 Figure I.-Swimming is the most popular of all activities engaged in at the 1,326 privately operated recreation facilities inventoried. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) CHAPTER FOUR RESORTS Recreation resorts are perhaps the most, wide- to the public, it is assumed that they are open only spread of all privately owned outdoor recreation to those members of the public who pay to use the facilities in the United States. The many resort types resorts' facilities. range from waterfront hotels, cottages, and motels-7 Eighty-one percent of the resort operators own usually situated on very small sites and providing all the land on which their resorts are located. Only only swimming, sunbathing, and perhaps fishing and 9 percent lease part of their total sites, and 10 per- boating--to huge, sprawling complexes on sites of a cent lease all of their land. One-third of the 36 thousand or more acres, where even the most dif- operators who replied to the question wrote that ficult-to- please guest can find some interesting they lease from the Federal Governm ent- -most of activity. these lands are part of @National Forests. Another There is no all-inclusive listing of recreation third are on land leased from companies or corpora- resorts. The American Hotel Association provided tions, one-sixth use land belonging to individuals or the 1960 edition of its guide, Hotel Red Book, and the families, one-seventh lease State lands, and a resort American Automobile Association gave us copies hotel in the Northeast apparently is owned by a town of its regional tour books. The latter were useful school system! for our purpose because the descriptions were more specific. To be included in our resort mailing list, a facility had to have: (1) rooms for at least 20 per- ACREAGE CONTROLLED AND AREA USED FOR sons; and (2) provision for at least two types of RECREATION recreation activities, excluding lawn games, children's playgrounds, and swimming pools. Thus most motels These 184 resorts contain a total of 115,928 acres. and other facilities. catering primarily to overnight Although the sites range-from I to 33,000 acres, two- guests were automatically excluded. thirds are 50 or more acres. Land used for recrea- Questionnaires were mailed to 801 facilities meeting tion accounts for 73 percent of the total acreage in these criteria and 484 (60 percent) were filled in and 181 resorts whose respondents answered this ques- returned to us. After excluding questionnaires im- tion; the total in recreation use is 84,215 acres. properly or inadequately filled in and those from Recreation is the primary land use of 95 percent facilities located in towns of 10,000 or more, it was of the 182 resorts whose operators replied to this necessary to reduce the size of the sample still question. Seven others have ranching, farming, for- further. Therefore, we used. the first 10 acceptable estry, or a combination of these as main pursuits, questionnaires from any one State, plus 20 percent with recreation use s.econdary. of any acceptable questionnaires over 10. TERRAIN AND COVER LOCATION, TYPE OF OPERATION, AND LANDOWNERSHIP No particular type of terrain is favored as a resort site. As a whole, the resorts are remarkably evenly The 184 questionnaires utilized were distributed distributed among flat, rolling, hilly, and mountainous by regional areas as follows: Northeast, 52; North terrain. However, in the Northeast and North Central Central, 46; South, 31; West, 52; and Virgin Islands, States, hilly sites predominate; flat sites are most 3. Questionnaires from Alaska and Hawaii are in- frequent in the South; and mountainous sites are most cluded in the western region., common in the West. @ Fifty-five percent of the 155 respondents who Forest is by far the most frequently mentioned indicated type of organization listed it as a company type of cover on resort lands (on 39 percent of all the or corporation. Tbirty-nine percent are owned by resorts), grass covers 23 percent, grass and forest individuals or families, and the remaining 6 percent together cover another 23 percent, and the remaining include private clubs, partnerships, nonprofit groups, 15 percent include several types of cover,'of which and a proprietorship. sand predominates. Operators of 101 resorts indicated that their resorts are open only to guests; a few wrote that the resorts are primarily for guests but are available to the VARIETY OF RECREATION FACILITIES public for limited use, such as golf. Although 70 respondents indicated that their facilities are open Facilities for water-related sports are offered by 9 a majority of resort operators. They were mention- (5 percent of the total), is followed closely by tennis ed more frequently than any other type of recreation (5 percent); riding (4 percent), and hunting (3 percent). facility. Swimming facilities are available at 94 Winter sports (including skiing and ice skating,, which percent of the 184 resorts (table 1). Fishing is avail- were listed separately) rank ninth (3 percent), and able at 80 percent and boating at 66 percent of the hiking is tenth in total popularity (2 percent). Mis- resorts. Water sports account for 56 percent of the cellaneous water sports account for I percent of 839 recreation facilities listed as available at these the 64 percent representing all water sports. The resorts. Table 1. Resorts: Available recreation facilities, by region Type of Northeast North South West Virgin All facility central Islands Number Number Number Number Number Number Swimming ----------- 51 43 30 46 3 173 Fishing ------------ 39 40 30 37 2 148 Boating ------------ 36 38 22 24 2 122 Miscellaneous -------- 6 5 3 5 1 20 Water sports ------- 132 126 85 112 8 463 Picnicking ---------- 16 15 13 23 2 69 Hunting -------- - -- 20 9 5 24 - 58 Camping ------------ 8 8 3 12 - 31 Tennis ------------- 14 4 6 6 1 31 Golf -------------- 14 5 7 4 1 31 Riding ------------- 4 4 7 15 - 30 Winter sports --------- 12 9 - 8 - 29 Hiking ------------- 5 2 1 9 1 18 Miscellaneous -------- 25 13 16 24 1 79 Other sports ------- 118 69 58 125 6 376 Total ---------- 250 195 143 237 14 839 In addition to water sports, 32 types of facilities for remaining I I percent is composed of 22 types of land- land-related activities were mentioned. Theyaccount based recreation activities. for 45 percent of the total facilities at the resorts. Picnicking was listed by 38 percent of the resorts; The activities most frequently mentioned as first in hunting by 32 percent; camping, tennis, golf, each by popularity at these resorts are swimming (43 percent 17 percent; riding and winter sports each by 16 per- of 180 first choices), fishing (18 percent), and golf cent; and hiking by 10 percent. Other facilities (13 percent). Swimming is also the most popular provided include those for archery, lawn and court second choice (21 percent of 180 second choices), games, dancing and square dancing, mountain climb- followed by boating (19 percent), and fishing (16 per- ing, skiing, target shooting, bowling, and evenwildlife cent). Fishing is the most popular third choice photographyl (21 percent of 163 third choices), followed by boating (15 percent), and swimming (13 percent). POPULARITY OF RECREATION ACTIVITIES Water sports are by far the most popular recreation NUMBER OF VISITORS activities at the 180 resorts whose operators replied to this question (table 2). As a group, they account During.1960, an estimated total of 1,415,802 visitor for 64 percent of the 523 total listings (of the three nights were spent at 103 of the 184 resorts.' This most popular activities at each of the resorts). number ranged from 600 at one northeastern resort Swimming, the most popular single activity, accounts to 141,224 at a southern resort. Sixty-five percent of for 26 percent of the total; fishing, the second most popular, accounts for 19 percent of the total; and boating, third most popular, for 13 percent. Golf is fourth in overall popularity, with 8 percent of the 1 For example: I visitor for 3 days or nights = 3 visitor 523 mentioned. Water skiing, fifth most popular days, or nights. 10 the resorts in this sample had between 1,000 and Charges for housekeeping cabins, cottages, or apart- 9,999 visitor nights in 1960. ments ranged from $35 to $175 per unit per week. Fees charged for use of specific recreation facilities varied widely. Horses are usually hired by the hour, Table 2. -- Resorts: Popularity distribution of specified and charges vary from $1 to $6 per hour, with $2 the most frequently mentioned charge. Boats are usually recreation activities rented by the day; rentals (for boats without motors) Type of Popularity rating range from $0.50 to $7.50, and $3 was most often All mentioned. Golf charges in this survey were most often activity First Second Third made on a daily basis and ranged from $2 to $5. Ski lift charges at these resorts range from $2 to $5.50 Percent Percent Percent Percent a day, although several charge $1.50 to $2 per ride. Swimming ------- 43 21 13 26 Fishing charges are anything but uniform--$I to $5 Fishing -------- 18 16 21 19 per person per day, $13.50 to $15 per person per day Boating -------- 7 19 15 13 with guide , $30 to $60 per day for 4 or 5 people and a Water skiing ----- 5 5 4 5 boat, and one resort charges $0. 10 per ounce of fish Miscellaneous ---- 1 1 2 1 caugbtl Only four respondents listed hunting fees; these are $3 per day per person; $5 and $12 per week Water sports --- 74 62 55 64 per person; and $100 per day per person, including guide. Water skiing rates were indicated by two Golf ----------- 13 6 4 8 respondents - - $1.50 per trip per person, and $ 10 per Tennis --------- 2 4 7 5 hour per person. Camping is permitted at several Riding --------- 3 4 6 4 resorts, and fees mentioned ranged from $0.50 per Hunting -------- - 5 6 3 day per car to $3 per night for up to 4 people. Hiking --------- 1 3 4 2 Miscellaneous ---- 7 16 18 14 Other sports 26 38 45 36 OTHER RECREATION RESOURCES Total ------ 100 100 100 100 Ninety-five percent of the 168 respondents replying indicated that public lands or waters used forrecrea- Number Number Number Number tion purposes are near their resorts. Of 112 replying, 80 percent checked that other privately owned recrea- Preference listings- 180 180 163 523 tion facilities are nearby. Forty-f our operators stated that hunting is available on a total of 59, 111 acres. In addition to this land (all privately owned), 12 respondents indicated that TYPE OF ACCOMMODATIONS AND CAPACITY hunting is permitted on nearby public lands (both Federal and State). Five 'others wrote that hunting Hotel or lodge rooms are the principal type of is available "nearby" or on "thousands" of acres, accommodation at these resorts, accounting for but gave no further information. 45 percent of the replies to this question. Motel One or more lakes, ponds, rivers, or 3treams; rooms are offered by 13 percent of the resorts. or a bay, sound, lagoon, the Atlantic or Pacific Both hotel or lodge rooms and cabins or cottages Ocean, or the Gulf of Mexico are available for are available at 12 percent, and cabins or cottages recreation use at 161 of the resorts in. the sample. (and a few housekeeping apartments) are available Three have no such resources, and 17 have only at 9 percent of the resorts. The remaining 21 per- swimming pools. The remaining three operators cent of these resorts have various combinations did not reply to this question. of facilities. The selection varies from rooms in either the main lodge or detached buildings, to a choice of rooms in a hotel or motel, a cabin, a PROBLEMS trailer -site, or a campsite. A total of 26,513 persons can be accommodated at 169 resorts whose capacities Forty-eight percent of the resort respondents were reported. indicated that they had no problems, 10 percent did not reply to this question, and 42 percent listed 111 problems. Fire was mentioned most frequently; it FEES CHARGED accounted for 31 percent of the problems listed (table 3). Trash was second with 24 percent of all Fees charged for use of recreation facilities were problems, and vandalism third, with 15 -percent of reported by 118 operators of resorts. Most of the the total list. Crowded conditions and staff problems charges indicated are for room, board, and use of all were the next most frequently mentioned; they made or most of the recreation facilities. American plan up 8 and 6 percent, respectively, of the total. The charges listed ranged from $10 to $30 per person per remaining 16 percent of the Ill problems included day, and from $50 to $126 per person per week. 15 different types, such as sewage disposal and water 11 Table 3. -- Resorts: Problems mentioned by 77 operators, by region Northea! South Virgi In All Type of st North West _@i rgi problem Centra F Islands Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent F i re - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 26 34 22 35 - 31 Trash - - - - - - - - - - - - - 26 23 29 22 50 24 Vandalism - - - - - - - - - - 18 4 21 19 - 15 Crowded - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 B 14 9 8 Staff - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 8 - .4 6 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - 17 23 14 11 50 16 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100 100 Number Number Number Number Number Number Problem listings - - - - - - 23 26 14 46 2 ill Table 4. -- Resorts: Additional recreation facilities planned for 1961-66, by region Type of Northeast North South West Vi rgin All facil ity Central Islands Number Number Number Number Number Number Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - 4 5 3 4 1 17 Winter sports - - - - - - - - - 6 4 1 4 - 15 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 3 2 3 12 Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 3 3 1 10 Fishing - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 1 2 - 8 Lodging - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 - 2 1 8 Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 - 7 Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - 2 1 5 Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 3 - 5 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - 1 4 9 4 -2 20 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - 25 27 23 27 5 107 supply, financing, taxes, poaching, and. State and are facilities for fishing, picnicking, lodging, hunting, Federal accounting.. and camping. Those for riding, badminton, miniature golf, lodging and dining facilities, and even lakefront protection are included in the miscellaneous facilities. PLANS FOR EXPANSION Fewer than a third (32 percent) of the 171 operators EXPENSES AND INCOME who replied to the question plan to expand recreation use of their present acreage. Of these, 15 plan The operators of 152 resorts estimated the value expansion on a total of 716 acres. of their recreation property-- combined, these values Nineteen percent, or 21 of Ill respondents, plan to totaled $112,455,933. Obviously, values were derived buy, lease, or otherwise acquire additional acreage in different ways by different operators, and no within the next 5 years. Of these, 9 plan to acquire further analysis is possible. The estimated 1960 a total of 1,943 acres. recreation incomes of 131 resorts totaled $23,472,963, Expansion plans of 53 operators include 107 facili- but apparently this also was determined in several ties of 25 types (table 4). Swimming facilities are ways, hence is of little value. planned by 32 percent of the resort operators, winter sports facilities by 28 percent, boating faci.lities by More important is the fact that 78 percent of the 23 percent, and golf facilities by 19 percent. Swim- 156 replies indicated that receipts covered the cash ming, boating, and fishing facilities account for 35 operating expenses of these recreation resorts during percent of the total facilities planned. Also included 1960. 12 CHAPTER FIVE DUDE RANCHES A number of ranches in the United States provide and 26 (52,765 acres owned and 146,513 acres vacation facilities for guests. Many of them. are leased) are partly leased. Five others are on 3,125 working ranches where the guests (or dudes) provide acres leased from the Federal Government. additional revenue and their entertainment is based Recreation is the principal use of landat79 percent primarily upon the work of the ranch. At others, the of these 77 ranches. Ranching and farming are the fees paid by dudes or guests are the major source principal uses on the remaining 21 percent, and of Income; here, the care of horses and cattle recreation is a subsidiary use. *4 frequently is of secondary interest. All addresses on the mailing lists provided by the Dude Ranchers Association and the Colorado Dude TERRAIN AND COVER and Guest Ranch Association were used. Additional addresses were taken from tour books provided by Terrain at these 77 ranches varies from flat-to the American Automobile Association. mountainous. More than half (53 percent) are on land Of 140 questionnaires mailed to ranch operators, that is mountainous, and an additional 18 percent 120 were returned. After excluding the unusable have some mountainous land * questionnaires, 77 were analyzed. Thirty-eight percent have a combination cover of grass and forest or grass and trees. Another 30 percent are forest-covered, and grass covers 13 LOCATION AND TYPE OF ORGANIZATION percent. The remaining 19 percent have a variety of covers. This includes grass, sage, and juniper Eight of the 77 ranches in the sample are in the East on one ranch, and grass, cactus, and mesquite on (New York, Michigan, South Dakota, and Texas), and another. 69 are in the West (Arizona, Colorado, Montana, Wyoming, Utah, Washington, Oregon, and California). Thirty-nine are owned by individuals or families, 20 VARIETY OF RECREATION FACILITIES by corporations, 2 by family corporations, I by a partnership, and 1 by a foundation. As to type, 14 The 77 ranches offer a total of 432 recreation respondents merely indicated "guest," "dude," or facilities of 27 types (table 5). Fishing is available cattle" ranch. All are open to paying guests. at 84 percent of the ranches, hunting at 79 percent, swimming at 78 percent, horseback riding at 74 percent, cookouts and picnics at 75 percent, and ACREAGE CONTROLLED AND AREA USED FOR camping at 65 percent. Boating is available at 32 RECREATION percent of these ranches; pack trips and trail rides are each available at 14 percent. Rather surprisingly, These 77 ranches control a total of 260,473 acres. winter sports facilities are available also at 14 per- They range in size from 16 to 85,000 acres; both of cent of these ranches. Other facilities available in- these are in the West. Nearly half (47 percent) have clude those for hiking, archery, tennis, mountain 1,000 or more acres. Seventeen percent have 500 to climbing, square dancing, rifle shoot ing, rock hunting, 999 acres, 18 percent have 200 to 499 acres, and 10 dancing, water sports, float trips, jeep and scenic percent have 100 to 199 acres. Another 10 percent tours, Indian dances, a rodeo, and general dude ranch have fewer than 100 acres and apparently concentrate activities. more on the guest business than on horses and cattle. All 77 ranch operators listed the first and second Lands of five ranches in the East (15,740 acres) most popular recreation activities on their ranches; are owned wholly by the. ranch operators. Another, of 68 listed the third most popular activities (table 6). 6,000 acres, is operated by a foundation. that owns As might be expected, riding is the most frequent 350 acres and leases 5,650 from an individual or a first choice--it accounts for 78 percent of all first family. One of 350 acres is operated by an individual choices. Fishing and swimming each account for 8 or family that owns 50 acres and leases 300 from a percent of first choices, hunting accounts for 2 pern company or corporation. Another, of 640 acres, is cent, and the remaining 4 percent is spread among operated by a company or corporation and apparently three activities. Fishing is the most frequently leases all its land from an individual or family. mentioned second-choice recreation activity (47 per- In the West, 38 ranches (accounting for a total cent) at these 77 ranches; swimming is second (17 of 35,340 acres) are owned wholly by the operators, percent), riding is third (12 percent), and hunting is 13 fourth (5 percent). Ten other activities comprise the Seventeen others, who showed that part of their total remaining 19 percent of second-choice recreation acreage was leased public land, reported that 136,957 activities on ranches. Of third choices, hunting is acres is open to hunters. The total acreage in all of most often mentioned (20 percent), foilowed by swim- these ranches, except for areas around the buildings, ming (13 percent), fishing (10 percent), and riding is usually shown as available for hunting. (8 percent). Forty-one percent of the third most Ninety-three percent of 70 operators answering popular recreation activities are spread among 16 had ponds or lakes, streams or rivers, onor adjacent types of activities. to their property. Eighty-nine percent of 76.replying In general, riding is the most popular recreation were near public lands or waters used forrecreation. activity; it accounts for 33 percent of the 222 activities Altogether, 68 percent of the 40 operators who answer- listed. Fishing is second in overall popularity, with 22 ed the question indicated that private recreation percent of the total mentioned. Swimming is third, resources were nearby. with 13 percent of the total. It is closely followed by hunting, with 11 percent. The remaining 21 per- cent comprises 18 of the 22 activities. NUMBER OF VISITORS AND FEES CHARGED Guests spent 112,486 nights at 47 ranches during Table 5. -- Ranches: Available recreation facilities, by region 1960. The usual visit is for a week or longer. In addition to the overnight guests, 9 operators estimated that they entertained 4,370 day visitors at their Type of facility East West All ranches last year. Because of several explanatory notes, we assume that most of these were persons Number Number Number who used these ranches as a means of access to the Fishing -------------- 6 59 65 national forests; some ranches rent horses and Hunting -------------- 5 56 61 pack-trip equipment to such visitors. Swimming ------------- 6 54 60 The principal charge at dude ranches is for room Horseback riding -------- 5 52 57 and board. Use of horses and of fishing, swimming, and other facilities is usually included in the rate Cookout and picnicking ---- 3 55 58 for room and board. At most guest ranches, and at Camping -------------- 5 45 50 a few dude ranches, a separate charge is made for Boating -------------- 5 20 25 horseback riding. Pack trips for hunting, fishing, Pack trips and trail rides --- 1 10 11 or just for the trip, are rarely included in the Winter sports ----------- - 11 11 daily or weekly general charge--fees most frequently Hiking --------------- 1 5 6 mentioned 'ranged from $25 to $50 per person per Miscellaneous ---------- 7 21 day for such trips. Weekly rates for room and board Total -------------- 44 388 432 start at $56 per person in a room for four at a guest - Phe least expensive, all-inclusive rate men- tioned by a dude ranch operator was $67 per person. A majority of the all-inclusive fees were approxi- Table 6. -- Ranches: Popularity distribution of specified mately $100 per person per week; riding as often as recreation activities the guest wishes is included in the fee. Type of Popularity rating All OVERNIGHT FACILITIES AND MEALS activity First Seco Percent Percent Percent Percent Although operators of four dude ranches failed to indicate that overnight accommodations and meals Riding --------- 78 12 8 33 were available, it is assumed that they are available Fishing -------- 8 47 10 22 at all guest and dude ranches. Forty-one operators Swimming ------- 8 17 13 13 indicated type of accommodation. Twenty. provide Hunting -------- 2 5 28 11 cabins or cottages, 9 have hotels or lodges, 8 Miscellaneous ---- 4 19 41 21 provide rooms in a hotel, lodge, or in cabins, 2 - house their guests in cabins or in the ranch house Total -------- 100 100 100 100 itself, I provides motel-type accommodations, and Number Number Number Number 1 has bunkbouses. Preference listings- 1 77 77 68 222 PROBLEMS REPORTED Fifty of the 77 ranch operators provided usable answers to a question about hunting on their property. Nearly half (48 percent) of the 73 ranch operators Of these, nine do not permit it. Twenty-four operators, answering the question have no recreation-connected who included only privately owned land in their total problems. Fire was most frequently mentioned among acreage, permitted hunting on a total of 46,844 acres. the 48 problems listed by 38 operators; it accounted 14 for 31 percent of the total listings. Trash (23 percent) PLANS FOR EXPANSION is the second greatest problem. Vandalism and "help" each accounted for 8 percent, and 11 other Twenty-four percent of the 67 operators who re- types accounted for the remaining 38 percent of the plied plan for expanded use of presently operated problems listed. property during the next 5 years. Only three indicated the acreage (1,950 acres) this expansion would involve. Twenty-nine percent of 45 operators responding plan to buy or lease additional acreage with the next few PROPERTY VALUES AND INCOME years; 5 of these operators expect to acquire an additional 1,740 acres. Sixty-four operators estimated the value of their Twenty operators wrote of their plans for additional ranches at. a total of $12,975,000. Unfortunately, the facilities, whether on presently controlled land or basis for their estimates is not known. Fifty-nine land to be acquired. Thirty-five percent plan to operators estimated their 1960incomes at $1,972,479. add riding and hunting facilities; 30 percent will add Apparently, some of them included the total income of fishing facilities. Camping and water sports facilities the ranch, while others included only recreation in- are planned by 20 and 15 percent, respectively, of these come (the item requested). Thus, it is not possible to ranch operators. Other facilities to be added are draw any conclusions about the recreation value of for boating, swimming, picnicking, and pack trips; the property or the recreation income of these ranches. additional accommodations for guests and a dam for However, 68 percent of the 69 replies to the question a lake are planned also. Twenty-five percent of indicated that recreation receipts met cash expenses these 20 ranch operators plan expansion for grazing, for recreation in 1960. farming, or ranching. 15 15 4-P @ 741 WO Figure 2.-- Vandalism, such as the wanton destruction of this picnic table, is the chief problem of recreation places and acc of the 722 problems mentioned by 512 recreation enterprise operators. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) CHAPTER SIX CAMPGROUNDS Camping comes in a variety of types. Perhaps the best-known are the organized camps for children. From these 194 questionnaires returned, we found Ordinarily, these camps use the same grounds year that, in fact, many campgrounds were owned and after year and have at least a few permanent buildings. operated by municipal, State, or Federal agencies. A smaller number of permanent camps are for adults. These questionnaires were eliminated. Others were Day camps for children whose parents cannot, or do eliminated because they were poorly filled out. The not want to, send them to resident camps comprise analysis in this chapter is based on the 87 usable a third category. Usually these camps are in or near questionnaires we received. urban areas because travel time must be kept as short as possible. A fourth category is the publicly owned campground, LOCATION, ACREAGE CONTROLLED, AND AREA such as those found in national and State parks and USED FOR RECREATION forests or those operated by some local communities. A fifth category- -privately owned and operated facili- The 87 usable questionnaires were distributed by ties where families can pitch tents or park trailers-- regional areas as follows: Northeast, 31; North is the subject of this chapter. Central, 20; South, 9; West, 27. - Campers who use the privately owned campgrounds Most of the campgrounds involve relatively small usually are middle-income bracket families. Families acreages. Tracts of less than 100 acres are used by of very low incomes cannot afford the needed equip- 84 percent of the operators. More than a third (37 .ment, and families with large incomes tend to use percent) of the total are on less than 20 acres; 32 less primltive services. Numerous exceptions to percent are on tracts ranging from 20 to 99 acres. these blanket statements exist, however, because Twenty-six percent are on sites of 100 to 909'acres, even the very poor can find ways to finance short and the remaining 5 percent have more than 1,000 excursions and can find campgrounds within their acres. financial means, while on the other hand, many well- These 87 operations represent a total area of to-do people utilize campgrounds because they enjoy 1,672,198 acres. Three of the four large holdings camping. are in Western States; they include an Indidn Nation The majority of camping families are young to with 1,600,000 acres, a water user's association with middle-aged couples with or without children--but 56,000 acres, and a ranch of 5,000 acres. The fourth usually with children and accompanying assorted pets. large holding, 4,000 acres, is in the East. When these Elderly couples usually prefer to utilize the mote four ownerships are excluded, the remaining 83 comfortable facilities provided by morels, resorts, operators control a total of 7,198 acres. - hotels, and clubs. All except 1,246 acres of the total is dwned by the campground operators. The 5,000-acre ranch men- tioned above leases 700 of the 1,246 acres. The remaining 546 acres is distributed among eight operators who lease all the land they operate (from I SAMPLING PROCEDURES to 172 acres) and six others who lease 5 to 40 acres apiece in addition to lands they own. Apparently, there is no single central place In the Of the 87 operators, 80 indicated that recreation United States where one can get the names and is the primary use of their property. The 4,000-acre addresses of all privately owned campgrounds. Our southern facility is included in this group. Major list of campgrounds surveyed, therefore, was taken uses of the remaining seven are ranching, farming, from three available sources. I forestry, or a combination of these, a nursery, and The three directories listed a total of 415 camp- a motel. grounds as privately owned or which appeared, from the Recreation was the sole or the principal use on name, to be nonpublic. 514,928 acres of the total. This total drops to 6,914 Questionnaires sent to these addresses elicited acres when the three large western operations are responses from 145, and a follow-up mailing brought excluded. In 49 additional replies; a number of questionnaires were returned by the local post offices as undeliver- 1Campgound DireSLt @r, issued by the American Automobile able for various reasons. Thus, the 194 questionnaires Association, Washington, D. C.; Camo'ound Atia published returned by the campground operators represent 47 by the AlpinePress of Champaign, 111. (both Pro, Nd' to us free of charge); and Camping Tri's U. S. A. by Rhodes, Glen, and percent of the available universe. Dale, Upper Monicl i" N. J. (loaned to us by the AAA Library). 17 Of these 87 campgrounds, 62 percent are operated percent, an d fishing for 15 percent. The remaining by individuals or families. Companies or corporations 18 percent includes 22 types of facilities. operate 18 percent and partnerships operate 8 percent. The remaining 12 percent include private clubs, service clubs, a nonprofit conservation organization, POPULARITY OF RECREATION ACTIVITIES a water user's association, and an Indian Nation. More than 90 percent of the 87 campgrounds is Eighty-two of the 87 campground operators listed open to the public. The remaining 10 percent of the the most popular recreation activity on their camp- operators indicated that use of their campgrounds is grounds, 81 listed the second most popular, and 70 restricted to "guests." listed the third (table 8). Camping was the most frequently mentioned first choice (40 percent of all first choices), followed by swimming (23 percent), TERRAIN AND COVER and fishing (16 percent). Swimming was the most popular second choice (23 percent), followed by These campgrounds are located on a great variety fishing (19 percent) and camping (16 percent). Fishing of types of terrain. However, flat terrain and rolling was the most frequently mentioned third in popularity terrain were the most common surface.c6nditionsre- (24 percent), followed by boating 0 7 percent), camping ported; singly, or in combination, these were listed _03 percent), and swimming (12 percent). Of the 233 by 55 percent of the operators. rankings, camping (24 percent) was the most fre-; Forest is by far the most frequent land cover; it quently mentioned, followed by swimming (20 percent), was listed by nearly half (45 percent) of the operators.. fishing (19 percent), boating (11 percent), and picnick- A combination of grass and forest cover was listed ing (8 percent). Twenty-one types of activities are by 23 percent, and 16 percent included, a variety of included in the remaining 18 percent. cover classes such as sagebrush, dune grass, and bushes. Regionally, forest is the principal cover OTHER RECREATION RESOURCES in the Northeast, South, and Westj and grass is the principal cover on campgrounds in the North Central The affinity between water resources and recreation States. activities has been mentioned frequently in other studies. Sixty of the 64 operators who provided information for this part of the study have for swim- VARIETY OF RECREATION FACILITIES ming and boating use a pond, lake, stream, or river on their property, or they are adjacenttoone or more Although camping is naturally the principal recrea- of these or to a bay or ocean. Fishing waters, specifi- tion activity on these properties, many other recrea- cally, are available at or near 43 of the campgrounds. tion attractions also are provided. Swimming facili- On or near these campgrounds, there is a total of ties are provided at 83 percent of the campgrounds 58 lakes or ponds and 49 rivers or streams. Two (table 7). Picnicking resources are available at 79 others abut on bays, 3 front on the ocean, 1 is located percent, fishing at 71 percent, and boating at 69 per- on both bays and ocean, and I is on a harbor and cent. Hunting is available at a third of the ranches the ocean. Of this total, 5 lakes and 15 rivers are on and winter sports at 13 percent. Of the total of 425 Indian tribal lands and I lake is on water association recreation facilities available at the 87 campgrounds, property. camping accounts. for 20 percent, swimming for 17 Public lands and waters used for recreation obvious- percent, picnicking for 16 percent, boating, for 14 ly attract campgrounds. Of the 84 operators who Table 7. -- Campgrounds: Available recreation facilities, by region Type of facility. North- North South West All east Central Number Number Number Number Number Camping ----------------------- 31 20 9 27 87 Swimming ----- 7 ----------------- 29 20 5 18 72 Picnicking ---------------------- 24 17 6 22 69 Fishing ------------------------ 25 11 8 18 62 Boating ------------------------ 21 19 6 14 60 Hunting ------------------------ 14 4 1 10 29 Winter sports -------------------- 3 2 1 5 11 Miscellaneous -------------------- 19 2 6 8 1 35 To tal ----------------------- 16@ 95 42 122 425 Includes I with only unimproved trailer sites. 18 Table 8. -- Campgrounds: Popularity distribution of specified the remaining 23 percent served 10,000 or more recreation activities guests overnight. Type of Popularity rating All activity First Seco FEES CHARGED Percent Percent Percent Percent Virtually all of the operators charge for use of their Camping -------- 40 16 13 24 campgrounds. One of the 87 campgrounds was new Swimming ------- 23 23 12 20 and therefore the operator had not made charges, and Fishing -------- 16 19 24 19 operators of another 5 reported that they do not Boating -------- 6 11 17 11 charge fees. Of these, one is a small area in the North Central Region operated by a gas station owner Picnicking ------ 5 14 4 who leases the land from the State road commission Miscellaneous---- - 11 17 30 18 and provides free water and electricity. The other Total ---------- 100 100 100 100 four are in the West; one is individually or family- owned, and three are private clubs. Interestingly Number Number Number Number, enough, one of the private clubs had an income in Preference listings- 82 81 70 233 1960 of $500--gathered from a donation box at the campground. Apparently, fees charged at the campgrounds do not vary from region to region, but types of charges answered the question, 77 percent indicated their vary remarkably from one camp to another * Charges campgrounds are near public lands or waters. Other vary from a single fee to a complex system of fee private lands and waters used for recreation also are calculation. For example, $0.50 per person per day, an attraction; the camps of 43.percent of the operators $1 per site per day, and $3 per family per,day were answering this question are near such resources. among the, straight fees. Complex chargesnincluded Oddly enough, 4 (5 percent) of the 87 operators $1 per night per car plus $0.25 per person, and $1.50 indicated that their camps have no overnight facilities; for four people per night plus $0.25 per person over presumably, they offer only unimp@oved. campsites, four. Frequently, trailer camping is a bit more because each of them in answer to another question expensive than tenting. One progression in fees ran indicated that camping facilities are provided. Another from $0.50 a day per car to $1 per tent per day, to two respondents (2 percent) wrote that they have $1.50 per trailer per day. Another operator charges unimproved campsites. Improved campsites are of- $1 per day per tent, and $1.50 per day for trailers. fered by 76 (87 percent of the total) campgrounds, and 5 (6 percent) have no tent sites but do provide trailer sites. These campgro 'unds also provide other PROBLEMS REPORTED overnight accommodations--a hotel, a lodge, a motel, and 2 hostels. Fifteen campgrounds have cottages or Forty-one operators reported that they had no cabins, and 57 of the campgrounds with tent sites also problems related to the campgrounds. Three others have trailer sites. did not list any problems and are Assumed to have Meals or food are available on the premises of 47 none. Thus, slightly more than half of all operators percent of the 87 campgrounds, and are available appear to have no particular problems with their near another 35 percent. At 18 percent of the camp- campground operations. The remaining 43 operators grounds, food apparently is available neither on the listed a total of 67 problems (table 9). grounds nor nearby, and campers must carry their own supplies. Trash was the problem mentioned most frequently, accounting for 37 percent of all complaints. Van- dalism, the second most frequent complaint, accounted NUMBER OF VISITORS for 25 percent of the total, followed by fire (18 per- cent) in third place. No other problem was mentioned It is difficult for operators of campgrounds to more than three times. estimate the number of people they serve because their charges are made on units based on a campsite or family group. However, 54 operators made esti- mates that seemed to be reasonably reliable; their PROPERTY VALUES AND INCOME estimated visitor nights in 1960 totaled 514,875. Apparently, 9 percent of the campgrounds are small Property values are listed as totaling $4,460,842 for or had poor seasons because their estimates of 70 campgrounds. Excluded from these estimates visitor nights were less than 500 for the 1960 season. are the three very large campgrounds in the West, Twenty-two percent ranged between 500 and 999. one of 4,000 acres in the South, and another in the Another 35 percent estimated that their guests South that is an adjunct to a multi m illion- dollar ranged between 1,000 and 4,999 for the year, 11 enterprise. Unfortunately, we have no way of know- percent ranged from 5,000 to 9,999 vistor nights, and ing which of the operators included the value of 19 Table 9. -- Campgrounds: Distribution of problems mentioned by 43 operators, by region Type of,problem North- North South West All east Central Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent Trash - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31 47 37 36 37 Vandalism - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 27 27 29 25 Fire - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23 6 18 21 18 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31 20 18 14 20 100 100 100 100 100 Number Number Number Number Number, Problem listings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13 15 11 28 67 non-recreation property nor how many used their which excludes 100,000 acres of expanded recreation #'asking prices." activity planned for the lands owned by the Indian Pitfalls similar to those mentioned relative to Nation. valuation estimates prohibit confidence in many an- Forty-one (68 percent) of the 60 operators replying swers relative to gross estimates of business income do not expect to buy or lease additional lands for for the year. However, after excluding the three large recreation use. Of the 19 (32 percent) planning to western and two southern campgrounds and culling add lands through lease or purchase, 11 provided the obviously unrealistic answers, the remaining 67 estimates that totaled 3,274 acres. Of this, the major campgrounds reported cash incomes totaling $746,406 part, 3,040 acres, is in the West. in 1960. Receipts covered cash operating expenses for 66 percent of the campgrounds. The regional distribution FACILITIES TO BE ADDED of poor financial returns seems significant. Southern operators were evenly divided between those whose Fifty-eight operators indicated the facilities for receipts covered expenses and those whose receipts which additional recreation acreage, whether now in did not cover them. In the Northeast and the North their control or to be bought or leased later, will be Central. States, and in the West, approximately twice used. Twenty-five different types of facilities for as many operators' recreation receipts covered their recreation activity are to be added (table 10). Ninety- cash operating cost as those whose recelpts did not three percent of the 58 operators will add camping. meet such costs. Picnicking facilities will be added by 45 percent, and 43 percent of these respondents will add swim- ming facilities. Boating facilities are planned by 29 PLANS FOR EXPANSION percent, and fishing facilities by 24 percent. Expansion of recreation facilities is planned on Camping alone accounts for 31 percent of the 175 land presently owned or leased by 51 of 77 operators planned facilities. Picnicking accounts for 15percent who replied to this question. Sixteen of these operators and swimming, boating, and fishing together account plan to expand their activities on a total of 640 acres, for 32 percent of the total plans. The remaining Table 10. -- Campgrounds: Additional recreation facilities planned for 1961-66, by region North- North Type of facility east Central South West All Number Number Number Number Number Camping ----------------------- 25 11 8 10 54 Picnicking ---------------------- 7 4 7 8 26 Swimming ----------------------- 13 3 3 6 25 Boating ------------------------ 10 2 - 5 17 Fishing ------------------------ 8 3 1 2 14 Hunting ------------------------ 5 1 - 2 8 Winter sports -------------------- 2 2 - 2 6 Miscellaneous ------------------- 5 6 4 10 25 1 Total ------------------------ 75 32 23 45 175 20 22 percent include hunting, winter sports, and trailer laundromat, and a summer theatre, nature walks, site facilities, amenities such as hot showers and a and a seaplane base. 21 IIA 7-,q "I % Af, Ilk 0 @7 4 * C5@ _@_M_ Figure 3. --Fishing is the second most popular activity at the 1,326 privately operated recreation facilities inventoried. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) 22 CHAPTER SEVEN COMMERCIAL BEACHES With the increase in leisure time, the higher dis- LOCATION, TYPE OF OPERATOR, ACREAGE CONTROL- cretionary income per family, and the increased ease LED, AND AREA USED FOR RECREATION of transportation, the demand for waterfront recrea- tion 'opportunities has increased greatly. But in The 62 usable questionnaires were distributed by many sections of the United States, most of the regional areas as follows: Northeast, 33; North shoreline has been developed with vacation-time or Central, 18; South, 10; and West, 1. year-round homes and thus is not available for The majority (61 percent) of the commercial beaches public recreation. In others, hotels and motels discussed in this chapter are operated by companies have acquired relatively long stretches of private or corporations. Thirty-six percent are operated by waterfront. State, national, and, in some instances, individuals or families, and the remaining 3 percent county or municipal, parks provide the general public are private clubs. with its major chance to enjoy the unique qualities Ninety-four percent of the 62 beaches are open to the of our many miles of shoreline. Unforunately, these general public. The four open only to guests are in facilities are limited in number. Competition for the the Northern States. They include the two beaches little shoreline not already highly developed is keen, operated as private clubs. and the price of a lot and cottage is beyond the means The beaches vary greatly in size--from a half- of many people, acre beach in the Northeast to a 1,600-acre holding In many areas, commercial beaches provide the in the South. Twenty-three percent of the 62 beaches only opportunity for persons of limited means to have 100 or more acres. However, 18 percent of enjoy, for a small fee, swimming, sunbathing, and, them are on sites of less than 10 acres (all of these in some places, boating and fishing. Commercial are in the Northern States), 48 percent are between beaches are to be found along the shores of many 10 and 49 acres, and 11 percent are between 50 and rivers, lakes, and bays. Still others are located along 99 acres. the shores of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the The total acreage in these 62 beaches is 5,978. Gulf of Mexico. All except I I I acres are owned by the beach operators. The site of a 4-acre beach operated by a company or corporation in a northeastern State is wholly leased SAMPLING PROCEDURES from an individual or family. Another company or corporation operated beach in the Northeast has A So far as we were able to discover, there is no total of 33 acres, 7 of 'which are leased from a association of commercial beach operators as such. company or corporation, A company or corporation Thus, we were unable to obtain any idea of the total in another northern State owns 7 acres and leases an number of commercial beaches In this country. additional 20 acres from an individual or family. A However, there is a National Association of Parks, southern company or corporation leases its entire 80 Pools, and Beaches, and from the 1961 Manual & acres from an individual or family. Guide given us by the association, we selected tFe Of the 62 beaches, only 3-2 in the Northeast names and addresses of all firms listed which in- (rental apartments, resturant-bar) and 1 in the South cluded the word "beach" in the description. Of (forestry) --have a primary use other thanrecreation. necessity, then, these beaches include many which All are open to the public. offer a variety of amusements, rides, and games. Questionnaires were mailed to 203 such firms. Operators of 82 of them returned questionnaires from the original mailing, and an additional 42 returned TERRAIN AND COVER questionnaires from the follow-up mailing. Thus, the total returned was 61 percent of the number on Forty-five percent of the.beaches are on flat land; our mailing list. 31 percent are on rolling land. The remaining 24 A number of the questionnaires returned reported percent include beaches. on hilly sites and those on only on swimming pools; these questionnaires were combinations of terrain types. excluded from our analysis. Questionnaires returned Grass is the cover on 40 percent of the 61 beach by operators of publicly owned beaches and from properties; 2 3 percent have a combination of grass and operators of those obviously within the boundaries trees, or grass and forest cover. Seventeen percent of of cities with populations of 10,000 or more were the beaches have forest cover, 15 percent are sand, excluded also. Still others were eliminated because and the remaining 5 percent include grass and sand, of insufficient data. and, surprisingly, macadam and slag. 23 VARIETY OF RECREATION FACILITIES Table 12. -- Commercial beaches: Popularity distribution of specified recreation activities These 62 beaches provide a great variety of recrea- tion facilities. Altogether, they provide 302 facilities Type of Popularity rating of 25 different types of outdoor recreation (table 11). activity First d Third All It was expected that all of the 62 would provide swim- I Secon ming facilities, and that many would have picnicking Percent Percent Percent Percent areas (89 percent of the beaches have picnic acreas), but it is surprising that so many provide boating (7.7 Swimming ------- 66 15 9 31 percent), fishing (74 percent), and camping (35 per- Boating -------- 3 22 21 15 cent). Fishing -------- 3 12 11 9 Swimming, boating, and fishing amount to 52 percent Picnicking ------ 11 33 19. 21 of all recreation facilities at these beaches. Picnicking Amusements 10 5 23 12 accounts for 18 percent and camping for 7 percent. Miscellaneous ---- 7 13 17 12 Amusement facilities make up only 6 percent of the total. The remaining 17 percent includes 19 types of Total -------- 100 100 100 100 facilities ranging from winter sports, childrens'play- Number Numbv Number Number grounds, and volleyball, horseshoes, and other field sports facilities, to a marina, a drive-in theatre, and Preference listings- 62 60 58 175 a flying schooll Table 11. Commercial beaches: Available recreation facilities, by region Type of facility North- N o rth South West All east Central Number Number Number Number Number Swimming ----------------------- 33 18 10 1 62 Picnicking ---------------------- 27 18 10 - 55 Boating -- --------------------- 26 16 6 - 48 Fishing - - --------------------- 25 17 4 - 46 Camping ------------ - --------- - 13 5 4 - 22. Amusements --------------------- 8 5 3 1 17 Miscellaneous -------------------- 1 23 6 1 13 52 Total ---------------- - ----- 155 95 50 2 302 The several types of recreation at these beaches are available on or adjacent to their properties. A vary in popularity from swimming and boating, for majority of the 61 beaches are on lakes (62 percent). example, to sunbathing and flying (table 12). Swimming Thirteen percent are on a lake and a river, 8 percent is the most popular of all recreatibn activities, are on rivers, and 7 percent (all inthe Northeast) are accounting for 31 percent of the 175 choices listed. on the Atlantic Ocean. In addition, other beaches Picnicking is second in overall popularity, with 21 (8 percent) are on bays or sounds; and one (2 per- percent. Boating (15 percent) and amusements (12 cent) said his facility is on a "half-mile sand beach." percent) are third and fourth in the overall popularity listing. All others amount to 21 percent. FEES CHARGED Swimming is by far the most popular first choice, accounting for 66 percent of all first choices. Picnick- Fees are charged by 56 of the 60 beach operators ing is most frequently mentioned as second in popularity responding to this question. The fees vary. (33 percent of second choices), and amusements (23 Several operators make no charge for parking, percent) lead boating (21 percent) and picnicking (19 entrance, swimming, or picnicking, but rely entirely percent) for third place in popularity by a narrow on income from amusement rides and food sales. One margin. operator charges only for boat rental ($2 per day), Hunting is permitted on a total of 1,948 acres in or for use of his boat ramp ($ 1) if the visitor brings seven beach properties. The smallest hunting acreage his own boat. is 23 acres-, the largest is 1,200. Most of the operators in this sample who answered All of & 61 beach operators who replied to the the question charge only a single fee for use of the question concerning waters available for swimming property and, when applicable, an additional charge and boating indicated that one or more bodi&s of water for boat rental. Frequently, the single fee Is for 24 parking (ranging from $0.25 to $1 per car per day) show that overnight accommodations at several of the or to enter the grounds (ranging from $0.35 per adult beaches are "big business." The range among these to $0.20 per child to $0.75 per adult and $0.50 per seven is from 1,000 to 200,000 visitor nights (the child). Still other operators charge only for swimming; latter is the northern beach that attracted 2,500,000 one charges $0.50 per person and another charges $0.52 visitors during the daytime). In no instance was the for adults and $0.26 for children. One beach operator number of visitor nights more than one-fifth of the bases the charge on the use of picnic tables; he charges number of visitor days. $0.75 per day per table. Food or meals were available on the beach premises Several combinations of charges mentioned were for of 83 percent of the 60 operators who answered. Five parking and picnicking (parking $0.50 per car and pic- of the beach operators (8 percent of the 60) who re- nicking $0.50 per car, parking $1 per car and picniclcm plied that food is not available on their grounds in- ing $1 per car), and parking and swimming$0.25 per dicated that it is available nearby. car to park plus $0.25 to $0.50 per person to swim-, $0.50 per car for parking plus $0.60 per person for swimming). PROBLEMS . When applicable, boating fees charged range from $0.50 to $1 per hour and from $1 to $2.50 per day, Forty-three percent of the 61 operators who answer- presumably for rowboats. One operator rents sail- ed the question had no problems; fifty-seven percent boats at $3 per hour. At two beaches, separate charges had problems. Trash accounted for 37 percent of the of $1 and $1.50 per day are made for fishing. 57 problems listed. Vandalism accounted for 32 percent, crowded conditions for 10 percent, and fire for 9 percent. The remaining 12 percent included NUMBER OF RECREATION VISITS parking, financing, beach erosion, taxes, and the need for cleaning up a lake. The beaches of 2 6 operators- were visited during the 1960 season by a total of 7,437,830 persons. Twelve of the beaches in the Northeast drew a total of PROPERTY VALUES AND INCOME 1,159,992 persons; the smallest number at one beach was 500 persons and the largest number was 500,000. Only 44 of the 62 operators showed the value of their Although only nine of the replies from North Central recreation facilities. The total value of the 44 re- States were usable, the total number of visitors at ported was $23,473,000, but again there is no way of these nine beaches was much larger- -5,57 8,200. knowing precisely what the operators included in The range was also higher, from 3,200 to 2,500,000 their "value of recreation facilities." persons. Four southern operators reported a range: Forty-four also reported receipts from recreation. from 10,000 to 111,638 visitors, and their total was Unfortunately, they were not always the same operators 199,638. The one western beach was visited by 500,000 who had answered the previous question. Receipts for persons. these 44 totaled $7,953,875. Interestingly enough, those operators with enterprises other than recreation as the primary use of the land were not among those AVAILABILITY OF OVERNIGHT ACCOMMODATIONS having the highest receipts. AND MEALS Seventy .six percent of the 55 who replied to the question indicated that the recreation receipts covered Rather surprisingly, 32 percent of the beaches their cash operating expenses during 1960. provide overnight facilities- -ranging in type from Thirty-seven percent of the 59 operators answering camping and trailer sites to cabins, cottages, motels, indicated that they planned to expand opportunities for and hotels. Although only seven estimates concerning recreation on property they now own or lease. Only the number of visitor nights were usable, the replies 19 percent of the 36 replying planned to acquire Table 13. -- Commercial beaches: Additional recreation facilities planned for 1961-66, by region Type of facility North- North South West All east Central Number Number Number Number Number Picnicking ---------- ------------ 8 1 4 - 13 Swimming ----------------------- 5 2 3 - 10 Camping ----------------------- 2 3 2 - 7 Boating ------ ----------------- 2 1 3 - 6 Amusements --------------------- 4 1 1 - 6 Miscellaneous -------------------- 4 2 5 1 12 Total ----------------------- 25 L 10 18 1 54 25 additional acreage for recreation use; four of these more than half of the 24 operators plan to add picnic plan to acquire a total of 70 acres. facilities. Additional swimming facilities are planned for 42 percent of these beaches. Picnicking and swim- ming account for 24 and 19 percent, respectively, of PLANS FOR EXPANSION all facilities planned. Other facilities are plannedfor camping (13 percent of all facilities) and for boating Expansion plans, whether on present acreage or and amusement (each 11 percent). Six other types of acreage to be acquired, were indicated by 24 respond- facilities account for the remaining 22 percent of ents (table 13). The importance of picnicking at planned facilities. commercial beaches is indicated by the fact that 26 CHAPTER EIGHT YACHT CLUBS Pleasure boats are no longer solely the playthings LOCATION, ACREAGE CONTROLLED, AND AREA of the well-to-do. Almost anyone who is interested USED FOR RECREATION can buy a boat--an 8-foot sailing dinghy, and ocean racing yacht, a folding-boat with outboard motor, or The 152 questionnaires utilited were distributed a luxurious cruiser--on the installment plan. by regional areas as follows: Northeast, 79; North The burgeoning interest in boats of all kinds Is Central, 19; South, 33; West, 19; and Puerto Rico- reflected in the increasing number of yacht clubs and Virgin Islands, 2. in their growing memberships. These clubs vary from The majority (66 percent) of the yacht clubs are the long- established ones to those so new they are still on sites of less than 5 acres. Seventeen percent are seeking sites on which -to build docks and clubhouses. on sites of less than 1 acre, 49 percent are on sites Yacht clubs also vary in type of membership and of 1 to 4.9 acres, 17 percent are on 5 to 9.9 acre sites, in the types of boats owned by members. and only 17 percent are on sites of 10 acres or more. Questionnaires were mailed to 980 yacht clubs In the Northeastern, North Central, and Southern listed in either Lloyds Register of American Yachts Regions, more of the clubs are on sites of 1 to 4.9 (1959) or the 1961 listing of yacht clubs provided, acres than on,lots of any other size, while in the West by the National Association of Engine & Boat Manu- the acreage spread is rather even. Sites of yacht facturers, Inc. Eliminated from these lists were clubs in this sample range from 0.1 to 135 acres; Coast Guard Auxiliary groups, U. S. Power squadrons, the total is 1,247 acres. sailing and cruising associations known to be merely Leasing is important among the 152 clubs operating groups of racing and cruising enthusiasts meeting only on the smaller sites; 6 percent of the clubs surveyed a few times each year, and other known or believed both own and lease land; 41 percent are entirely on not to be yacht clubs. Of the 980 questionnaires leased land. Of the 63 clubs on wholly leased land, mailed, 48 percent were returned--343 from the 38 clubs (60 percent) occupy between 1 and 4.9 acres. original mailing and 131 from the follow-up mailing. Two-thirds of the north-central and western clubs Several of the questionnaires turned out to be from are located on leased land, as is one of the two Puerto facilities other than yacht clubs; these questionnaires Rico-Virgin Island clubs. Less than half of those were eliminated. Also excluded from analysis were in the Northeast (43 percent) and in the South (36 those giving insufficient data. Of the remainder, percent) are on lands partly or wholly leased. when there were more than 10 usable questionnaires Valid replies were received from 58 of the 72 from any one State, the total number to be analyzed leasing clubs concerning ownership of leased land. was reduced to workable limits by further sampling. Thirty-one percent indicated that the lease is with In this way the number of questionnaires analyzed a city, town, or village. Twenty-four percent lease for each re@lon reflects the number of usable question- from companies or corporations, 10 percent from naires received from that region. States, 10 percent from individuals or families, 9 Table 14. Yacht Clubs: Available recreation facilities, byregion Type of No rth - N o rt h Puerto Rico & facility east Central South West Virgin Islands All Number Number Number Number Number Number Boating ------------ 713 20 33 19 2 152 Swimmin97 ---------- 52 8 24 15 1 100 Fishing ------------ 43 6 22 11 2 84 Picnicking ---------- 24 9 10 8 1 52 Miscellaneous -------- 33 6 18 6 1 64 Total --- -------- 230 49 107 59 7 452 27 percent from the Federal Government, 7 percent clubhouse or other building for social functions. from county governments, and the remaining 9 percent Boating accounts for 34 percent of the 452 total listings (5 respondents) lease from "harbor board," a railroad, of facilities. Swimming and fishing account for 22 and a township, an orphanage, or from both the State and 19 percent, respectively, and picnicking for another 11 Federal Governments. percent. The remaining 14 percent of the total listings includes such facilities as tennis courts, golf courses, and even winter sports and a bowling alley. VARIETY OF RECREATION FACILITIES Of the respondents who reported their club's facili- The 152 yacht clubs in the sample provide facilities ties for mooring and docking boats, some indicated for 18 different types of outdoor recreation (table 14). facilities solely for mooring or for docking, while All, of course, provide boating facilities; 66 percent others reported several types of such facilities. provide for swimming, 55 percent have fishing, 34 Facilities for 1,706 boats in slips, in berths, or at, percent provide picnicking, and 10 percent have docks are provided at 28 clubs; five clubs provide tennis courts. Although only 7 percent have club- floats to which 111 boats can be tied, 3 provide moor- houses, according to the replies to the questionnaire, ings for 166 boats, and 1 provides an anchorage for it is obvious that most persons answering this 100 boats. In addition, one club reported that it has question have simply failed to state that there is a space in its harbor for 166 boats. Two clubs have outhaul space for 255 boats. Table 15. Yacht clubs: Popularity distribution of The popularity of specified recreation activities varies widely. The general category of boating is, specified recreation activities of course, the most popUr lar. It includes sailing, Type of Popularity rating races, and sailing instruction, and accounts for half All of all the 348 listings (table 15). Swimming is next facility First Second Third most popular, accounting for 20 percent of the total. Fishing (9 percent), social activities (6 percent), Percent Percent Percent Percent picnicking (4 percent), -and tennis (4 percent) are Boating -------- 82 25 7 46 popular also; Twelve types of activities are included Racing --------- 6 2 43 in the remaining 7 percent of the listings of the three Sailing instruction - - 2 1 1 most popular activities at each yacht club. All of the 152 respondents indicated the most popular Boating category- 88 29 8 50 activity at the yacht clubs, 123 listed the second most -_ ____ popular activity, and 73 indicated the third most Swimming ------- 6 37 19 20 popular activity. Boating heads the list of f irst choices, Fishing -------- 1 15 14 9 with 88 percent. of all first-choice activities. Swim- Social activities -- 1 5 17 6 ming is the most frequent second choice, with 37 Picnicking ------ 1 5 12 4 percent of all second choices, and swimming (19 per- Tennis --------- 1 2 12 4 cent), social activities (17 percent), and fishing (14 Miscellaneous ---- 2 7 18 7 percent) are the most popular third choices. Other sports --- 12 71 92 50 NUMBER OF RECREATION VISITS Total ------ 100 100 100 100 Number Number Number Number During 1960, 293,900 persons visited 26 of the yacht clubs. Of these, 8 had attendance in the range Preference listings- 152 123 73 348 of 1,000 to 4,999 guests, 8 had an attendance of be- tween 5,000 and 9,999, another 8 were inthe 10,000 to Table 16. Yacht clubs: Additional recreation facilities planned for 1961-66, by region Type of North- North South West Puerto Rico& All facility east Central Virgin Islands Number Number Number Number Number Number Boating ------------ 19 5 11 B 1 44 Swimming ----------- 7 - 3 2 1 13 Picnicking ---------- 3 - 2 1 - 6 Fishing ------------ 2 - - 2 1 5 Miscellaneous -------- 6 - 3 1 - 10 Total ------------ 37 5 19 14 3 78 28 24,999 range, 1 was in the 25,000 to 49,999 group, and crowded conditions. Trash accounted for 19 percent I in the 50,000 to 99,999 bracket. The second largest of the problems, fire for 10 percent, and the remaining attendance was for a club in the Northeast and the 6 percent included 5 types of problems. largest was for a club in the West. PLANS FOR EXPANSION AVAILABILITY OF MEALS Facilities at yacht clubs are to be expanded during Fifty-two percent of the 145 respondents who the next 5 years, according to the 56 replies to a answered the question indicated that meals are avail- question concerning plans for the future. Nine dif- able on the yacht club's premises. Forty-two percent ferent kinds of facilities were mentioned among of the 69 who indicated that meals are not available additional recreation facilities planned for 1961-66. on the club grounds checked that food is available Seventy-nine percent of the respondents indicatedthat nearby. boating would be added; this accounts for 56 percent of the 78 facilities listed (table 16). Swimming facilities will be added by 23 percent of these yacht PROBLEMS clubs, 11 percent will add picnicking facilities, and 9 percent plan additional facilities for fishing. Among Forty-eight percent of 141 respondents indicated the miscellaneous facilities R4nnedl_ are- -those for that their clubs have no problems. The 73 respondents court games and golf. reported -102 problems. Thirty-eight percent were problems with vandalism, and 27 percent concerned 29 -'o CIO ilk -.Agog 7- twt o' t: 7@' 11 '777 Figure 4.-- Boating (which includes canoeing, rowing, sailing, and motorboating) is tied with hunting as the third most popular activity at the 1,326 privately operated recreation facilities inventoried. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) CHAPTER NINE BOAT CLUBS Boat clubs differ from yacht clubs chiefly in the a township, county-controlled Federal land (BLM), types of boats owned by members. Outboard motor and one of which half is owned by an individual or boats of various sizes and the smaller inboard boats family and the other half by the Veterans of Foreign probably are the principal types found at boat clubs, Wars. while sailboats and inboard motor cruisers, as well Recreation is the principal land use of all 46 boat- as some outboard boats, are found at yacht clubs. club properties. Excluding the 9 acres of a club The Outboard Boating Club of America provided not replying to the question, 77 percent of the 257 us with a mailing list of boat clubs. After eliminating acres in the sites of the 45 clubs ig used for recrea- those also on the yacht club mailing list, we sent tion. By region, recreation use varies from 41 questionnaires to 357 clubs throughout the United percent of total boat-club acreage in the Northeast States; 133 (37 percent) were returned. After ex- and 60 percent in the West to 87 percent in the South cluding forms containing insufficient information, and 97 percent in the North Central States. the questionnaires returned by 46 clubs were analyzed. TERRAIN AND COVER LOCATION, ACREAGE CONTROLLED, OWNERSHIP, AND AREA USED FOR RECREATION The majority of the boat clubs (64 percent) are on flat lands and are, of course, adjacent to large Thirteen of the boat clubs are in the Northeast, 18 steams, rivers, lakes, or bays. Altogether, these are in the North Central States, 11 are in the South, 46 clubs have access to 32 lakes, 39 rivers, a bay, and 4 are in the West. These 46 boat clubs have a and a bayou. total of 266 acres. The smallest site is one-fourth Grass is the predominant cover. More than half of an acre and the largest is 33 acres; both of these of the 44 club reporters checked this answer, and are in the South. Eight percent of the clubs are on still others indicated the cover as a combination of sites of less than I acre. . More than half (52 percent) grass and sand, grass and marsh, or grass and trees are in the I to 4.9 acre range. Twenty percent have or forest. between 5 and 9.9 acres, and 20 percent have more than 10 acres. Twenty six clubs (57 percent of all in this sample) RECREATION FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES are on land that is wholly leased or similarly con- trolled. Two other clubs are on sites partly leased. All of the boat clubs provide boating facilities Forty-tbree percent of the 28 sites partly or wholly (table 17). In addition, picnicking facilities are leased is owned by companies or corporations. provided by 89 percent of the clubs, fishing by 76 Individuals or families own 18 percent, State-owned percent, swimming by 72 percent, and camping by property accounts for 11 percent, 7 percent is on 44 percent. Boating and picnicking together account Federal land, 7 percent is city owned, and the remain- for nearly half of the total listing of 182 facilities. ing 14 percent includes land owned by a partnership, Four types of facilities, chief of which are those for Table 17. -- Boat clubs: Available recreation facilities, by region Type of facility North- North South West All east Central Number Number Number Number Number Boating ------------------------ 13 18 11 4 .46 Picnicking ---------------------- 12 16 10 3 41 Fishing ------------------------ 7 15 9 4 35 Swimming ----------------------- 9 11 9 4 33 Camping ----------------------- 2 9 6 3 20 Miscellaneous -------------------- 2 2 2 1 7 Total ----------------------- 45 71 47 19 182 31 winter sports, are included in the miscellaneous estimated as 3,050 for 1960. Half had fewer than 500 category. persons, I had 500 persons, and 2 had 1,000 visitor nights each. As might be expected, boating is the most popular of the 10 types of activity at these clubs. It accounts for 87 percent of the 46 first choices and for 35 per- FEES CHARGED cent of the total 128 mentioned (table 18). Picnicking was most often mentioned as the second most popular Forty-nine percent of the 45 respondents checked activity, accounting for 25 percent of a total of 43, that fees of some kind are charged for use of the clubs' and water skiing led as the third most popular activity, recreation facilities. Most of them are collected as with 26 percent of the 39. members' dues. (Presumably, the other 51 percent of the clubs also levy dues.) Three clubs charge a dock rent--varying from $2 per year per boat to $1.50 per Table 18. -- Boat Clubs: Popularity distribution of specified month per boat and $10 per month per boat. Several recreation activities clubs permit nonmembers to use their launching facilities and charge only $1 for this service. One Type of Popularity rating respondent for a 20-acre facility wrote that "all r - All members may build docks their (sic) is no charge-- activity First Second Third 16 docks at this time." Percent Percent Percent Percent Boating -------- 87 7 5 35 RECREATION AND FOOD FACILITIES Fishing -------- 5 21 21 15 Picnicking ------ 2 25 15 14 All boat clubs are adjacent to public waters. Seventy Swimming ------- .2 21 18 13 percent of the 27 respondents checked that their Water skiing ----- 2 14 26 13 facilities are near other privately operated recreation Miscellaneous---- 2 12 15 10 resources. Food or meals are available on the premises of only Total -------- 100 100 100 100 9 percent of the 43 clubs whose respondents answered this question. Fifty-one percent of the 35 checked that Number Number Number Number food is available nearby. Pref erence listings- 1 46 43 39 128 PROBLEMS, Overall, boating (with 35 percent of all choices Of 43 clubs whose respondents answered a question mentioned) was the most popular activity, followed concerning problems, 44 percent (19) had none. by fishing (15 percent), picnicking (14 percent), Twenty-four listed a total of 32 problems. Trash, swimming (13 percent), and water skiing (also 13 with 44 percent of the 32 listings, is the greatest percent). Five types of activities were included in problem. Vandalism is next greatest (31 percent), the remaining 10 percent. followed by crowded conditions (19 percent). Floods and financial problems, each mentioned once, account for the remaining 6 percent of the problems. NUMBER OF VISITORS Only 12 usable answers were received to* the question concerning the number of visitor days during PLANNED EXPANSION 1960; their estimated total was 67,465. Half of the clubs had between 1,000 and 4,999 visitors, a fourth Only a fourth of the 42 respondents indicated that had between 5,000 and 9,999, and of the remaining their clubs plan to expand on present acreage within fourth, 1 had fewer than 500, 1 had between 500 and the next 5 years. Three of these clubs plan expansion 999, and 1 had more than 25,000 visitors. on a total of 10 acres. Twerity-seven percent of 33 Twelve clubs have overnight facilities for visitors. clubs responding expect to buy or lease additional Eight of these clubs had improved camp sites at the acreage by 1966; four will acquire a total of 8 acres. time the questionnaires were returned-but one re- One club is moving to a new site. spondent wrote that spring floods might destroy his The type of expansion, whether on new or present club's camp facilities. At six of these improved acreage, was indicated by 14 respondents whoseclubs campsite areas a maximum of 475 persons can camp. plan 48 facilities of 9 different types (table 19). Eighty- Three clubs have both trailer sites and improved camp six percent of the 14 will increase boating facilities, sites (400 maximum trailer-tent campers per night) 79 percent are adding picnic facilities, 64 percent and one club has rooms for 9 guests and has also have plans for swimming facilities, and 50 percent are 2 trailer sites. planning fishing facilities. Camping and three other The number of visitor nights for 6 clubs was types of facilities are planned also. 32 Table 19. -- Boat clubs: Additional recreation facilities planned for 1961-66, by region Type of facility North- North South West All east Central Number Number Number Number Number Boating - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -4 5 3 - 12 Picnicking - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -5 3 3 - 11 Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -3 3 3 - 9 Fishing - - - - - - - - -7- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -2 3 2 - 7 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -4 2 2 9 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18 16 13 1 48 Four clubs are new and for this reason their last VALUE AND RECEEPTS year's income was unreported. Eight respondents indicated that their clubs had no income. Total Thirty-three of the 46 respondents estimated the income for 14 clubs was $29,799 in 1960. Income in values of their clubs, which totaled to $597,100. 1960 met cash operating expenses at only 37 percent The range was from $500 for a club in the Northeast of the 27 clubs whose respondents answered this to $250,000 for one in the South. question. 33 7"? 1 Ah Or": V ff 211 Figure 5.--Skiing is fifth in the list of most popular activities at the 1,326 privately operated recreation facilities inventoried. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) 34 CHAPTER TEN SKI AREAS Skiing, one of the most fascinating of outdoor sports, percent have between 500 and 999 acres, and 9 per- has grown tremendously in popularity during the last cent have 1,000 or more acres. Two-thirds of the 10 to 15 years. Formerly considered to be a sport total acreage in all ski areas is in recreation use. for only the young and the daring, it is now enjoyed Recreation is the primary activity at all except 7 increasingly by mature adults and many older folk. of the 178 ski areas. The principal activities at An estimated 4 or 5 million people ski in the United these seven include forestry (2), mining (2), ranching States, according to the National Ski Association of and farming (1), forestry and farming (1), and ranch- ;6. America. ing (1). New equipment has made the sport safer and the increasing number of ski areas has brought reason- ably good slopes within access of more people. OWNERSHIP AND OPERATION Together, these developments have encouraged growth in the number of skiing families. Mountainous areas Companies or corporations own 74 percent of the in the Northeast and West, and hilly areas in the 178 ski area facilities; 18 percent are owned by northern part of the North Central States, still are individuals or families. The remaining 8 percent the main ski areas. Snow-making machines extended are owned by private clubs (5 percent), partnerships the season, made it more dependable on many of these (2 percent), and colleges (1 percent). slopes, and brought the sport to such previously un- A total of 175 of the 178 facilities are open to the likely regions as Virginia, West Virginia, and North general public. Two private clubs and a company or Carolina. Interest in skiing also has increased in cor poration- owned facility in the Northeast are open the Middle West. only to guests. It is still primarily a sport for young people, Sixty-four percent of all land in these 178 ski especially in the snowbelt were skiable slopes are facilities is operator-owned. The remaining 36 per- .readily available. In metroplitan areas, where con- cent is leased or similarly held from individuals or siderable travel and expense are involved to reach families, companies or corporations, or a university, slopes, the sport is limited primarily to people in or from town, . city, township, State, and Federal the middle to upper-middle income brackets. agencies. Although only 36 percent of the total Ski-faring a skier's guidebook published annually, acreage involved is leas&d, operators of 105 ski lists more than 500 ski facilities in the United States areas (59 percent of the 178) lease or similarly and Canada. From this book, purchased at a ski shop, control some of the land they use. More than a third we selected the names and addresses of 337 facilities of all western operators lease at least part of the that had not been included in our recreation resort land they use from the U. S. Forest Service. - In the list. Two hundred sixty-one questionnaires were Northeast and North Central States, most leased land filled in and returned to us. After excluding those is privately owned, and town, township, city, and State providing incomplete information, 178 were included ownership is next most frequent. in our analysis. Fifty-eight of them are in the Northeast, 60 in the North Central States, and 60 in the Western States. TERRAIN AND COVER ACREAGE CONTROLLED AND AREA USED FOR RECREATION As one would expect, virtually all ski areas (97 percent) are on terrain that is either hilly or moun- A total of 81,752 acres are in the 178 ski facilities tainous, or a combination of these. Only 3 percent in this sample. Twenty-five percent of the sites are on rolling terrain, principally in the North Central have less than 50 acres. These are either relatively State. small operations with small slopes or runs, or Forest is the principal cover on 50 percent of the. represent only ski tows and/or lifts, possibly with properties. A combination of grass and forest covers accessory facilities such as warming huts and parking another 35 percent, and grass alone is the principal lots. Fourteen percent of the properties are of 50 cover of 11 percent. Rock, brush, sand, moss, and to 99 acres. The largest number of ski areas in shrubs are included with grass and trees in the cover this sample (41 percent) have between 100 and 499 of the remaining 4 percent of the properties for acres, and another 20 percent are even larger--li which answers to this question were received. 35 qECREATION FACILITIES AND POPULARITY Table 20i -- Ski areas: Popularity distribution of specified OF ACTIVITIES recreation activities Because virtually all of the recreation facilities Type of Popularity rating All mentioned by respondents were included in the three activity First Second Third most popular activities at each ski area, answers to the question concerning facilities available were not Percent Percent Percent Percent analyzed. Winter sports, of course, are the most popular Skiing --------- - 97 - - 53 recreation activities at these ski areas. They account Other ---------- 3 22 14 10 for 63 percent of the 326 listings for the three most popular activities (table 20). Skiing alone accounts Winter sports --- 100 22 14 63 for 53 percent of the total. Quite naturally, skiing is the first choice in popularity of 173 of the 178 re- Hunting ---- 20 14 8 spondents. The remaining five listed the moregeneral Hiking --------- - 11 11 5 e, miscellaneous winter sports" as first in popularity. Fishing -------- - 7 13 5_ At 93 ski areas, skiing is apparently theonly activity, Sightseeing ------ - 8 8 4 for no second or third choice was listed, and a num- Swimming ---- - 7 8 3 ber of correspondents wrote "skiing" for. second Picnicking ------ - 6 10 3 and third as well as for first choice. Miscellaneous ---- - 19 22 9 Hunting is the second most popular activity, with Other -------- - 78 86 37 8 percent of the total listings. No one activity stinds out as third. Other popular activities, primarily Total ------ 100 100 100 100 summertime ones, are hiking, fishing, sightseeing, swimming, and picnicking; together, these activities Number Number Number Number account for 20 percent of the total. The remaining 9 percent includes 15 types of activities of a wide Preference listings- 178 85 63 326 variety, such as camping, mountain climbing, sport car racing and karting, various water sports, scenic photography, and even skiing on straw! OVERNIGHT ACCOMMODATIONS AND MEALS Overnight accommodations are available at 34 OTHER RECREATION RESOURCES (19 percent) of the 178 ski areas. Twenty operators provide hotels or lodges, 4 have motel units, 2 have Eighty-nine of the 178 ski area operators (50 percent) dormitories, 1 has a guest house, 1 provides both permit bunting on their property. At 17 of these hotel rooms and improved campsites, 1 provides areas, with all land privately owned (whether by the motel rooms and trailer sites, and 4 others provide operator or lessor), hunting is permitted on a total improved campsites. Unfortunately, no indication of 40,947 acres. All except 6 percent of this land is was made as to which of these facilities are used in the Northeast or the North CentralStates. Twenty- year around. Thirty-one operators indicated the five respondents, all except 6 of whom are in the West, capacity of their accommodations as a total of indicated that hunting is available on their property-- 3,115 persons per night. but more than 86 percent of these 12,748 acres is Skiers use so much energy so quickly that the publicly owned (most of it is in national forests). availability of food on the premises of a ski area is Twenty-five respondents indicated that. a pond, important. All except 9 of the 168 operators answer- lake, stream, river, or other body of water suitable ing this question indicated that food is available at for fishing or water sports is on or near their property. their ski areas. Sixty-seven percent of the 145 responding to the question checked that public lands or waters used for recreation purposes are nearby. Of the 103 answer- ing, 63 percent checked that other privately owned FEES CHARGED recreation facilities are nearby. All except 2 of the 178 respondents indicated that fees are charged, and it is assumed that a charge NUMBER OF VISITOR DAYS of some kind is made for the use of the other two. The lowest ski lift and ski tow fees are charged During the 1960-61 season, 3,966,136 visitordays members by the clubs. In this sample, these fees were recorded by 109 ski areas. The number of range from $0.50 to $1 per day. At one club-owned visitor days ranged from 500 at an area in the North- facility, the rope tow is $0.50 a day and use of the east to one million at a western ski area. Nearly lift (type unspecified) is $0.75 a day. half of the ski areas reporting had between 1,000 and At all other ski areas whose operators reported 9,999 visitor days. charges for use of lifts and/or tows, the lowest 36 charge for adults during the 1960-61 season -was Table 21. -- Ski areas: Distribution of problems mentioned by $1 and the highest was $6. The most frequently 90 operators, by region mentioned charge in the Northeast is $4; in the North Central States, $2.50, with $3 a close second; and in North- North the West, $3 and $4 were most often mentioned. Type of problem east Central West All Charges for children range from $0.50 to $2.75 a day. Although no operators indicated charges based Percent Percent Percent Percent solely on a single-ride basis, several indicated that Vandalism ------ 19 46 19 26 .they offer day, half-day, or single-ride rates. Several indicated that fees charged during the week are $0.50 Crowded--- --- 30 20 25 24 to $1.50 lower than those for Saturdays, Sundays,-and Trash --------- 22 11 29 23 holidays. At several ski areas, chairlifts are run Fi re ---------- 7 11 12 11 for tourists during the nonskiing season. Charges for Miscellaneous ---- 22 12 15 16 these trips are per ride; some operators charge a flat Total -------- 100 100 100 100 rate of $0.50 per adult and $0.25 per child to ride up and the same to ride down; another charges only for Number Number Number Number the round trip-$1.50. Other charges indicated are for ski school lessons, Problem listings 27 35 73 1 135 1 for ski equipment rental, and for out-of-season uses. --- One operator mentioned that group picnicking is permitted, and the charge for this is $15 per day for the group. Another permits picnicking, at $0.25 a day per adult.. One charges $10 a day for fishing. PLANNED EXPANSION Still another offers golf, at $3 a day per person. One hundred twenty-five operators wrote that they plan to expand recreation use on a total of 2,756 acres they presently own or lease. Sixty-four plan to acquire 7,818 acres for recreation use. The plans of 141 operators indicate that a total of 219 recreation PROBLEMSREPORTED facilities of 16 different types are planned (table 22). Winter sports facilities account for a majority of the Forty-seven percent of the 167 operators answer- listings--61 percent. Ninety-three percent of these ing the question reported no problems concerning 141 operators plan such facilities. Other important their ski facilities. Eighty-nine operators checked additions are, to be for camping (planned by 14 per- or noted a total of 135 problems. Vandalism was cent of these operators) and for picnicking, swimming, cited most often; it accounts for 26 percent of all and fishing (planned by 110 10, and 7 percent, respec- problems listed (table 21). Crowded conditions (24 tively). Also planned are facilities for boating, hunt- percent) and trash disposal (2 3 percent) are mentioned ing, "summer recreation," and lodging. next most frequently. Fire (11 percent) is the fourth greatest problem at ski areas. Dominant among the Table 22. -- Ski areas: Additional recreation facilities remaining 16 percent of the problems are lack of planned for 1961-66, by region snow, condition of roads, and finances. Type of facility North- North West All east Centra Number Number Number Number PROPERTY VALUES AND INCOME Winter sports ----- 43 46 44 133 The total value of 157 ski areas and facilities is an Camping -------- 6 7 7 20 estimated $38,980,367. Receipts for 1960-61 at 146 Picnicking ------ 8 4 4 16 ski areas were estimated at slightly more than Swimming ------- 5 5 4 14 Fishing -------- 4 5 1 10 million. Unforunately, there is no way of knowing Miscellaneous---- 6 15 5 1 2 1 what is included in these estimates of value. However 70 percent of 165 operators noted that last year'.s Total---- 72 82 65 219 receipts met cash operating expenses. 37 r IIAI@ Ak -MI Iz 4. 00 CA3 Figure 6.--Hunting is tied for boating as third most popular activity at the 1,326 privately operated recreation facilities inventoried. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) 4NO CHAPTER ELEVEN SHOOTING PRESERVES This chapter is longer, contains more detail, and maturity the pheasants, quail, chukars, or mal- its format differs considerably from those of chapters lards are released in accordance with state and 4 through 10. Shooting preserves were the first of federal regulations, to provide hunting under the major types of recreation enterprises analyzed. natural conditions. A shooting preserve is a place The procedures followed were found to be too time- of convenience for sportsmen unable or unwilling consuming; they would have resulted in a report too to spend long and perhaps fruitless hours search- bulky for current needs. Since most of the detail is ing for unposted coverts in which legal game may relevant to a better understanding of the shooting -or, just as often, may not -be flushed. preserve enterprise, it is included here, even though this inclusion causes an imbalance among the several No two shooting preserves are alike. This variety chapters. works to the hunterss advantage. Somepreserves The mailing list used was the National Directory of operate as full-fledged resorts with many at- Shooting Preserves, Season 1960-1961, provided by tractive features and comforts for all members the Sportsmen's Service Bureau of New York City. of a sportsman's family. Other shooting pre- Of this directory, an officer of the Bureau wrote serves simply provide daily-fee hunting with no the following explanation in personal correspondence: frills. The advertising literature of each pre- serve will describe its facilities and services. The Shooting Preserve Directory which we issue annually is based upon questionnaire returns that Charges vary depending upon services and We receive following a mailing made each summer facilities offered. Some preserves charge by the to nearly 1,500 shooting preserve operators. We number of birds bagged, others by the number have names and addresses supplied us by game released. Some preserves offer attractive mem- commissions for approximately this number. bership rates. In all instances, the sportsman When we started our directory operations some and shooting preserve operator agree on cost years back there were only 1.100 to 1,200 listed before entering the hunting fields. There are shooting preserves throughout the United States. shooting preserves to fit every purse and taste; We have an actual record of names atthe present many cater to hourly wage earners and sportsmen time totaling nearly 1,500. of average income. The advertising literature of most shooting preserves will specify costs... Not all shooting preserves operate on acommer- cial public basis. Many of them are private club operations. Others function solely for the person- al pleasure of a single landowner and his invited guests. The shooting preserves listed in our SAMPLING DISTRIBUTION directory are those which seek additional busi- ness. Questionnaires were mailed to 346 shooting pre- serves and replies were received from 254 or 73 per- The Directory states that it "does noi include cent, of them. After the unusable forms were re- listings for every state in which shooting preserves moved, 232 questionnaires remained for analysis. may function, nor does it list all existing shooting Of these, 66 percent are in the North, 25 percent in preserves. . . ." As of 1960, shooting preserves were the South, and 9 percent in the West. permitted in 40 States. The directory includes nearly Within regions, the questionnaires were subsorted 350 preserves located in 36 States and Ontario, by the number and kinds of "recreation activities Canada. which are available on this recreation area." Thus, The preserves, their facilities, and their fees are the "A" group are those whose operators checked described as follows: only hunting in response to this question. The "B" group checked hunting and one or more other land- A shooting preserve is privately owned or leased related recreation activities. The "C" group check- acreage on which artificially propagated game is ed bunting, other land-based and water-basedrecrea- released for the purpose of hunting, usually for a tion (usually a wide selection and an active, family- fee, over an extended season. Good game cover type program). The "D" group checked hunting and is specially planned and cultivated; game birds fishing only. The "E" group checked hunting, fishing are carefully bred, reared, and conditioned. At and other water-related activities. 39 MANAGEMENT CONTROL CHARACTERISTICS Other club privileges may or may not be included. For example, a $100 annual membership may assure Fifty-eight percent of the shooting preserves were the member that 25 quail, 20 pheasants or chukar, or owned by individuals or families, 19 percent were some com@ination of species will be available for his private clubs, 18 percent were owned by companies shooting pleasure during the year. In this way, the or corporations, 4 percent were partnerships, and operator has a solid backlog of prepaid orders for the remaining I percent were not classified. planning purposes. If he raises shooting stock, he More than half of the preserves were used solely sets eggs accordingly. If be buys from a wholesale for hunting (52 percent of 232). Next most numerous producer, he can place his order early and assure (24 percent) were the operations offering a wide his supply in this way. variety of both land-and water-based recreation Seventy percent of the 178 preserves open to the activities. Hunting and fishing combinations were public were owned by individuals or families, 18 third most popular (15 percent), followed by places percent were company or corporation owned, 6 (6 percent) where, in addition to'hunting, other land- percent were private clubs, 4 percent were partner- related activities, such as picnicking, hiking, riding, ships, and 2 percent failed to r eport the type of owner- camping, and so on, were offered. Places offering ship organization. only one of the land-based recreation activities, Of the remaining 54 preserves with facilities hunting, combined with fishing and other water-based reported as limited to members, employees, or activities, were relatively scarce, as might be ex- guests, 3 in 5 are private clubs. This is almost pected. They account for the remaining 3 percent. equally true of preserves in individual or family Preserves open to the public predominated, in a ownership and those owned by companies or corpora- ratio of 3 to I among the reporting operators. tions. Western preserves reporting differ from the overall national picture; they reported a greater concentra- tion in private clubs with services limited to mem- AREA CONTROLLED AND AREA USED FOR bers and their guests. The same general pattern RECREATION occurs in the National Directory. This situation exists because of the relatively large number of There is no direct correlation between acreage private clubs in California, nearly all of which limit controlled and recreation use intensity. The degree shooting privileges to members and their guests. of control for hunting and other purposes is a factor, The literature about one facility included the as are the regional location and the kinds of activities following truism that helps to explain some of the provided. Most of the single-purpose shooting pre- drive for good shooting facilities: serves (78 of 122) are in the North (table 23). They range in size from a 60-acre holding used only for Sportsmen of all degrees of earnestness. . . from public bird shooting, at about $5 per bird, to one of the casual to the fanatic . . . are realizing that so- more than 1,200 acres used for farming, forestry, called 'free' hunting, fishing, swimming, and so and bird and deer hunting. Obviously, in the last forth are rapidly becoming too expensive in hours. instance, hunting is a supplementary enterprise. Very few can afford the time and the chance of The hunting only category (A) tends toward larger drawing a complete blank because of weather or areas controlled in the South and West than are lack of game or new 'No Trespassing' signs. customary in the North. This is partly because the ownership units are larger in these regions and also In general, the membership preserves open to the because the relatively few preserves tend toward public have member pleasure as their first objective, club or corporate management. and one practical way to reduce costs per member Those preserves offering a variety of land and is to operate the facilities commercially. Some water-related recreation activities in addition to private clubs allegedly open to the public have rules hunting (category C), tended to control larger areas or practices that select desired types of hunters. in the North than did the other groups and paralleled A New York State operator attached an explanatory the pattern for the other groups in the South and West. note, as follows: Much of the water-related recreation on these preserves relates to fishing opportunities (category D) We intended to make a shooting preserve for the in addition to hunting. Small lakes, small ponds, and public. But it does not pay. They do not respect streams predominate. Boating and swimming (rate- owner's wishes. So now we have it only for gory E) are less likely to occur with hunting and friends and businessmen, 'that we, do business fishing unless other land-related recreation also is with. present. Land-related recreation (category B), largely picnicking, is somewhat more likely to be Others carefully indicate "open to selected provided around the headquarters areas of shooting public."' preserves. Numerous shooting preserves have membership Whereas 52 percent of the preserve operators con- arrangements whereby a person makes an annual trolled the land use on 500 acres or more (table 23), lump-sum arrangement for a basic number of birds. only 21 percent of the recreation activities were on 40 Table 23. Shooting preserves: Distribution of acreage, by recreational activity and region NORTHERN Size of tract Recreational activity group' controlW (acres) A B C D E Number Number Number Number 'Number Number 60 to 249 - - - - - - - - - 24 1 7 5 1 38 250 to 499 - - - - - - - - - - 29 7 10 7 1 54 500 to 999 - - - - - - - - - - 19 2 10 3 1 35 1,000 or more - - - - - - - - 6 2 13 4 2 27 Total reporting - - - - - 78 12 40 19 5 154 SOUTHERN 60 to 249 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - 1 - 3 250 to 499 - - - - - - - - - - 6 4 2 - 12 500 to 999 - - - - - - - - - - 9 - 3 4 - 16 1,000 or more 16 1 7 3 - 27 Total reporting - - - - - 33 1 14 10 - 58 WESTERN 60 to 249 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 250 to 499 - - - - - - - - - - 4 5 500 to 999 - - - - - - - - - - 3 1 - 4 1,000 or more - - - - - - - - - 4 1 1 4 1 11 Total reporting 1 11 1 2 5 1 1 20 ALL REGIONS 60 to 249 - - - - - - - - - - - - 26 1 7 6 1 41 250 to 499 - - - - - - - - - - - 39 7 14 10 1 71 500 to 999 - - - - - - - - - - 31 2 14 7 1 55 1,000 or more - - - - - - - - 26 4 21 11 3 65 Total reporting -122 14 56 34 6 1 232 'Category A preserves offer only hunting; Category Bpreserves offer hunting and one or more other land-related recreational activi- ties (such as picnicking, hiking, riding, and so on); Category C preserves offer hunting and other land-related and water-related recrea- tion; Category D preserves offer only hunting and fishing; and Category E preserves offer hunting, fishing, and other water-related activities. owner-operated tracts containing 500 acres or more. The acreage actually used for hunting tends to be The concentration in smaller tracts is particularly smaller than the acreage used for recreation. Most true for the northern and western regions and some- private owners and others with occupied buildings on what less evident in the South. Operators who offer the premises prohibit gunning on areas nearby. In a wide variety of recreational facilities tend to control a few instances, the owned tract is small and all relatively large holdings. Operations in the South hunting is conducted on leased lands. Theproportions and West tend to be larger than the general run of of areas controlled that are actually used for hunting shooting preserves in the North, and the water-related appear to be somewhat smaller in the North, larger secondary recreation opportunities are likely to be in the South, and largest in the West. No doubt this is specialized operations scattered,throughout the coun- because the demand for lands in communities where try where unique conditions occur. these shooting preserves are located is greatest east 41 of the Mississippi River and North of the Ohio River VARIETY OF RECREATION INTERESTS ON Two-thirds of the shooting preserves depen, on SHOOTING PRESERVES leased land to some extent. These proportions apply regardless of the recreation categories. About two- Strangely, shooting was not always reported as thirds of the preserves in the North and South also the most popular recreation interest on all shooting depend on leases. About 80 percent of the larger preserves (table 24). Even though 90 percent of the and more intensive western operations are based operators answering this question listed hunting as partly on leased land. most popular, the other 10 percent listed fishing, Most of the leased lands in the North and South dog training, or target, skeet, or trapshooting in are owned by individuals or families. Leased land first place. in the West is almost evenly divided between individ- Fishing ranked particularly high (48 percent) as ual and corporate lessors. second choice among the operators offering the Of the 79 fully owner-operated shooting preserves greatest variety of recreation activities (category Q. reported, 40 percent were of less than 250 acres, Types of hunting other than birds also ranked quite 32 percent were of 250 to 499 acres, and the re- high In this group, as well as in category B, the maining 28 percent were of 500 acres or more. The preserves with oLher land-related recreation. smaller holdings are concentrated in the North.' Target shooting is mentioned frequently as a sup- The South apparently tends toward concentrations plemental activity. Some clubs and preserves have of less than 500 or more than 1,000 acres. The few facilities Available for out-of-practice hunters to warm examples in the West are equally divided among the up on before entering the field. Others have a four acreage classes. continuing program of trap, skeet, or target practice throughout the year. Miscellaneous other recreational activities reported PRIMARY USE OF LAND include picnickingi swimming, horseback riding (and horse shows), camping, winter sports--and "brag- The point has been made repeatedly in land use ging.pt planning and recreation literature that many kinds of outdoor recreation are complementary or supple- mentary uses of land. Recreation and nonrecreation, Table 24. --'Shooting preserves: Popularity distribution of or several recreation enterprises, can abide agree- specified recreation activities ably side-by-side or overlap in use of land area. Thus, although 117 of 252 answers (46 percent) Type of Popularity rating All related to use of the land werefortracts with recrea- activity First Second Third tion as the primary enterprise, hunting alone accounted for only half of them (22 percent of all tracts). Cate- Percent Percent Percent Percent gory C, with the greatest variety of recreation enter- prises, accounted for 28 percent of the tracts used Hunting -------- 90 21 2 60 only for recreation and the remaining 26 percent Fishing -------- 7 48 21 20 were scattered among the other three categories. Target, skeet, trap After recreation, farming was easily the se@ond shooting ------ 1 12 13 5 most frequent primary use of land in all five categories Dog training ----- 2 10 13 5 and in the North. Forestry was more common in the Miscellaneous---- - 9 51 10 South, and ranching was more common in the West. Total -------- 100 100 100 100 Number Number Number Number TERRAIN AND COVER Preference listings- 218 102 47 367 Since hunting can be conducted almost anywhere that game can find adequate food and protection, the answers we received relative to terrain characteristics in- WATER-RELATED RECREATION ON SHOOTING cluded all variations from flat through rolling and PRESERVES billy to mountainous. The cover also varied from broomsedge or weeds, marsh, brush, and other waste By definition, the 122 reports included under types through grass and crops to forest. category A (hunting only) would not be expected to Cover crops for improved habitat conditions were have available ponds, lakes, or streams for fishing, mentioned several times. The specific crops grown, swimming, or boating. None reported water sports of course, vary by regions and by the species of birds as available. However, 10 operators listed ponds of propagated. Corn, wheat, buckwheat, soybeans, chick- from 1 1/2 to 10 acres in extent on lands they con- peas, millet, sorghum, rape, and other grains are trolled. Four of them mentioned that fishing was examples of feed crops planted. Several of these are permitted, that it was only for friends, or in other dual-purpose crops; they provide feed and remain terms indicated that the water resource was con- standing to provide shelter. sidered to be of small value. Six operators also 42 reported rivers or streams on or bordering their member puts in 10 hours per year work detail holdings. Only one reported "limited" amounts of to post signs, paint and repair club house and fishing. grounds. We are a non-profit corporation. Mem- I Category C (56 reports), on the other hand, report- bers are also. allowed to bring in their wives, ed 163 lakes or ponds with a total of 1,276 acres and 33 family, and guests. rivers with 52 1/2 miles available for water sports. Similarly, category E reported eight ponds or lakes For winter hunting we lease about thirty farms totaling. 427 acres and seven rivers with a 'total of with approximately eighty acres each. 2 1/2 miles of length available for water sports. In category D (34 reports), in which hunting and We also have a controlled shooting area of fishing were the recreation activities reported as approximately 600 acres. For this we raise our available on the holdings, 150 acres of lakes and own pheasants, about 1,200 per year, which is 35 miles of river were listed. Group B, with only paid for by the membership. land-related recreation, fared least well. Only one 1-acre pond and 1 1/2 miles of river were reported, Shooting privileges were reported in many ways. and only the pond provided fishing. Apparently, most shooting preserves open to the public charge a flat fee for a day or a half day of shooting and provide a guaranteed minimum of birds. Daily rates ranged from two reports -of $3 per day NUMBER OF RECREATION VISITS with no birds released to $60 per day for a party of not more than four hunters. Modal groupings of The North and the South contain concentrations of answers occurred at $10, $20, and $25 per hunter poorly patronized shooting preserves. Many of these per day. Fifteen operators reported their rates as are private operations with little effort or expense for -4 hours" or "half a day." put forth to attract hunters or other visitors. The Both methods of assessing daily fees frequently western preserves, which are larger and more involved a mixture of hunting based on rates charged frequently are membership clubs or corporations, for each kind of game. These rates usually averaged tend to attract greater numbers of visitors. These slightly higher per bird than the charges made for situations are reflected in the reports of visitor days, shooting beyond the guaranteed or base number of Seventeen percent of the 173 operators answering birds. Fees for birds shot in excess of the base reported 100 or fewer visitor days during the year. number varied by species on most preserves. These were predominantly in the A category and Rates for quail ranged from $1.50 to $3 per bird apparently are small, relatively unstocked, shooting shot with the modal charge $2 or, $2.50. On pheasant, preserves. Thirty-four percent reported from 100 the range was from $3 to $9 per bird. The most to 249 visitor days, another 17 percent reported 250 frequent charge was $5, followed closely by $4 and to 499 visitor days, 21 percent reported 500 to 999 $6 per bird shot. Mallard duck rates ran from visitor days, and the remaining 11 percent had 1,000 $2.50 to $8 apiece, with $5 being the most frequent or more visitor days of recreation use'. during the charge. One operator rented blinds at $250 per year. year. Another charged deer hunters by the "stand" per day. Chukar rates reported separately were $3, $4, and $5 FEESCHARGED apiece. Frequently, the rates listed pheasant and chukar at the same price. Nine of the 232 operators reported definitely that A partial measure of the variety of prices and an no fees were charged for any services. Several of indication of the difficulties involved in trying to these were private clubs charging an annual member- formulate averages is illustrated by the conditions ship rate which apparently included costs for the of one preserve operator who attached printed litera- services provided. Sixteen other operators failed to ture to the questionnaire. (These rates are less report whether or not any charges were made. The involved than some, and more detailed than others.) remaining 207 respondents provided answers subject to a variety of interpretations. Charges are as follows: Quail - $20.00 per day-- In many instances, the only fees shown were for limit 8, plus $2.00 per quail shot over the 8 hunting. Some operators charged for use of certain limit. Pheasant and Cbukar--$3.50 each. Boys ot'her recreation facilities as well as for bunting, shooting with fathers are charged a $5.00 shoot- but allowed picnicking or other land uses free of ing fee and birds killed are charged for at the charge. above rate . . . Trap available to sharpen up Some clubs develop financial arrangements that your eye or try that new gun. Targets U each. fit their own special needs and capabilities. One It company or corporation" attached an explanatory Hunters Package Plan or Company Shooting Plan note about its operations, as follows: of $100 down entitles hunter to $1.00 credit per bird shot on 110 birds at the rate of $2.00 each We have a closed membership of (about 200) for quail, $3.50 each for chukar or pheasant members who pay $10 per year dues and each until hunter or company has used up annual fee 43 and $5.00 shooting fee per guest. Then birds Another measure of the possible services available, are charged for as follows: quail $2.00 each, or perhaps one reason for providing room and board, chukar $3.50 each, pheasant $3.50 each. Com- is whether the shooting preserve is near other lands pany may telephone Shooting Preserve for a used for recreation. Nearly half (45 percent) of the reservation and send customer down for an operators who replied said their shooting preserves afternoon's shoot. Company pays a $5.00 guest were near public recreation lands and waters. Pri- fee for each guest, plus birds killed on Preserve vately owned recreation lands and waters are near 35 by said guest. Shooting preserve will furnish percent of the preserves whose operators replied to guide and dog at no extra charge and will bill this question. company for guest and birds killed. (Under- scoring added by authors.) PROBLEMS REPORTED Guides and dogs usually are included in the rates charged. However, a few places charge extra for More than half of the shooting preserve operators their use. These rates were shown as $5 per guide checked that they had no problems related to use of per hunt and $2.50 per dog per hunt. The number of their recreation facilities. Assuming that no answer these reports was too small to warrant conclusions meant no problems of consequence, 2 in 3 operators about the frequency with which these charges were were satisfied.' Problems of the remaining third made. varied widely. Operators frequently reported several Trap shooting was usually listed at 5 or 6 cents problems. per target, although one rate reported was $3.50 for Vandalism accounted for 37 percent of the total of 25 targets. 109 problems listed. Fire was the next greatest Fishing was the second most popular sport reported problem (24 percent of the listings). Trash disposal, by shooting preserve operators. Twenty-one provided poachers, and predators were 14, 9, and 6 percent, rates ranging from $0.50 to $25 per day. More than respectively, of the problems reported. The re- half charged $1 per person per day. One charged $5 maining 10 percent included 6 types of problems. per week, one $29 per year, and several charged by Preserves operating on small acreages, especially pounds of fish caught. with pen-reared birds but also when feed and cover Horseback riding rates were third in frequency of conditions are improved for wild game, are fre- reporting. These ranged from $1 to $3 per hour, $5 quently victimized by hunters who haunt the boundary per half day, and $8 per day per person. lines to harvest wandering game. Less scrupulous Boat rental rates reported by seven operators ranged gunmen actually trespass on the preserves and shoot from $0.50 to $2 per day per boat with one exception, the game they find. Even though State laws provide who reported charges of $2.50 per hour. for liberal posted land signs and penalize convicted Two operators charged for picnics. One catered to offending hunters, the legal machinery for apprehen- organized groups, for which he charged $75 per day. sion and trial is often slow, unwieldy, and hard to The other charged a flat $1 per person. One other enforce. operator charged a $1 per person entrance fee. Predators are a serious problem to the preserve One large shooting preserve' With a variety of using pen-raised birds. Several operators mentioned enterprises charged $2 per person per day for the that predator control was a continuous chore and that use of its ski lift. the odds were very strong that no pen-raised bird would live long enough to starve before a predator caught it. This is one of the strong arguments set'forth for extending or shifting the season for stocked shoot- FACILITIES PROVIDED OR NEARBY ing preserves. Twenty-five percent of the 232 shooting-preserve operators reported that overnight facilities areavail- PLANS FOR EXPANSION able. These ranged from a campsite through rooms in the owner's home, cabins, cottages, motels, hotels. Plans to increase their recreation 'acreage by lodges, and clubhouses. No particular pattern was expanded operations on land now owned or leased evident from the information available. Neither was were reported by 36 percent (83) of the operators. a pattern discernible in the overnight housing capacity An average would be distorted by a few individuals reported. Most of them were prepared to accommodate whose estimates involved more than 1,000 acres each. only an infrequent overnight guest. The 20 operators' who listed acreage estimated that Thi Irty-five percent of the operators reported that 9,525 acres already controlled would receive expanded they either provide meals or that meals are available operations. on the operating unit. Forty-four percent said that Almost the same number (65) of operators plans to meals are not available on the property but are purchase or lease additional land during the next 5 available nearby. A few said that they provide meals Ilt is recognized that the sample could include neither en- and also that other facilities are nearby. Fifteen terprises that had failed because of problems nor those potential percent reported that no food facilities are nearby. shooting preserves that did not begin operations because of The rest failed to answer this question. insurmountable problems. 44 years. Two operators in the southern region reported COSTS AND RETURNS plans involving acquisition of more than 15,000 acres between them. The rest ranged from about 50 to 600 The last question on the form asked: "Did the acres with an average of 190 acres apiece. receipts cover the cash operating expenses of this Three in five operators (64 percent) either planned recreation unit last year?" We have no way to gauge no changes or failed to list the facilities they would the accuracy of the answer except by assumption. add during the next 5 years. Al though the greatest We know that many people hesitate to provide accurate number of expansions are planned to improve hunting income and expense statistics and others prefer that conditions, almost as many are planned to improve competitors be misled, if possible, about their-busi- water-related recreation. The 214 total facilities ness methods.. Consequently, the 54 percent of the planned are.as follows: hunting (39 'percent), fishing 232 operators reporting losses on their shooting (21 percent), picnicking (10 percent), camping (9 per- preserve operations seems a bit high. However,from cent), swimming (8 percent), and boating (5 percent). the case studies reported later in this volume, we know Winter sports and trap shooting head the list of 7 that the economic recession, unemployment, uncer- miscellaneous facilities, which comprise the remain- tainty about future business, and the Internal Revenue ing 8 percent of the planned facilities. Service's rulings relative to deductible business Category C preserves led the list with the largest entertainment expenses hit some shooting preserves total of facilities to be initiated or expanded. Appar- hard. Disease in the birds, vandalism, labor problems, ently, these operators are in position to feel the family illness, poor management, and many other growing demand for facilities. and are expanding the problems may have taken their toll. Several operators services offered to meet it. had added notes that "this is our first year" or "we Category A (the straight shooting preserves), how- are just getting started" to explain their poor returns. ever, showed an active, interest in fishing, camping, On the brighter side. of the report, at least 36 per- and picnic activities. Apparently, several of them also cent of the operators reported that returns were think that the demand for these types of services satisfactory, and it is to be hoped that the remaining warrants a broadening of their enterprise base. In 10 percent who ignored this question had profitable addition to this popular list, several trapshooting operations also. facilities, boating and swimming, and dog training are to be expanded on northern shooting preserves. 45 ft-ak-- 4, LN lip Figure 7.--Disposal of trash left by litterbugs is the second greatest problem facing recreation facility operators. It comprises 25 percent of the problems mentioned. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) CHAPTER TWELVE VACATION FARMS Many city dwellers are sampling another, very Sixty-one of the descriptions included information different way of life, through farm vacations. A about terrain. Of these vacation farms, 39 percent number of farm families are making their homes are in mountainous areas and 36 percent are in hilly and their meadows, woods, streams, and ponds avail- areas. Thirteen percent are on rolling land, and the able to paying guests. These guests often bring with remaining 12 percent of the farms are on various them new -interests and new ideas welcomed by the kinds of terrain. farm family. The cash income provided is important, too, but often it is of secondary value to the farm families involved. RECREATION RESOURCES Guests gain, too. They benefit from the clean fresh air, from the country scenery, from being free The 117 sample farms offer a remarkably wide to walk virtually wherever they choose with no variety of recreation facilities, both on their own admonitory signs to "keep off the grass," from lands and nearby. Facilities for a total of 22 types lazing in the sun and shade, or from helping with of recreation activities are available on the farm farm chores. Guests are usually well-fed at these premises. Facilities for water-related activities farms. For many of them, their first experience of account for more than a third (35 percent) of the eating truly fresh vegetables and their first taste of 317 total facilities (table 25). home-baked breads or homemade ice cream coin- cides with their first farm vacation. Visiting children, Fishing facilities are available at 40 percent of these however, probably benefit most of all from a farm farms, swimming at 29 percent, and boating at 20 vacation for, in addition to the above "firsts," they percent. One may hunt, hike, or ride on 26 percent may experience for the first time the opportunity of the farms. Lawn games (at 21 percent), picnicking to run over wide lawns and meadows, to 'climb trees, or cookouts (at 22 percent), and hayrides (20 percent) to see and touch farm animals, to walk in the woods, also are offered. Animals for children to ride, or to wade in a stream. . facilities for skiing and other winter sports, and Several States provide lists of farms offering badminton lead the list of 11 types of facilities vacation opportunities, but the most comprehensive included in the miscella4eous category. list we found was provided free of charge by Farm Facilities for a total of 204 recreation activities Vacation and Holidays, Inc., a subsidiary of William in 17 different categories are available near these P. Wolfe, Associates, a firm of hotel representatives farms (table 26). Golf is near 37 percent of the in New York City. For 12 years, it has published farms; swimming and fishing are near 33 and 28 Farm Vacations and Holidays This illustrated bro- percent of them, respectively. Square dancing is chure lists and describes farms, ranches, and rural available near 20 percent, boating is near 14 percent, inns in the United States and Canada whose standards and skiing and other winter sports are near 10 meet those set by the firm. Because the descriptions percent of these farms. Also nearby are facilities contained much of the information we sought, this for bowling, riding, hunting, hiking, picnicking,, hay- information was taken directly from the brochure. rides, tennis, lawn games, amusement park rides, Of the total of 203 listings in the 1960-61 edition, and even mountain climbing. 117 United States working farms were selected for One hundred and one other nearby attractions were this @sample. Nine of these are in the South, and 108 listed. These include summer theaters and music are in the North. Eighty percent of the farms in this festivals, auctions and fairs, parks and forests, sample are in the 100 to 499 acre range. Ten percent museums, caverns, areas of special scenic interest, have less than 100 acres, and 10 percent have more and important historic sites. than 499 acres. Eight percent of the sample farms have water Nearly half (48) of the 100 listing their products resources for recreation, both on their own premises are dairy farms. The second largest group is made and nearby. Forty-five percent have streams, ponds, up of general or diversified farms (30). Farms that and so forth on their own property, and an additional grow both livestock and grain (6), farms specializing 20 percent have rivers, lakes, or other waters nearby in livestock (8), and miscellaneous enterprises (8) but have none on or adjacent to their own land. account for the other 22 farms. The miscellaneous Altogether, 72 percent of these 117 farms have water. types include orchards, berry farms, game farms, and resources used for recreation either on the premises, poulty farms. adjacent, or nearby. 47 Table 25. -- Vacation farms: Available recreation facilities Table 26. -- Vacation farms: Recreation facilities available on farms, by region near farms, by region Type of facility Region All Type of facility Region All North South North S Number Number Number Number Number Number Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 41 6 47 Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40 3 43 Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30 4 34 Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35 4 39 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21 2 23 Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31 2 33 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - 6 - 6 Square dancing---------- 24 - 24 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 1 16 Water sports - - - - - - - - - 98 12 110 Skiing and other - winter sports - - - - - - - - - 12 - 12 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28 2 30 Bowling - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10 - 10 Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 27 4 31 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 1 9 Hiking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 27 4 31 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - 12 6 18 Picnicking, barbecues, Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 187 17 204 cookouts - - - - - - - - - - - 23 3 26 Lawn games - - - - - - - - - - - 24 1 25 Hayrides - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21 2 23 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - 39 2 41 1 FEES CHARGED Other sports - - - - - - - - - 189 18 L7@ The room and board charges for adults range from $15 to $50 per person per week in the North and from Total - - - - - - - - - - - 287 30 317 $35 to $50 in the South. The most frequently mention- ed charge in the North was $40 (charged by 27 opera- tors) and $35 in the South (the charge at five farms). For children accompanied by adults, the room and board charges varied-between $8 and $36 in the North and $20 to $30 in the Southi Forty-six farm families In the North charged $25 per child per week, and 5 AVAILABILITY OF OVERNIGHT ACCOMMODATIONS in the South also charged $25. In a number of in' AND MEALS stances, the higher charges per child were for children over 10 to 12 years old. The eight farms A total of 801 persons can be housed in single, that accept children without their parents usually add double, or triple rooms which apparently are in the an extra $5 per week for this service. farmhouses. Also, five farms provide one or more As the majority (103, or 88 percent of these 117 cots, and 6 provide cribs. In addition to* these ac- farms) listed fees for both adults and children, obvi- commodations, two guest houses, five cottages, three ously children are accepted. Three farms accept only cabins, and five apartments are available for guests. adults, and 11 others listed charges only on a "per Meals are provided at virtually all these vacation person" basis and did not -indicate fees for children. farms, and the one or two others -are among those Three farm families Will take convalescents, and offering cottages or other housing accommodations another will accept convalescents if they are not which have equipped kitchens. In several instances bedridden. From November to May, only guests were such accommodations, are available, the guests needing special diets are accepted at one northern renting them may choose between cooking their own farm. Older folks are welcomed at one northern meals or eating with the farm family and other guests farm, and honeymoon couples are particularly Wel- who stay in the farmhouse. comed at one farm in the South. 48 CHAPTER THIRTEEN RESORT HOTELS in our attempts to obtain a reas6nably representa@- unknown, and the other is an oceanfront hotel in the tive list of resorts in the United States, we contacted West on a 2-acre site owned by an individual or the American Hotel Association for a list of resort family. hotels. The Association had no such list, but provided The primary use of land in all 19 resorts is us with the 1960 edition of their Hotel Red Book, recreation. However, only 18 percent of the 19,740 which includes thousands of hotels throughout the acres controlled by 16 resorts whose recreation Nation, and with a copy of a' list of the members of acreage was estimated, is actually used for recrea- their Resort Hotel Committee. Using the latter, tion. In only two instances--a 2-acre and a 5-acre questionnaires were mailed to 40 resort hotels be- site-- is the entire acreage used for recreation lieved to be in the countryside or in towns of less purposes. In the resorts ranging from 7 to 550 than 10,000 population. acres, no more than two-thirds of the sites are used Twenty-four questionnaires were returned. Of for recreation. Of the four resorts with 1,000 or these, 19 were used in this analysis. Theothers were more acres, whose recreation acreage was given, excluded because of insufficient data or because they the latter was always less than a third of the total were found to be in towns of 10,000 population or acreage. more. The 19 resort hotels are scattered around the United States. Eight are in the Northeast, 2 are in the North Central States, 7 are in the South, and TERRAIN AND COVER 2 are in the West. More than half (10 of the 19) of these resort hot,els The general terrain of these 19 resorts ranges are owned by companies or corporations, 3 are from flat to mountainous. Six are on flat land, five private clubs, 1 is an. incorporated private club,: 1 are on rolling land, two are hilly, and three are is a partnership, and 4 respondents indicated simply mountainous. One is on terrain both rolling and that they operate resorts. mountainous, and another on land both hilly and Fifteen resorts are open only to guests. Although mountainous. One respondent on the west coast an additf6nal two respondents indicated that their merely stated that the site is on the seashore. resorts are open to guests and the public, and two Most of the land used by these 19 resort hotels others indicated that the recreation facilities are is in grass (6), forest (6), or a combination of the two open to the public, it is probable that only those (5). One Florida respondent indicated that his resort's persons are admitted who stay at the resort hotels cover is tropical foliage, and one of the west coast or who live nearby and pay for golf or other privileges. indicated merely "seashore." ACREAGE AND OWNERSHIP. VARIETY OF FACILITIES The 19 resorts have a total of 38,206 acres. @ The Three of the 19 respondents indicated that they site size varies greatly--from 2 to 17,000 acres. Ten. had only two recreation facilities available. These of the 19 (53 percent) are on' sites of 200 or more were not on the three smallest sites: A northeastern acres; 4 of the sites (21 percent of the total) are' resort of more than 1,000 acres provides only for between 200 and 1,000 acres, and 6 (or 32 percent of fishing and golf, a southern resort on 28 acres pro- the total) are on sites of 1,000 or more. Three (16 vides for swimming and picnicking, and a western percent) are on sites of less than 10 acres, 4 (21 resort of 200 acres provides swimming and golf percent) are on sites of, 10 to 49 acres, and 2 (10 facilities. percent) are between 100 and 199 acres. Four, resorts provide three types of recreation Altogether, 3,228 acres, or about a tenth of the facilities, and 12 provide for at least four types of 38,206 acres in these 19 properties, are not owned recreation. by the resort. operator. One resort in the South Fourteen different types of recreation facilities owns 500 acres and uses an additional 1,800 acres, are among those provided by this sample (table 27). part of which is . owned by an individual or family The great variety of facilities in the Northeast and and part by a company or corporation. Only two of in the South is due to the fact that 15 of the 19 resorts the resort hotels are on land owned in entirety by a in the sample are in these two regions. different firm. Of these, one is a resort of 1,426 Swimming is available at 84 percent of the 19 acres in the Northeast, the ownership of which is resorts, fishing at 79,percent, and boating and golf 49 Table 27. -- Resort hotels: Available recreation facilities, by region Type of Region facility Northeast North Central South West All Number Number Number Number Number Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 2 16 Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 2 5 15 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 2 4 - 11 Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 4 2 11 Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 1 11 1 24 1 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 34 9 31 3 77 at 58 percent each. Swimming, fishing, and boating Five respondents did not reply to a question con- account for more than half (55 percent) of the 77 cerning the number of lakes and streams or rivers recreation facilities listed. Golf is the leading land- on or adjacent to their property that can be used for related facility, and accounts for 14 percent of all water sports. For two--one in the Northeast and one the recreation facilities. Picnicking, tennis, riding, in the other Northern States--both a lake and a river and winter sports are foremost among the 10 types or stream are available. In the South, a bay and two of facilities comprising the remaining 31 percent of rivers or streams are on or near one resort's pre- the total listing. mises, and another has several lakes. One resort is Golf is the most popular first-cboice activity, adjacent to the Atlantic Ocean and another to the accounting for 79 percent of the 19 first choices; Pacific Ocean. Three resorts are adjacent to lakes, swimming was the most frequent second choice (44 and two have rivers or streams on or adjacent t6 percent of second choices); and tennis was the most their land. The other 3 of the 14 respondents indicated often mentioned third choice, accounting for 27 per- that there are no lakes or rivers on or adjacent to cent of third-choice activities (table 28). their property that are used for water sports, but one of these had 3 miles of river or stream for Table 28. -- Resort hotels: Percentage distribution of fishing. Another who had not responded to the water- sports question indicated that a 1 1/2-acre pond is activities by popularity of specified recreation available for fishing. One of the resorts having only Type of Popularity rating' a lake for water sports also has "plenty"_of miles All of rivers or streams available forfishing. Theresort activity First Second Third with several lakes available for water sports has a Percent Percent Percent Percent river available for fishing. Golf ---------- 79 6 6 32 NEARBY RECREATION LANDS AND WATERS Swimming ------- 21 44 6 24 Tennis --------- - 6 29 11 Public lands or waters for recreation use are near Fishing -------- - 6 18 7 a Miscellaneous ---- - 38 41 26 11 except three of the resorts; one of these is in the West and two are in the South. Eight of the 10 Total -------- 100 100 100 100 replying to the question indicated that they are near other privately owned recreation resources. Number Number Number Number Popularity listings- 1 19- 18 17 1 54 1 NUMBER OF VISITORS Of four replies to the question concerning the num- ber of visitor days at each resort during the previous Of the total of 54 listings of first, second, and third year (1960), the two usable replies were 1,852 most popular among 14 types of activities, golf was visitor days for a northeastern resort (having 8,079 mentioned by 31 percent. Swimming was second in visitor nights), and 25,000 visitor days for a resort overall popularity (24 percent), and tennis was third in the North Central States (which had 14,000 visitor 0 1 percent of the 54). nights). Use of its winter sports facilities probably The majority (14 of the 19) respondents did not accounts for a large proportion of the latter's visitor indicate whether hunting is permitted. Four stated days. that none of their acreage is available for hunting. Twelve resorts had a total of 722,045 visitor On one northern resort of more than 200 acres, 30 nights during 1960. The smallest number was the acres can be used for hunting. 8,079 previously mentioned, and by far the largest 50 number of visitor nights was the 370,460 at one vandalism,by two, crowded conditions by one, and one southern resort. mentioned both vandalism and fire. Another wrote that minimum wage laws and other increasing costs are his chief concern, and one respondent simply FEES AND OVERNIGHT FACILITIES wrote "more business." Fees, of course, are charged by all 19 resorts. In addition to." the charges for room and meals, a number also indicated charges for recreation facili- ties. FUTURE PLANS One resort in the Northeast makes its golf, fishing@,'@ and bowling facilities available at a seasonal rat 'dl@', One resort operator pidns to. buy or I 'ease an per person; otherwise, its charges for golf are $4^y`j additional 30 acres, but plans no increase in' recrea- daily per person, fishing $5 per day per person, a ;W tion facilities. These other plans include golf at bowling $1.25 per game per person. Swimming and one resort, golf and extra rooms at another, golf and tennis are available to families at season rates; winter sports at a third (all these are in the South). otherwise, tennis is $1.25 per hour per person, and At one resort in the Northern States, plans are for swimming is $1.25 per day per person. In addition, much more intensive development of the presently charges for horses are a flat $2.50 per hour, and use owned 40 acres. In addition to an increase in pres- of its ski lift is $2.50 per day per person. ent facilities for swimming, boating, fishing, and Two hotels charge $3 and $3.50 per person per golf, plans also include construction of retirement day for use of their golf courses, one charges $4 per homes. round during. the week and $5 on weekends and b6li- days, and one charges $10 per round. For horses, one charges $2 per hour and three charge $3 per hour. One resort charges $5 per person per day for fishing; another charges $1 per person per day INCOME for swimming. One hotel makes'a. charge of $1 per hour for use of a canoe or a rowboat, and another Thirteen respondents estimated the value of their charges $4 per hour for use of a@boat (type unspeci- resorts at a total of more than $21,750,000. The fled); still another charges only for using its boat.s, lowest individual estimate was $300,000 and the but the fee charged was not shown. highest, $4 million. Five of the 13 are valued at Eighteen of the 19 resorts provide rooms in hotels; $1 million or more. the other provides rooms in a lodge and in cottages. Receipts -for 10 resorts last year totaled $10,522,405. , In this total, the individual receipts ranged from.*$145,000 to $4,585,000 and 4 of the 10 PROBLEMS were for more than $1 million. Thirteen of the 15 responding indicated that their More than half (10 of the 19) of the respondents receipts last year (1960) met their cash expenditures. 'indicated that their resorts have no problems. Ten For one resort, receipts did not meet expenses, and problems were noted by the other nine respondents. for another (with a $1 million income) the receipts Fire was the problem mentioned by three respondents, "barely" met the cash expenditures. 51 . ........ A J. A all. 4@ **q '@ @t , ' ACV, Figure 8. --Fire, much of it caused by thoughtless fecreationists, is the third greatest problem of the private recreation industry. It accounts for 18 percent of the problems mentioned. (U.S. Forest Service photograph.) 52 CHAPTER FOURTEEN NATIONAL PARK INHOLDINGS The National Park Service provided us with a list TERRAIN AND COVER of commercial recreation enterprises operating wholly or partly on land leased from the Government or as The land controlled by 14 (48 perceni) of the 29 privately owned inholdings within Park Service lands. operators is in mountainous terrain. The lands of Questionnaires were sent to this list of 115 names. four range from rolling to mountainous country. Returns were rec 'eived from 59. Of these, 19 were Rolling and hilly lands were each mentioned by incomplete and unusable or were not actually recrea- three operators, and the lands of the remaining five tion facilities. Twenty-nine were of a general class operators are flat. Forest and grass predominate closely comparable to resorts (chapters 4 and 13) as cover, followed by sagebrush, pinyon, and juniper. and 4 others were classified as miscellaneous. The resort class was analyzed as a group and the others are discussed individually. VARIETY OF RECREATION FACILITIES Twenty-eight operators listed 18 types of recrea- tion facilities that are available at their resorts. Fishing facilities are available at 75 percent of these resorts and swimming is available at 68 percent. RESORTS Picnicking (at 50 percent), camping (at 43 percent), and boating facilities (at 30 percent) also are among the facilities most frequently available. Hunting, LOCATION AND TYPE OF ORGANIZATION hiking, riding, winter sports, and sightseeing facili- ties are among the 13 other types of facilities at these Two of these resorts are in the East; 27 are in the resorts. Together, fishing, swimming, and boating West. All are in or adjoin National Parks or National facilities account for 45 percent of the total 112 Monuments managed by the National Park Service. listings. Twenty are owned by individuals or families, 6 by In the listing of first, second, and third most popular companies or corporations, 1 by a partnership, and recreation activities, 24 of the 29 operators listed the ownership of one resort and one motel was not first choices, 22 listed second choices, and 18 listed shown. Seven. were open to guests and 22 were open third choices (table 29). Swimming and fishing tied to the general public, although, in several instances, with each' having 25 percent of the first choices, the terms appear to be synonymous. fishing was the most frequent second choice (27 per- cent of all second choices), and riding was the most frequent third choice (16 percent of all third choices). ACREAGE CONTROLLED AND AREA USED When the three choices ate totaled, fishing is most FOR RECREATION popular with 20 percent of the 64 total listings, followed by swimming and riding each with 14 per- The 29 operations cover a total of 4,576 acres and cent, hiking (13 percent), sightseeing (9 percent), range in size from I acre to 2,670 acres. Eleven and boating (8 percent). Fourteen other activities are of less than 10 acres, 8 are of 10 to 49 acres, account for the remaining @2 percent. 9 are of 50 to 999 acres, and I has more than 1,000 acres. Sixteen of the businesses own all of Thus, fishing, swimming, and riding account for their land (1,320 acres), 11 lease all (334 acres), about half of the first three recreation choices listed and 2 own part and lease part-- one owns 750 and by these operators. The special opportunities usually leases 1,920 acres and the.other owns 48 and leases attributed to large public landholdings, such as 200 acres. scenery,' mountain climbing, exploring, and nature Two operators failed to report the acreage usedfor study, rank low on the list of interests mentioned. recreation. Seventy-five percent of the 1,896 acres . Few opportunities exist for hunting, because most held by the other 27 operators is used for recrea- of these enterprises are located within Park Service tion. Twenty-four reported that recreation was their administrative boundaries. Only two operators re- primary business, 2 others listed ranching, 1 each ported that hunting is allowed--one of these mentioned listed mining and mineral baths, and I did not reply a nearby National Forest and the other is in a ree- to the question. reational area where hunting is permitted. 53 Table 29, -- National Park Service*. Popularity distribution of PLANS FOR EXPANSION specified recreation activities, by region Eight of the 27 operators who replied to this Type of Popularity rating All question have plans for expansion on present holdings activity Fi rst Second Th ird during the next 5 years. One of the eight plans improvements on 80 acres. Percent Percent Percent Percent Only 2 of 19 respondents plan to increase their recreational lands in the next 5 years. No acreage Fishing - - - - - - - -1 25 27 6 20 data were given. Swimming ------- 25 5 11 14 Seven operators listed the kinds of improvements Riding --------- 13 14 16 14 they plan to install. Four plan picnic facilities and Hiking --------- 8 18 11 13 three plan camping facilities. Two each plan addi- Sightseeing ------ 13 9 6 9 tional overnight facilities, swimming, boating, fishing, Boating 9 q 6 8 horseback riding, -hunting, and winter sports facilities. Miscellaneous ---- 8 18 44 22 One operator's plans include facilities for desert Total -------- 100 100 100 100 trips; another @lans pack trip facilities. Number Number Number Number PROPERTY VALUES AND INCOME Preference listings- 1 24 22 18 64 1 Eighteen operators listed the value of their prop- erty. These range from $24,000 to $1,500,000 and The answers relative to numbers of lakes and total more than $5.6 million for the 18 holdings. streams available for fishing seemed to be highly Twenty-one reported on income during 1960. Two unreliable and were not analyzed. said they had none. Of the 19 others, incomes ranged Twenty-seven of these 29 resort-type facilities have from $1,100 to more than $260,000, and totaled overnight accommodations. Twelve have cabins or $898,617. cottages, 4 are hotels, 4 are motels, and 6 have Of the 24 operators who answered whether income combinations of hotels or motels with. additional had equaled recreation expenses in 1960, 16 reported cabins, trailer parks, campsites, or rooms. Only yes, 7 said it had not, and I said he "just about broke 20 operators reported their capacity for overnight even. guests. These range from a group of cabins able to house 10 people and two motels each able to house 12 people to a hotel- cabin- trailer site combination that could accommodate 400 people. Twelve of the MISCELLANEOUS OPERATIONS 20 could house fewer than 50 overnight guests and 9 df the 20 could accommodate only 25 or fewer.; All of these operations are near other outdoor Four operations on lands that . are inholdings in recreation resources. Twenty of the 29 provide food National Parks are discussed briefly below. Their on the premises, 8 provide no food, and r-did not activities are so varied and so scattered that com- reply to the question. Of the nine who repli&d as to binations would be meaningless. availability of food nearby, seven indicated that it is available and two that it is not available. One of these two provides food on his premises; the other A CAMPSITE AND TRAILER PARK does not. A privately owned 5-acre tract within a Park Service area is available for parking 52 trailers at $2 per NUMBER OF VISITORS night per trailer. The number of campsites was not reported. Meals are available also. This business Three operators estimated the number of visitor was new in 1960 and no estimate of volume of business days during 1960 as a total of 800,000. Estimated was made. visitor nights at eight of these recreation units was Disposal of trash and crowded conditions were the 19,794. problems mentioned. Facilities for boating will be added in the next five years. Present facilities were estimated as worth in excess of $130,000. PROBLEMSREPORTED Thirteen (48 percent) of the 27 answering the ques- "RANCH" SUMMER CAMPS tion had no problems. Six complained about trash, fire is a hazard for three, vandalism, staffing problems Two western inholdings operate as children's camps. and difficulties with Park Service personnel each were One site includes 680 acres of privately owned land mentioned by two operators, and bad roads concern and 400 acres of leased land. The other site, of 160 one respondent. acres, is privately owned. Recreation is the primary 54 use of both ranches. Both aria in mountainous terrain forested terrain is used for camping, swimming, and and the cover is forest or sagebrush. winter sports. No hunting is allowed. Riding, swimming, fishing, pack trips, and other About 8,500 visitor nights were spent on this camp activities are popular. Both camps are located facility in 1960, in addition to an estimated 500 on rivers or streams. visitor days. A charge of $1.50 per person per day One reported that it has 120 boys as campers for is made for camping. Cabins and rooms are avail- 5 weeks, then 120 girls for another 5 weeks during able for about 250 persons per night. Meals are the season. The second, and smaller one, takes 12 furnished at the camp. boys and 24 girls, ages 12 to 14, for a 7-week period. The major problem is danger from fire. There Meals and lodging are provided for the campers at are no plans for future expansion. Estimated value both ranches. of the facility is $200,000, and in 1960, receipts did No problems were listed nor were income or plans not cover cash operating expenses. for future expansion. One reported that receipts covered cash operating expenses. A CHURCH CAMP A church-owned, 31-acre inholding in California is used primarily for recreation. Its mountainous, CHAPTER FIFTEEN INDUSTRIAL RECREATION AREAS Many industrial firms provide recreation areas for RECREATION ACTIVITIES their employees' use. Sometimes these areas are on the plant sites, but many are on other sites in Nineteen types of recreation activities were listed areas less desirable for industrial use. as the three most popular activities at 22 of the The National Industrial Recreation Association pro- industrial recreation areas. Picnicking was mention- vided its 1961 Membership Directory for our use. ed 15 times (23 percent) among the 64 total listings, From this, we selected the addresses of 87 member Next most popular is softball (11 percent of the companies having 5,000 ormore employees; smaller, total listings), followed by swimming (8 percent), companies were excluded because they are les S fishing and "outdoor activities" (6 percent each), likely to have recreation areas. Sixty-two qu .estion- and hunting, camping, golf, baseball, trap shooting, naires were returned to us. After excluding those that and club meetings (5 percent each). Tennis, horse- had no recreation areas, gave inadequate information, shoes, social activities, volleyball, boating, football, or were in places of 10,000 or more population, 24 basketball, and outdoor movies account for the re- questionnair 'es remained for analysis. Seventeen of maining 16 percent of the 64 listings. these areas are in the East, and 7 are in the West. OTHER RECREATION RESOURCES ACREAGE CONTROLLED AND AREA USED FOR The respondents for six company facilities in the RECREATION East indicate that lakes, ponds, rivers, or streams are on or border their property. Of the six, one A total of 2,512 acres is in these 24 industrial borders a 2,200-acre lake; one has a 20-acre lake; recreation areas. Companies own all of the land one has five ponds totaling 20 acres; one has a I-acre on which 16 of the 24 industrial recreation areas pond; one has a stream or river; and one has a stream are located, 5, recreation areas are on land part and two small lakes totaling 20 acres. owned and part leased, and 3 are on leased land. One western employee recreation facility has no Lessors include companies or corporations, indivi- water resources for recreation. duals or familes, a county, the U. S. Navy, and other Federal departments. Site sizes range from 3 to 760 acres. Forty-two NUMBER OF VISITORS percent of the sites have 24 acres or less. Seven- teen percent have between 25 and 49 acres, 8 percent During 1960, reporters from 11 of the industrial have between 50 and 99 acres, and 33 percent have recreation facilities estimated they had 1,022,653 more than 100 acres. A total of 2,317 acres (92 day visits by employees and their families. percent of the total) is used principally for recreation One of these recreation areas has a fishing lodge purposes. Recreation is the primary use of the'acre- with a' total capacity of 30 persons; this lodge had a age of 20 of the 24 companies. Watershed protection total use of 125 visitor nights in 1960. Another in- for industrial water supply is the principal use of dustrial recreation area provides trailer sites and another, and one indicated the land is used mainly for improved campsites, but no attendance figure for manufacturing; two did not reply. overnight. visits was shown. PROBLEMS TERRAIN AND COVER Companies apparently have few problems with their recreation facilities. Nine of the 17 eastern The terrain of more than half (13) of these prop- companies reported no problems. Vandalism plagues erties is generally flat. Eight are on rolling land, three others, two are crowded, fire is a problem at one is flat to rolling, one is rolling and hilly, and one one recreation area, and trash disposal at another. Is flat and mountainous. Four of the seven western units have no problems, Half of the 24 sites are grass-covered; 11 have but six problems were mentioned by the other three both grass and trees. One reply was simply "general respondents. One unit is concerned about vandalism, landscape." and one has problems with crowded conditions and with 57 trash disposal. The third has three problems-- The additional recreation acreage, whether it is vandalism, fire, and trash. gained by expansion on the present site, by acquisi- Altogether, of 13 problems listed, vandalism ac- tion, or by both, is to be utilized for picnicking (7 of counts for 39 percent, crowded conditions and trash 21 facilities listed), golf (2), tennis (2), and the for 23 percent each, and fire for the remaining 15 following, mentioned once each: swimming, fishing, percent. camping, winter sports, baseball, archery, basketball, football, softball, and social and athletic facilities. PLANS FOR EXPANSION Plans for the future, as shown on the questionnaires, VALUE indicate no great changes. Of the 22 replying to the question concerning use of present land, 13 com- Sixteen of the 24 respondents estimated the value panies have no plans for expansion. Eight plan to of the recreation unit. After excluding one unit hav- expand--three will expand on a total of 246 acres, ing manufacturing as its primary use and another 239 acres of which are on one site. obviously including the value of its plant, the total Only 4 of 10 respondents indicated that their firms value of 14 units was, $3,255,000. The range is from expect to acquire land for recreation use. Three $10,000 for one site to'-'$600,000 for another. plan acquisition of a total of 125 acres. Of this total, The recre@ ion facilities are,,,of course, company- 80 acres are to be added to a recreation site now subsidized. 'Thus, it 14 not surprising that only two having 319 acres, the second largest In this survey of recreation areas had ie'ceipts last year that mettheir industrial recreation facilities. cash, oPOrating expenses. 58 CHAPTER SIXTEEN IZAAK WALTON LEAGUE Among the many private chapters and other organi- RECREATION FACILITIES AND POPULARITY, zations throughout the United States that have facili- ties for outdoor recreation, the Izaak Walton League Camping, picnicking, and fishing are equally im- was selected for inclusion in this study because its portant in the North; facilities for them are provided 20 affiliated chapters are scattered from coast to at each of the five holdings (table 30). The two coast, and because, as a conservation- minded organi- chapters in the South also provide camping, picnicking, zation, the lands and facilities provided by them pro- and fishing, but both also provide boating., In the bably will remain long after those of more ephemeral West, trap and skeet ranges are provided by each of organizations. have vanished. The Washington office the three chapters in the sample, while camping is of the Izaak Walton League of America provided us provided by only two of the three, and none provide with the addresses of its 20 chapters. for picnicking or fishing.' Camping is available at 9 Thirteen questionnaires were returned, and the 10 of these 10 Izaak Walton League sites, and picnicking usable ones were analyzed. Five chapters are in the and fishing are provided at 7 of the 10. Camping North, two are in the South, and three are in the West. accounts for 20 percent of the to ital of 45 facilities listed. Picnicking and fishing each account for 16 percent of the total, trap and skeet shooting facilities for 11 percent, and rifle ranges for 9 percent. Six types of facilities are included in the remaining 28 percent of the listings. ACREAGE, TERRAIN, AND LANDOWNERSHIP Nine questionnaires contained usable information Table 30. -- Isaak Walton League: Available recreation concerning acreage. Of these, the smallest site is facilities, by region 18 acres and the largest is 365 acres. A third of the sites are less than 50 acres, a third are in the SO- Type of Region All to 99-acre range and a third are on sites of 100 or facility North South West more acres. The total is 921 acres. I Lands of 3 of the 10 chapters are on flat land and Number Number Number Number 3 are on rolling land; 2 are on hilly sites; 1 is Camping -------- 5 2 2 9 mountainous, and I is on land both flat and rolling. Picnicking ------ 5 2 - 7 Three of the chapters' holdings are forest-covered, Fishing -------- 5 2 - 7 three are covered by a combination of grass an Trap, skeet ------ 1 1 3 5 trees or forest, three are grass-covered, and one is Rifle range ---- 1 1 2 4 covered with brush. Miscellaneous ---- 6 5 2 13 The lands of all except one of the nine chapters whose respondents answered the question are fully Total -------- 23 13 9 45 owned by the chapters. The remaining chapter, which is in the North, is on a 37-acre site owned by a village. Respondents for 5 of the 10 chapters indicated that Fishing is most often mentioned (24 percent of 25 recreation is the primary use of their land. Recrea- activities listed on nine questionnaires) as among the tion is the principal use on three other holdings but three most popular activities. Picnicking (20 percent) the land is also used for forestry, for forestry con- and camping (16 percent) are second.and third in servation demonstrations, or for soil conservation overall popularity. Fishing leads the list of activities, practices. Two others wrote that conservation is the first in popularity, camping is the most frequently principal use of their land. mentioned second choice, and camping and picnicking The pretest questionnaires did not request informa- are most often listed as third in popularity. tion as to whether the recreation area is open to Two northern chapters permit hunting on their 172 guests or to the public. Answers on the other five acres and another northern one permits only dove questionnaires show that lands of three chapters are and squirrel hunting on its 365 acres. The remaining open to the public, those of one are open to members two northern chapters and one in the South apparently and guests, and those of another are open only to do not permit hunting. The other southern chapter members. and the three in the West did not reply to this question. 59 There are streams, small lakes, or ponds on the PROBLEMS lands of each of the eight chapters whose question- naires had answers concerning the availability of Three chapters have no problems connected 'with - such waters. recreation and one did not answer the question. The other six cited eight problems. Vandalism was cited by three respondents, trash by three, and crowded NUMBER OF VISITORS conditions by two. The number of visitor days at the recreation facilities last year was reported by only 4 of the 10 respondents.. The total for the four-was 6,500 visitors; FUTURE PLANS 1,000 was the smallest attendance (at each of two sites) and the largest was 3,000. One respondent indicated that his chapter's con- Six of the 10 chapters provide some type of over- servation and recreation area is new and that all night facility. Two of these are trailer and Improved 80 acres will be worked on during the next 5 years. camp sites, three provide improved campsites, and On another site, of 18 acres, a chapter will improve one has unimproved sites used by the local Boy existing recreation facilities. One chapter plans to Scouts. Total capacity for the five with improved sites acquire an additional 10 acres for recreation use; is 610 persons, and the range is from 50 to 300 another expects to add 20 acres. Of the four chapters persons. planning to add recreation facilities, one (in the Respondents for two of the chapters having improved South) has plans for swimming, camping, picnicking, campsites indicated the number of visitor nights last and ice skating facilities; one (in'tbe North) plans year-one was visited by 50 people, the other by 500. facilities for hunting, camping, and an animal zoo; and one in the West expects to add facilities for picnicking, while the other plans to add facilities for both fishing and picnicking. FEES.CKARGED Only three of the chapters charge for the use of FINANCIAL MATTERS their facilities. These charges are for boats ($0.25 per hour) and* for camping ($15 per year per party All 10 respondents indicated property value, which at one site and $1.50 per night per party at another). ranged from $2,000 to $150,000. Estimates for the The latter charge is assessed by a chapter that 10 totaled $649,000. provides campsites for tourists as a service to the Five chapters received no Income from use of their public because there is no other campground in the recreation facilities. Another respondent reported area.. that 1960 was the first year the property was used; presumably, there was no income. One respondent indicated that the chapter had an income of $100, a OTHER FACILITIES second stated that income from both membership fees and parties was $1,200, and the third showed Public lands or waters available for.recreation use an income of $21,500 from membership fees and are near the properties of 6 of the 10 chapters. Of $1,000 from other, unidentified, sources. seven replying to the question, only two respondents Receipts of two chapters equaled expenditures. indicated that their chapters' lands are near other, Receipts (presumably membership fees) equaled ex- private recreation lands or waters. penditures of two chapters that made no recreation Food is available on the grounds of the two southern charges. Respondents for five chapters checked chapters and meals are available for special oc- f4 no" in reply to this question, and one wrote that casions at. a northern one. Food is not available on the property is maintained by both the chapter and the premises of the other seven chapters.- the city Tecreation.department. 60 MAINE HUNTING CHAPTER SEVENTEEN AND FISHING CAMPS In addition to the recreation resorts and resort RECREATION FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES hotels, many lodges and cabin or cottage resorts scattered throughout the United States are operated Altogether, 66 recreation facilities of.10 types are by people who cater principally to hunting and fishing available at these 15 hunting and fishing camps. All enthusiasts. These are often called "camps." . of the camps provide fishing facilities. Swimming and Apparently, there is no inclusive listing of such boating are provided at 14, and hunting at 11. Other places. In order to obtain some information con- facilities include camping (at 3),. picnicking (3), cerning: this type of recreation enterprise, question- winter sports (2), water skiing (2), tennis (1), and naires were mailed to camps in Maine listed in a softball (1). brochure supplied to us by. the Maine publicity bureau. Fishing is the most popular activity, having 34 Thirty-three questionnaires were mailed to hunting percent of the 41 listings of the three most popular and fishing camps not on our recreation resort activities. Hunting and boating are the second most mailing list (chapter 4). Eighteen were returned to popular (each 20 percent of the total), followed us and 15 were used in the analysis. closely by swimming (16 percent). Skiing (5 percent) and "vacations" (5 percent) were mentioned also. TYPE OF OPERATOR, ACREAGE CONTROLLED, AND AREA USED FOR RECREATION OTHER RECREATION FACILITIES Twelve of the 15 hunting and fishing camps are Hunting is permitted on 940 acres owned by 4 owned by individuals or families. Two are owned operators. Operators of three other hunting and by corporations, and one is owned by a partnership. fishing camps indicated that hunting is permitted in Nine are open only to guests and, although six the area. operators stated that their camps are open -to the All 15 operators reported that there are ponds, public, probably only persons who pay to use the lakes, streams, or rivers on or adjacent to their recreation facilities are welcome. property which may be used for either water sports A total of 1,656 acres is represented by these 15 or fishing, or for both. camps. They range in size from I to, 500 acres. The median size is 50 acres. The sites of 14 camps are owned by the operators; that of one 8-acre camp NUMBER OF VISITORS operated by a corporation is owned by an individual or a family, Eight operators estima,,ed that a total of 31,605 An estimated 721 acres, or 44 percent of the visitor nights were spent at their camps in 1960. total, is in recreation use. Judging by the replies One small fishing resort had 350 and the largest to this question, some respondents used a loose camp bad 10,000 visitor nights. definition for "recreation;" others were more precise. Recreation is the primary use of land at 13 of the 15 camps; a motel is the principal use of a I-acre FEES CHARGED site--it is included In this sample because it is on a lake front and is a base for fishing, hunting, Although one operator indicated that no fees are and skiing. Forestry is the principal land use at an charged for use of his camp's recreation facilities 80-acre camp and also at a 500-acre camp. and two others failed to answer this question, it is probable that fees are charged by all. Rates for room or cabin and meals are $6 per person per day at one camp and $10 at another. Another camp charges $50 TERRAIN AND COVER per person weekly for cabin and meals. Oneoperator rents housekeeping cabins at a flat rate of $70 per The site of one camp is on flat land, five sites are week. Another charges $75 per week for-cottages. rolling, six are hilly, one is in the mountains, one is Boat rental fees are usually on a daily basis; they partly flat and partly hilly, and one ranges f rom rolling range from $2 to $6. One operator rents boats only to mountainous. by the week, charging $8 per boat. One site is grass covered, 11 are forested, and 2 Several operators indicated fishing and hunting are covered by a combination of grass and forest. charges on a per person per day basis ranging from 61 $3 to $10. Some of these rates include room rent, disposal and the short season were mentioned once as well as fishing and bunting. One operator charges each. One operator wrote that "public camping $45 per person per week for fishing, $40 for skiing, areas decrease private income; rowdyism is in- and $83 for hunting. creased." OVERNIGHT FACILITIES PROVIDED The 15 camps provide overnight accommodations PLANS FOR EXPANSION for a total of 685 persons. Twelve have cabins or cottages; In addition, 3 of these provide rooms in Six of the 15 operators plan to Increase recreation hotels or lodges and I provides tent camping sites. use of their present acreage within the next few years. One operator provides only motel-type accommoda- Three of the six also plan to acquire additional acre- tions; another answered simply "small fishing re- age for recreation use. sort;" and a third indicated merely "adult camp." Twenty-seven facilities of eight different types All except four provide meals or food on the camp are planned by these six operators. Five of the six premises and, of these four, only one appears to have expect to expand fishing facilities, three will extend no kitchen facilities. their swimming facilities, two plan additional boating facilities, two are making plans for winter sports facilities, and two plan additional cottages. Facilities NEARBY RECREATION RESOURCES for hunting, picnicking, and golf are planned by one operator each. Public water resources for recreation usearenear each of the 15 camps. All except I of the 10 operators answering the question indicated that other privately owned lands or waters for recreation purposes are nearby. VALUE AND RECEIPTS PROBLEMS The total estimated value of 14 of the 15 hunting and fishing camps is $980,000. The 1960 estimated Seven of the 15 operators did not indicate any income for the 14 is $355 #000. Thirteen of the 14 problems connected with recreation us e,of their prop- replying indicated that receipts from recreation erties. Five indicated that fire is a problem. Trash met cash operating expenses in 1960. 62 CHAPTER EIGHTEEN THE CASE STUDIES During the planning phase of the study, it was Within the categories, the case studies weregroup- recognized that feasible forms of inventory studies ed according to centralizing interests as follows: could not examine types of recreation enterprises in depth. Also, data about significant types of activities A. Reckeation as a Major Focus are not readily available. A case-study approachwas Residential vacation places used to obtain detailed information on a limited num- Year-round resort ber of examples. These case examples provided an Summer resort opportunity for personal contact With people conduct- Farms and ranches ing recreation businesses and allowed deeper pr(5bing Summer camp for girls into specific relationships than w" possible in mailed questionnaires or.in review of data gathered by other Hunting and fishing enterprises organizations. Shooting preserves Fishing camps Ideally, and according to the work outline, this Packing and guiding services phase of our study should have followed the inventory of resources and bolstered areas of spaise informa- Beaches and boating facilities tion. Practically, because of the limited time avail- Commercial beaches able for .the whole study and the problems of work Yacht clubs scheduling, the iasks were conducted concurrently. River running wilderness trips Case studies were made of several categories known to be sampled by the mailed questionnaires. This Scenery, plants, and animals provided for analysis in depth. Other, often unique, Scenic wonders enterprises were also selected for study becausethey Botanical gardens were not represented in the mailing. process. This Wild animal exhibits provided for analysis in breadth. Horseback activities Case examples were gathere 'dfrom 20 - States,. Dude ranches scattered in the Northeast, East', Southeast, South, Wilderness pack trips Southwest, West, Intermountain Region, and Midwest. Riding stable Limited time and seasonal weather conditions pre- Rodeo cluded a balancing of cases against the,importance of particular geographic areas. in the recreation trade Winter sports or of selecting cases. that might represent the dis- Ski areas tribution of types of recreation facilities within an Skilodges area. The coverage was begun from a list of suggest- ed situations; it increased as others came to light. Recreation on an Indian reservation Special problems, business failures, unique develop- ments that might suggest ideas for other recreation' B. Recreation'as a Secondary Interest enterprises, unusually successful operations, large corporations, special, interest groups, shoestring Programs of industry operators, and others were grist for the casestudies@ Forest7-based recreation 4 Water-based recreation The 66 case studies that follow are*grouped into two major categories; those in which recreation is Programs of foundations the major focus, or major business, of the firm and those in which recreation is a by-product and another Programs of associations enterprise is the major reason for being in business. Examples of the former are a resort and a riding Each case example is based on an actual business stable. An example of the latter is a pulp and paper undertaking. Most. of the examples, however, are company owning timberlands made available for considered to represent a larger segment of the .various types of outdoor recreation. recreation industry and thus to reflect general 63 conditions affecting a group as well as the individual Resorts, motels, and other businesses in the firm. In most cases, names and specific locations community work together to sponsor boat shows and of these firms were deleted from the report. In some water pageants during the summer. They are also instances, the resource utilized was unique or the working up additional entertainment to expand winter operation itself was such that the story would lose its sports activities. Skating, ice boating, ice fishing, and significance if the operation were not identified. This additional ski slopes, as well as novelties such as is the only reason for the naming of some firms and snow buggies and sport car races on ice are under not others in the case examples that follow. consideration. I In this atmosphere, it is not surprising that the lodge owners plan further expansions of their motel EXAMPLES WITH RECREATION AS A MAJOR facilities, an entertainment park to attract young FOCUS children (and thus the parents), improvements in the main lodge and the kitchen, extension of the trailer RESIDENTIAL VACATION PLACES area, -and other attractions and services as these become.justified. The category of resorts and camps can cover a wide Sd far, the clientele seems to be primarily of two range of sizes and activi ,ties as was demonstrated in separate and distinct age groups. Mostofthesummer chapters 4, 6, 13, and 17. Twelve residential vacation tenants are older couples ranging in age from 50 to places were selected for case study. 70 years.' Interspersed among these are weekending groups of young people who usually utilize the less expensive dormitory space. Most of the winter trade EXAMPLE 1: A SMALL YEAR-ROUND RESORT is with younger people, those from 20 to 30 years old, who are winter sports enthusiasts.- This public resort is idea lly"s ituat e,d on a 10-acre . In 1960, the motel and cabin clientele was derived peninsula formed by a power comp .any impoundment as follows: 65 percent from Baltimore, 25 percent about 35 years ago. It was formerly occupied by a from Pittsburgh, and 10 percent from Washington Boy Scout camp and its main buildings were origin- D. C., and other places. ally designed and built 'by the Scou ts for camping The summer guests are generally managerial and purposes. This resort has access to a long narrow professional people. Probably 75 percent of them lake with a 4,800-acre wa ter surface, and a 72-mile return two or three times during the summer vacation shoreline dotted with *cabins and motels. period. Some rent quarters for the season. Since the resort was purchased about 3 years ago One of the major problerhs of resort operation lies by two industrialists, the facilities have been im- in the un&ediciability of weather and people. Profit proved and expanded to include cabin; motel, and for the year depends largely upon what happens in house-trail 'er sections, and dormitories in the main about 10 'weeks between Decoration Day and Labor lodge with capacity for 80 guests. A tenting area in Day. The winter season, as it has developed so far, one corner of the property is available forguests who supports its *own related c.osts..and, help@ pay the prefer to "rough it." The dining room seats 75 annual maintenance costs. persons. A bar adjoining the dining room 11 dock Staffing is difficult under these situations. Fortun- spaces to service visiting boats or for use of tenants, ately. for the lodge, several competent married and 2 beaches on the property complete the facilities. women in the neigliborhood are available for p@Lrt- Probably, the investment in this resort is-,consider- time 'Work on fairly short notice... The manager's ably in excess of $100,006, represented largely bythe children, ranging. in age from. 10 to 16 years, I pitch value of facilities. in to help cook and serve meals, clean rooms, mow Fees charged for accommodations start at $3 per lawns, rent boat space, run errands, and do the person per night in the cabins or dormit6ries. Motel innumerable other small tasks. A family community units for two people are $8 in winter and $12 in of interests helps keep everything underway. The summer. Trailer space is rented at $200 per year growing children and their increasing capabilities and dock rental is $50 for the season,' or $15.per are woven into the fabric of plans for expanding the month for poople not guests at the resort. Meals, business in'the years immedia@ely ahead. bait, boats and incidentals are extra. The managers spoke highly of the recreationists People from private cottages drop in during the they serve. Most are good mixers. Sometimes summer for a meal or refreshments.' Several groups several couples'from the same area -arrange vacations and associations regularly plan annual outings and. together, although, more often, -friendships sprout meetings here because they can rent sufficient facili- among strangers after their arrival at the resort. ties for their needs. During the winter, ,groups A relaxed atmosphere prevails and most people are from a nearby metropolitan area charter the facilities on their good behavior. Even the groups of young for weekends of skiing in the area. A nearby ski people are well-behaved. Youthful spirits get a bit slope has had more than 1,000 enthusiasts per day rough and boisterous occasionally,,, but no rowdiness using its facilities. This volume of visitors taxes or problems of discipline have arisen. Younger the housing capacity for miles around during the people tend,to create more litter and require more several weekends in.January and February whensnow cleanup than do the older couples who visit this resort. is ideal for winter sports. A management problem affecting returns is caused 64 by State law prohibiting sale of whiskey at the bar, help. Of the 80 temporary employees, 30 to 40 are according to the manager. college students who work as waiters and waitresses. The very congeniality of their guests creates hard- Nearly all of them are housed in the neighborhood. ships for the managers. Not uncommonly, some In 1961 more than 700 students from all over the groups remain in the lobby until late at night, while country applied for these summer jobs. Enlisted others want service in the early morning. Long days men from a nearby military base work at the inn as on duty are exhausting to a small staff. Yet, the dishwashers and busboys during their off-duty hours. business is too small to support a larger staff There are no problems with local government adequately. If the owners carry out current plans authorities; the only problems with the staff are an for expansion, the additional volume of business occasional display of temperament because of stress probably will warrant full-time seasonal employment and strain. The inn has to have a liquor license, and, of one or more persons to share part of the lo ng of course, workmen's compensation and liability days of duty. insurance. It must also pay an entertainment tax. A single town tax takes care of everything@else- roads, schools, fire, and police protection. However, the inn disposes@ of its own garbage and trash-- in season, a truck makes three or four trips each day EXAMPLE 2: A SMALL INLAND RESORT from the inn to the public dump.., As the president of the corporation said, they have A small inn within a'few minutes' drive of the sea only , two problems- -paying bills and meeting the concentrates on providing nationally known cuisine. payroll. During January, February, and March they It is operated on the European Plan and can house, just try to lose as little money as possible. It isn't 46 persons in comfortable rooms in the inn, a realistic to shut down because they would need to cottage, and motel-type suites. keep a skeleton crew anyway--the key help and main- Three distinctively decorated dining rooms and a tenance people. bar-lounge can seat V5 guests. As many as 1,300 When asked if he had any comment to make about people a day can be served lunch and dinner. this type of business, the president stated that A small lake or pond adjacent to the property is i9poultry farms, restaurants, and resorts have among used for canoeing. Fishing is permitted, although the highest bankruptcy rates--if you don't have the a catch is rare.. A putting green is the only other experience, keep out of it." outdoor recreation attraction on these 4 1/2 acres. Public beaches are about a mile away. Deep sea fishing for dolphin, marlin, bass, swordfish, and tuna is available nearby. "Any people who are ladies and gentlemen" are EXAMPLE 3: SEASHORE RESORT welcome here, but the majority of the resort guests are middle aged and older people of.the upper-middle A small seashore resort in New England draws and upper income brackets. They are from all guests from all over the country, with no particular sect'ions of 'the country, although perhaps more come concentration from any area. These guests are "a from the New York City'and Boston areas than from night-clubbing crowd" ''and their families. In addi- anywhere else. People of all ages come here to eat. tion, the dining room is open to the public. As a rule, guests cause very little trouble. Occas- The management, which started here in 1947, is a ional thefts of relatively small items such as books proprietorship; land and buildings are leased from a and pictures occur, but there has been no deliberate corporation. The corporation owns 4 miles of private damage to the property. beach. used solely by guests of the hotel and its The inn is open year-@round. Its only advertising 'cottages, people who own or rent cottages in a small is by the guests. The dining room is always filled summer cottage development, and a few permanent during mealtime, and rooms usually a re filled during residents from nearby. the season. Roughly 7 acres of land ideally located between a The averag6 length of' stay in summe!r is II to 2 so Iund and a small inlet provide ample space for 21 weeks, although some people stay for 3 weeks or duplex cottages and the hotel. more, and one person stays virtually the entire year. In addition to swimming a:nd sunbathing, tennis is The inn, which is owned by a corporation,* opened available on the property. Open air dancing is avail- in November. 1953. An extra dining room and a able every night except Sunday. Arrangements for night-room and bar have just been built. The manager renting sailboats or going deep sea fishing can be made pointed out that the largest dining room, although. through the staff. decorated just 4 years ago,,is due for refurnishing The hotel is open only for the summer season, from this winter because "you have to keep changing things." May 30 through the third weekend of September. The land, buildings, and furniture are worth 'an Guests stay an average of 2 weeks, and the majority estirinated $500,000, before depreciation. The corp- come back year after year. oration is well-situat6d financially. There are no staff problems. The same cooks and The permanent y 'ear-round staff of 50 to 60 is maids are there year after year. A staff of 68 to 70 increased in the sum-er to 140, many of them."green" 'works from July I to Labor Day, and 10 or 12 of these 65 are employed for the full season. Many college Considerable direct mail advertising is done, as students are employed during the peak season. They well as some advertising in newspapers and mAga-, often work each summer for 4 years and then send zines. Guest rooms are filled during most of the their relatives for jobs. Guests also send their season when both weather and economic conditions children here to work, an indication of their high are normal. However, the owner does not depend regard for the managementl upon either chance or advertising to bring him Because the property is leased, the staff had no business. He is interested in building up convention idea of the capital investment, but said that the tradefor the preseason months. At the time of the corporation's asking price is now $300,000, and that interview in the early summer, .conventions were just 10 years ago it was $200,000. booked for the autumn and for I I days in the following The management plans no changes. The buildings April, 10 days in May, and all except 4 days in June. are 20 years old. The corporation makes necessary Among the groups already booked were national and repairs on the parking lot and does the outside regional associations and clubs. painting. The lessee maintains the interior decora- The owner-manager stated that the few smaller tions and upkeep of the furniture, much of which rooms contain a double bed and that a majority of has been replaced. the rooms, which have two double beds, can accom- A liquor, common victualers, and innholders license modate four people. With only 2 people in each room, costs $350 per year. An entertainment (cabaret) 216 guests can be housed; if the rooms are filled to tax, which applies on Sundays only, covers TV, a capacity, 368 can be accommodated. juke box, and a pianist and costs $2.25 per Sunday The property consists of 6 acres of flat, waterfront or $22.50 to $24.75 per season. The management pays land. The reporter considered it to be the best no tax for the orchestra and dancing during the week; location in the town. The inn, which contains 28 the guests pay a 10-percent' Federal cabaret tax. guest rooms, the dining rooms, bar lounges, a beauty State laws require inspection of kitchens, bars, shop, and a gift shop, is 36 years old. Every room and drinking glasses once a season. in the building has been modernized recently. Four Although lifeguards are not required by law, beach- years ago, 33 motel units were built,andan additional boys are available for that purpose. 23 units were built 3 years ago. The dining room The hotel is operated on the European Plan. A one- can seat 295 people at one time. A newly built room suite, consisting of bed-sitting room, dressing convention hall, which has up-to-the-minute equip- room, and bath is $15 per day for single occupancy, and ment, can seat 600 for meetings or 425 for meals. $25 per day for two. Other suites, consisting of a The owner stated that 3 I/Z of his 6 acres have not living room, bedroom, and bath are $30 daily, and been utilized, and that he "'probably will" expand suites with pullman kitchens are $35 per day. The to some extent within the next 5 years--if business dining room has a varied a la carte menu. For warrants it. luncheon, sandwiches run from $0.40 to $1.50, and The inn, which is operated as an individually owned three-course luncheons range from $2 to $2.50. corporation, was bought 27 years ago. The owner Dinners range from $3.25 to $6. All meals are stated that he has no serious management @problems. subject to a 5-percent tax. A permanent, year-round maintenance staff of eight No problems were mentioned. . Plans for the future lives in the town. An additional 90 to 117 persons involve continued operations at about present levels. are employed during the season. Of these, 80 per- cent are local people who work at the inn year after year. Of the remaining 20 percent, who are from EXAMPLE 4: A WATERFRONT INN out of town, 8 out of 10 return each year. No college students are hired because "they just don't work out A large inn sprawls along the water's edge in a right." However, some of the "outsiders" are school small New England town. One can relax on the lawn teachers. and enjoy the view of the town or watch fishing boats One member of the permanent staff has worked at and pleasure craft entering or leaving the harbor. the inn' for the entire 27 years it has been under the One can swim in a pool on the premises, in saltwater present management. Ten or 12 employees have from the adjoining beach, or walk to a nearby, public worked there for 15 to 18 years. Some of the men beach. At high tide, guests can fish from shore on who are not local residents are housed at the inn, the Inn's land or from an adjacent breakwater. Out- but all of the girls have rooms elsewhere. board motorboats are available, and the hotel staff The owner stated that the only problem with guests will arrange deep sea fishing trips. is vandalism, which is "getting worse instead of The inn is open from April 1 to November 15. better--it's the way they're bringing the kids up Anyone is welcome, both in the public dining room today." and in the guest rooms. People-come to this resort The owner declined to estimate the value of his town and to this inn from over over the world; there property. However, he did say that "any hotel Is no concentration of guests from any one area. property would run from $10,000 to $15,000 a room," Guests are' of all types and income levels. The depending partly upon the kitchens and the public owner could not estimate an average length of stay. rooms. The upkeep varies, but he does not consider Many guests come for a single night, some for a it excessive; perhaps one reason is that the owner week, and others for 2 to 3 months. and his maintenance crew are skilled in all phases 66 of building and maintenance. They renovated the inn Management of this resort is a corporation, leasing and constructed the motel units themselves. with renewable option from an individual. Plans are The only difficulties this operator has are rel- to buy the property in the near future. atively small. One is liability insurance, which is The resort is open to the public from mid-May to high "because of people trying to get something for mid-October. More than 10,000 people visit the nothing." He has liquor and entertainment licenses, resort during a normal season. The average stay is and carries workmen's compensation. There are no for a week. Many guests return for additional periods difficulties with local authorities. during the season. Many regular guests return year Although this owner-operator appears to have no after year. financial problems--he has financed all improvements The permanent staff required to manage this enter- himself--he made several noteworthy statements prise includes 7 people besides the manager. About regarding finance. He stated that "someone young, 200 additional seasonal employees are added during who is just getting started in business, cannot get a the summer. Nearly all employees arefedandhoused loan. Loans should be based on ability and reputation, on the property. not on what be's done already in this field." He Present capital investment of almost $2 million will continued, "Let local banks make the loans--not an be increased through further investment in buildings agency--because in the end the local banks loan the in the future. Facilities for. guests probably will not money anyway; there is too much red tape." He also be increased because present levels of business stated that resort operators and similar businessmen already place the operators in a high tax bracket and need to be able to refinance loans without penalties, additional gross business would increase corporate and that present procedures make it virtually im- taxes too much. Some of the less desirable rooms possible for anyone, with parts of a previous loan will be converted to storage and otheruses. These still unpaid, to get refinancing or additional and changes will reduce overhead costs of operation. supplemental loans for necessary improvements or Rates charged at the resort are on the American desirable expansion on his property. This leads to Plan. . Single rooms with connecting bath start at loss of business for the firm, stultifies expansion, .$18. Singles with private bath are $20 to $24, twin- and reduces opportunities to serve the growing need bedded rooms range from $17 to $22 per day. Greens for outdoor recreation services. fees at the golf course are $5 per day. Fishing charges are $3.50 per half day with a limit of 2 fish, or $5 for a full day with a 3-fish limit. Fish over the limit EXAMPLE 5: A SUMMER RESORT IN NEW ENGLAND are $1.50 apiece. Boats are included in these rates. Rods and flies can be rented. 'j< A quaint old New England village is,the site for a No particularli serious problems were mentioned. fashionable summer report that has operated for more The management's credit rating is sufficiently go6d than a century. Its nearly 300 rooms, dining rooms, that banks are willing to provide the necessary annual cocktail rooms, conference rooms, golf course, swim- loans for operations. The manager joined other ming pool, private lake for fishing and boating, representatives of recreation interests in the region private hikLng trails, and other facilities are dedicated in complaint about State,liquor laws. to the high standards for service that have become its The guests create relatively few problems. Rela- trademark over the years. The 1,500 acres owned tions with public officials are congenial. Relations by the resort are surrounded by publicly owned with employees are usually satisfactory. forests. Numerous other types of recreation facilities are in the area. Among these are concerts, auctions, EXAMPLE 6: A WINTER RESORT-SUMMER CAMP riding stables, antique shops, ski area chairlifts to carry visitors to mountaintop views of the country- This 200-acre remnant of a much larger original side, and many other@ regional attractions, including working. livestock ranch now operates as. a winter quaint country roads inviting quiet rides. resort for vacationing guests. In summer, it be- A majority of guests are middle-aged couples with comes a camp for boys and girls. The winter season above-average incomes. Most of them are business is for about 2 1/2 months in February, March, and and professional people from Connecticut, Massachu- part of April.. The summer vacation camp is for 2 setts, New York, and New Jersey. Convention use of months. facilities throughout the tourist season is increasing. I I The guest ranch is part of a chain of recreation This type of trade extends the business year and helps facilities owned and managed by a corporation com- &L to advertise the facilities. In 1960, more than 75 prised of about five families. It has been under percent of the gross income was related to convention present ownership for four seasons. The manager business. and most of the winter-season staff are moved to No timber is* harvested from the approximately other locations during the rest of the year. The 1,000 acres of forest adjacent to the resort. The lake summer camp for boys and girls is a separate opera- is stocked with rainbow trout. Hunting by permit is tion. allowed on the forest during the legal season, although Present facilities are suitable for 40 to 50 people, guests must stay elsewhere because the facilities Most winter guests are middle-aged, executive and are closed. professional people who like outdoor life, horseback 67 riding, and just resting in the sun. Guests come facilities heavily on weekends, although some families from widely scattered cities in the East"and North, spend short vacations here because the 3,200-foot and a few from the Southeast. While no restrictions altitude provides relief from the desert heat. are placed on admission to the ranch, most guests Fishing, swimming, waterskiing, and boating are either have been here before or came because other provided on the lake. Horses are available for ex- guests recommended it. Guests at small places like tended wildland riding. Tennis courts, a swimming this must be congenial and have similar interests if pool, a recreation room, and- similar facilities are their stay is to be enjoyable. available. Recreation facilities, in addition to the horseback riding, include a swimming pool, shuffleboard, cro- Guest rates are American Plan; they vary by the quet, and cards. A putting green formerly was main- season as well as -by the facilities. For example, tained but was abandoned because the guests did not double rooms range from $40 during January through use it. April to $31 for May through November 15 and $35 Daily rates rangefrom $38 to $46 per person on a for November 15 to January 15. Large cottages double-room basis. All services including room, range from $80 to $150, $65 to $120, and $72 to $135 board, use of horses, and transportation to and from for the same periods. planes or trains, are covered in these rates. , One problem for this smaller sized operation is the The guest facilities have been unprofitable-for the relatively large staff needed. The staff of 15 on this last several years. Present managers have had -a ranch includes the manager and his wife, 2 wranglers, partnership lease for nearly 2 years on a guaranteed 2 waitresses, 3 maids, 3 or 4 in the kitchen, 1 yard- rental plus percentage-of-business basis. The pre- man, I maintenance man, 1 driver, and 1 extra vious operifbrs also lost money on these facilities. woman to work wherever needed. The manager did not divulge data on management The major cause of failure apparently lies in the costs. and did not know the value of the resources small number of rental facilities. The 15 rental involved. Similarly, he was unable to state future units are too few to support th -e varied personnel plans of the owners. However, he stated that the required, pay for the high liability insurance on the main facilities must be expanded before more guests horses ($1,200 in 1960), pay for the required adver- could be accommodated. Some mention had been made tising, and so on. Also, this small facility suffers of this, but so far as he knew, no decisions or plans because it cannot accumulate a sufficient backlog of had resulted. satisfied customers who will advertise for it by word No unusual problems came to light here. Relations of mouth. Under the present managers, the facilities with public officials were satisfactory. Park Service have been full only over the Labor Day weekend. The personnel in the nearby National Monument werevery airline strike in 1960 and the flight engineers strike cooperative in relation to guests riding horseback in 1961 hurt business very badly. The general along the trails. Problems with guests also were business recession has been reflected in slower minimal. These people came to rest and enjoy guest reservations. themselves. They knew the conditions they wouldfind and complaints were very few. Still another difficulty mentioned here was that of keeping small groups entertained. Larger groups seem able to generate special interests and entertain EXAMPLE 7: A WORKING RANCH AND RESORT each other. But these operators felt theyhadto spend too much time catering to the whims of guests to A partnership operating a 2,000-acre working prevent boredom among them. ranch with a small supplemental dude enterprise was in financial difficulties because of the size of Plans for the future of this ranch and its guest the dude operations. The ranch enterprise itself was facilities are somewhat unique although plausible. reasonably satisfactory. Ample water rights acquired The owners plan a Jarge real estate development with the original land grant were sufficient to irrigate for retired senior citizens. Part of the fields will fields of alfalfa and grain and some pasture. An become an irrigated golf course. The present lessees artificial lake just under 10 acres in size provided anticipate , that they will sign a new lease under storage for irrigation water and a major recreation which they will nearly quadruple the guest facilities, attraction in this arid area. The ranch enterprises increase their horseback riding and water-sports are cattle feeding and horse raising. Several mounts facilities, and manage the golf course-country club are needed for the guests. facilities under an equitable 25-year lease with first The recreation year in this area is basically two refusal of renewal privileges on a percentage of seasons: the winter season, from about January 15 gross business basis. to May 1, and the summer season of about 90 days-- June, July, and August. The types of guests differ One. suggestion from these operators was that the in the two seasons. During the winter, the guests Federal Government should support development and are largely northern tourists and the recreation management of lakes for recreation. purposes in facilities are operated as a guest ranch. During the ways similar to those for agricultural uses,. flood summer, residents of the region tend to use the control, and erosion control. 68 EXAMPLE 8: A VACATION FARM since 1955 and indications are that assessments will STILL BEING FARMED continue to grow heavier. Rural fire insurance rates are very high. The farm is located on a poorly Modern alternative opportunities for use of former maintained, dirt road. farms are illustrated by this vacation farm in south- This example, like several others, indicates some ern New England. It lies less than 100 miles from New of the problems inherent in poor locations relative York City at a sufficiently high elevation to assure to public facilities and the difficulties of satisfactory cool temperatures and a view,. management when the size of business is too small. These operators have combined guest entertainm ent with general farming. They bought an abandoned farm of about 160 acres in 1955, reclaimed the house -J and some fields, and began a:@cepting guests. Quiet EXAMPLE 9* A VACATION FARM LARGELY informality is the keynote of their resort activities. RECREATIONAL They cater to middle-aged and elderly couples, of middle-income levels or above. No children are A skilled craftsman bought a 12-acre berry farm allowed. Guests entertain themselves by visiting, about a decade ago and. retired to the country. Re- reading, playing cards, watching TV', hiking, taking tirement palled shortly and the couple began accept- pictures, and doing other relaxing activities in which ing summer guests to s.upplement their income. all guests need to be congenial. The farm is in southern New England, roughly 100 The facilities for guests include four double rooms miles from New York City. Most of the guests are and two baths. in the colonial-style4arm home. Guests from New York City, Philadelphia, .and Boston. They use the living rooms freely. Rates of $50'per week are chiefly elderly couples from business and the per person include room, board, and use of facilities. professions and are in the upper-middl6 income A washing .@@machine is available for guest use, but brackets. no transportation or other services are provided. Capacity in the Imain house and two housekeeping Occasionally_ arrangements can be made for tours cottages is about 15 people at one time. Although to nearby auctions, antique shops,-.movies, and other this resort is open all year, most of the trade is points of interest. , Lakes for d4hling, boating, or from May through September. From 50 to 60 couple 's swimming ire nearbyi'as are State parks andforests, visit here during the season. Most guests stay for riding stables, a ski area, and other recreation a'week, although a few stay for 3 weeks or a month. resources. Many couples return year after year, and a few Most of the guests come from New York City, Long couples spend short periods here at diff eirent times Island, or Philadelphia. Ordinarily, they are business during the summer. One couple lives in one of the and professional people; many are retired. Most of cottages at an-annual reduced rate. them want to be at the farm during the 3-month The guests are congenial -and cause no particular summer season. Although.the operators appreciate problems. These operators plan to continue with the income provided, a major benefit received from about the sam& level of business and in about the the guests in the past was the richness of associations same way. Variable expenses because of the guest provided for the owner's teen-aged children. operations equal about half of the gross income. From 12 to 16 couples are entertained during the The net returns of roughly $3,000 are considered summ Ier on this farm. Most of the guests stay for a to be: adequate repayment, for the effort. A small week, although a few stay for 3 weeks or a month. sum usually is realized from the berry crop. With Two or three couples spend a: week here in early the retirement benefits received, a satisfactory in- summer and another week later on. Many of the come is provided for this couple. guests return year'after year. - The operator a 'nd his wife do most of the work . This farm is worth roughly $75,000, with the large related to the resort business. A woman neighbor remodeled home accounting for probably half, the works for them a few days at a time when there are value. The general farming enterprise supports the guests. family and provides a basis on which to operate the The investment in land and buildings im- between summer guest business. Profits from the guest $20,000 and $25,000.' Most of the value is in the enterprise are relatively small and undependable buildings. and vary from year to year. Cold, wet summers Weekly rates for cottages (without meals or bedding) drastically curtail the number of guests and reduce start at $65 for two people. The rate for a 3-month the long-time profitability of this business. season is $660. Rates per person. in the home, in- Most of the work is done by the owner or his wife. cluding meals, are $9 daily for a single room, $8 A day laborer is hired occasionally for special tasks. daily for a double room, or $45 by the week. Major repairs and miscellaneous farmwork are done The guests are ex .pected to take care of their own by the operators when they have no guests. entertainment, although cards, television, a large This couple *plans to quit and sell out as soon as library, croquet, and other equipment are available. they can find a buyer. Their children are grown and Many vacation attractions are -available nearby-- have left home, the farm has barely paid expenses, th -e berry picking is a favorite pastime for some guests. .guest enterprise keeps them tied down, and costs are Transportation arrangements can be made for guests rising. Their real property taxes'have nearly tripled who do not have automobiles. 69 EXAMPLE 10: A VACATION FARM IN EXAMPLE 11: A PRIVATELY OWNED FAMILY MASSACHUSETTS CAMPGROUND These operators bought an abandoned farm, with A privately owned campground in New England, overgrown fields and dilapidated buildings, several selected at random for the survey, proved to be a years ago when the husband retired from his pro- new venture not yet quite open for business. The fession on a small pension. They remodeled the owners, an English family who had lived in Canada house, and recleared a small acreage of land to for, more than a decade, were looking forward to, provide pasture and hay for a few cows and sheep. and planning for, their first family.of campingguests. They also have a large poultry flock. The rest of Although the camping business is new to this the almost 300 acres is virtually unused, except for family, they are experienced and ardent campers C@hiking and viewing. who obviously know what camping families need and Three double rooms in the home are used for guest want. Their program has been carefully planned and accommodations. Rates of $50 per person per week is being developed systematically. The first step, include room, meals and use of the available recreation when they decided to go into the campground business, equipment. Most of the guests are middle-aged and was to contact chambers of commerce and ask to be elderly. Quiet games, resting, walking, and similar put in touch with real estate agents who might have the activities are popular. Many State lands are nearby, desired type of property. From the many replies to as are lakes for swimming, boating, or fishing, and these requests, 10 likely places were selected. These numerous other attractions. places were investigated carefully in July 1960. Most of the guests are in the $8,000 to $12,000 This place seemed as though it might have been annual income levels. They are primarily business- made to order. It bad been a private residence before men and professional people from New York City, the family bought it in March 1961. Philadelphia, Boston, and Washington, D. C. Although From the main highway, the traveler follows a the guest facilities are available all year, most of narrow, winding, paved, country road to the entrance the guests want to visit the place during the summer. which leads into a country lane. The lane, in turn, Ordinarily, they stay for I or 2 weeks at a time; 3 or leads straight down a wooded hillside to a lovely old 4 couples come twice a year; many are steady house set off by flowerbeds, well-kept lawns, a pond, customers year after year. One couple, for instance, and stone fences, and backdropped by meadows and has visited this place every summer since it was woodlands sloping downward to a wide river. opened for business. The 90 acres in this holding include 60 in woodlands, About 25 or 30 couples normally spend vacations 20 in salt marsh, and 10 in open space around the here during the year. More guests could be accom- house. The owners preferred not to estimate its modated if they didn't all want to visit in August. worth as a recreation facility, both because it is not Each year, several applicants are turned away. developed and also because the intrinsic value of The husband of this couple is elderly and the work the large old colonial house and the other buildings is becoming increasingly difficult forbim. Thecouple cannot be separated from the enjoyment value of the would like to sell out and retire completely. The campgrounds. Replacement cost for the house alone, property is valued at roughly $35,000 of which the however, would be in excess of $ 100,000. remodeled house is probably worth considerably more The investment in actually getting the campground than half. This farm is fairly isolated, and the area rea:dy for business is very small, but the cost of around it is sparsely settled. No buyers were in providing the scenic background is high. prospect. During the first season of business, the plan 19 to A high school girl is hiked for a few hours a day provide ample campsites in a small open glade in the to help with the work when guests are there in sum- woods. Each - campsite will have adequate space, mer. Repairs and odd jobs are.done when no guests yet will be near a. water tap and a facilities building are present. containing toilets, wash basins, and showers. Hot' Operating costs on this place, are relatively high and cold running water will be available. 'The ratio: partly because oi the advanced age of -the operator of water taps and of toilet and washing facilitie's,is'. and partly because of the farm's isolation. Net based on standards for State camps. income from the guests probably runs between $1,000 A pine-paneled guest house, complete with fire- and $1,500 annually. place, kitchen, and bath, is available for guests who,. In view of the family situation,. it is not surprising don't like to camp. out but who would like to vacation,' that there are no plans for expanding the recreation here. business. The operation will continue as long as Swimming.As available. this season inthe brackish. possible, or until a prospective buyer takes over. water of the river, as.are opportunities* for guests Although the fire insura 'nce...rates are very high to fish or dig clams along the 2,300-foot riverfront. because it is in the country, teal estate taxes and As soon as possible, the stone-fenced pond near the other expenses are ielatively-low.: house will be deepened enough for swimming. The dirt An opportunity exists hereJor.,a younger person dug from it will be deposited Inside the fehce'to to take over the Jacilities,. make'Jbe required ex- provide a lawn on three sides of the pool. Sand will pansions, and provide a varied recreational program be brought in to 'make a beach on the fourth side. for a much larger number of.,guests, A pump will circulate the water In the pool. Also 70 included in the development plans for the water facili- Now surrounded by the George Washington National ties is the conversion of a small river-island, now Forest, this 400-acre summer camp was developed reached by stepping-stones over a marsh, into a swim- from lands of the Massanutten Mountain fringes that ming place with sand beach and a sandy bottom safe could no longer support farming activities as carried and comfortable for wading children. A small dock on by the early settlers. for three or four rowboats will be built. Its modern story begins roughly 50 years agoin the The improvements involving movement of earth friendship between a @company doctor and an independ- and fill will be carried out while heavy earth-moving ent, hard-working, retiring farm family. As a ges- equipment is on the property excavating sand and ture of trust and respect for the doctor friend, the gravel for contractors. This program has been dis- last male heir willed the family farm to him with cussed with the contractors who will be working on provision that an elderly sister be cared for. The this property to, get material@ for road and 6ther doctor's family utilized the farmhouse as a summer construction in the area. home for roughly 15 years during the period the A large, stone barbeque pit near the residence is- present owner (the doctor's daughter) was maturing available for use by guests. Trails and paths also and being educated. The story might have been are ready for leisurely. wanderings through the woods. different had she not become an educator and been A small barn is being converted into a recreation active in the Girl Scout movement. center where guests can gather in the evenings and For several years prior to 1930 she was leader of on rainy days. A ping-pong table , TV, tables and a Girl Scout troop and took her troop camping on the chairs will be provided; soft drinks, coffee, and hot family holding each summer. Many other girls dogs will be sold. Also, an emergency grocery not in the Scouting program begged to be included in counter, stocked with bread, milk, potatoes, andother the summer fun at the farm. Their pleas were necessities, will be located in the barn so that people effective and the camp was opened officially in 1932 need not drive to town forthem. Blockice for coolers with a complement of 19 young girls. and white gas for stoves will be sold also. From 1932 to 1954 ' this camp was operated as a To attract and entertain child guests, the family summer supplement to the owner's duties as an has already acquired numerous small animals--3 educator at a nearby college. It has been her major lambs, 2 - piglets, 4 geese, 2 ducks, a cat, and a dog. enterprise since retirement in 1954. There also are many turtles on the grounds. A cow The camp's recreation program is open to girls and 10 hens provide the family with milk and eggs. from 6 to 18 years of age. Campers may.register In addition to the varied recreation facilities that for I month, or for all of the 2-month season. Sepa- are to be available on this site, deepsea fishing boats rate programs are provided for different age groups: are available- nearby and numerous scenic or bistori- those 6 to 10 years old, those from 11 to 13, and an cally interesting places are close enough for after- older group of girls. However, since camp spirit noon or one-day trips from the campground. A new and personal adjustment are major aims of the camp beach, owned and developed by the State, isonly about program, some girls are allowed to fit in with the 6 miles away. Several restaurants are located there group in which they are happiest. Work"and play, and swimming pools are being built. responsibility and relaxation, and learning and loafing The owner pointed out that the potential number of are intermingled in a well-integrated camp schedule. campsites available will,be limited only by the demand Each girl has a series of assigned tasks that may for them. The 60 acres of woodlands can provide include at various times during the period table hundreds of very desirable sites if they are properly setting, helping in the dining room, acting as hostess, planned. He intends to provide drinking water and responsibility for raising and lowering the flag, toilet and shower facilities for the areas as rapidly as, policing up the grounds and recreation halls, and business requires. His water comes from wells. helping to welcome guests to the camp. Hiking, Sewage disposal is by septic, field planned and laid riding, swirnlryfing, arts and crafts, tennis, softball, .,out according to local regulations. volley ball, ir"chery, woodslore, and other camping From their own camping experiences and observa- favorites are supervised by a large staff of experts, tions, the owners said that they believe most campers many of whom are teachers or college students in are. middle-income families with several children. physical education or related interests. Camp-grown In 10 years of camping experience, they have had no evening entertainment is in the charge of the campers unpleasantness with other campers and nothing and counselors. Often riotous backstage, as well as damaged or stolen. "Most people -are more likely, in. front, these programs provide an outlet for artistic to come up and offer you something if they think you talents from buffoonery to opera. Group singing, are short;. there is a very strong fellowship among operettas, orchestra, and choral programs under able the camping fraternity.' observed the operator. directors add to the variety. Still other programs include classes in various forms of the dance, Indian lore and ceremonies, camp newspaper and (lesg EXAMPLE 12: A SUMMER CAMP FOR GIRLS. popular with the girls) personal coaching or tutoring on school subjects in which their parents believe they The evolution of -an old-time, marginal, hill farm need extra training. into a modern recreation resource is demonstrated A training program'in camping administratio In is b a summer camp for girls in, western Virginia. particularly beneficial to. selected girls. Qualified 71 girls at least 16 years old, interested in camping, is mai ntained for camper @use, together with 6 to 8 and willing to assist with the program, are eligible to jumpers and numerous ponies and pets. Stray dogs become Senior Campers whosfe responsibilities are and cats gravitate to camp during the season and are general but important. Qualified girls -at least 17 supported sub rosa by the girls and the staff. years old may become Counselor.'s, Aides with greater I Since this property is an inholding, surrounded by responsibilities and added privileges as campers. - a national forest, friction and conflicts of interest Junior Counselors usually are girls skilled in special are-'possible. Relations, however, are reported to activities, who work with the adult counselors intheir be excellent. The Forest Service permits the camp specialities, work with the -younger children, help with to utilize hiking and riding trails on national forest cabin and camp discipline and perform relatedduties. lands,- provides materials for education displays Several of the regular counselors were trained'and to facilitate the camp's training program and also developed during earli'er years at this camp. provides occasional staff specialists for lectures The camping program is open to any girl applicant on forest and wildlife subject .s. Additional services whom the management feels will fit into the group probably would be available if needed. and benefit from the activities. The facilities are Land use on the'camp complements the Forest made available to a church-sponsored high school Service program in many respects. The girls are conference for a week each year before'the regular trained in good forest manners, fires are prevented, camp opens. The only expense to the group is for wildlife is protected, timber growth is encouraged, food services. and water is conserved by small dams on the head- Most girls attending this camp live in Maryland, waters of streams.and by the permanent ground Virginia, and Washington, D. C. Most of them are cover. If -it were financially feasible, some of the from well-educated families, generally of the white old fields would be planted to desirdble'geedling tree collar class In government, industry, or trade. Their species rathet than allowed to reseed naturally in numbers often include girls from foreign countries. old-field pine. However, natural reseeding is pro- Top capacity for the facilities is 150 girls'; the gressing rapidly. optimum is in the neighborbood of 140 girls. About The only timber cut in recent years has been used two-thirds of the girls enroll for the full 2-month 'to construct the buildings. Contract pulp cutting was program of July and August. tried on a small scale with unsatisfactory results. Camp fees are $185 for 4 weeks or $335 for the -full Limited numbers of timber trees probably will be 8-week season. A basic registration fee of $15 is@ marked by professional foresters for selective re- charged all girls accepted. The girls Also pay for moval over the next few years. horseback riding in excess of stated'amounts, for . Riding and hiking trails, together with a minimum laundry, personal items, and special tutoring if it is of service roads, provide access to all parts of the provided. Although the camp carries liability insur- property and tie into the surrounding county and ance and has its own medical program, parents are State highway system and national forest trails. encouraged to carry additional camper insurance These are available if needed for fire control, wild- costing about $0.75 a week to cover possible expenses life management, or other desirable public purposes. for hospitalization or medical needs unrelated to Hunting and fishing are allowed in season by personal camp liability. permit from the owner. A large staff is required for the Intensive and Some of *the outlying fields are sufficiently level varied program. Between 35 to 40 counselors are and fertile for crop production, but -their isolation employed to maintain a rough ratio of 1: 3 or 1: 4 girls. from operating farms makes their productive use Two nurses, a dietitian and an assistant, 5 cooks uneconomic. The saddle horses are pastured on and assistants, 5 stableboys, 4 workmen, and the some. areas when they are not in use at the camp. manager keep the camp functioning properly. They are not kept at camp during the off-season. From the nucleus of the original farmhouse, gran- The Isolated position of this property causes ary, and smokehouse, a sprawling camp has been difficulty during the off-season. Few people are built. It includes the house, 15 sleeping cabins, the willing to live in the'back.dountry, and it is difficult kitchen and dining hall, the recreation hall, craft to hire dependable caretakers. Consequently, some shop, 3 guest houses, the stable , and corrals, the thievery and vandalism occur around the buildings. store and snack shop, the clinic, and 4 or 5-other Trespass and poaching also are unresolved ownership buildings. Savings from salary, profits from the problems. Unscrupulous operators, for example, camp, and other private moneys were invested in the cut truckloads of Christmas trees from the outlying project. fields without'benefit of permit, and hunters disregard Beginning with the original 96-acre tract inherited the posted property lines. in 1911 or 1912 by her father and another 18 acres . An amusing sidelight to camp management problems he purchased later, the present owner -has added was brought up. Apparently, relatively few youngsters four more contiguous tracts since 1932. Approxi- become homesick. Parents homesick for their chil- mately 400 acres from six separate ownerships have dren create more disturbance and extra work than do been combined into a debt-free enterprise worth the campers. A busy, active program during their roughly $150,000. Most of the Investment is in land waking hours and careful placement of counselors in andbuildings. Camping facilities are kept consciously each cabin' of girls prevents the development of rustic and simple. A string of about .30 riding horses incipient camping problems. A 'certain amount of 72 youthful high spirits and pranks are to be expected game. A 65-acre lak .e provides bass, blue gill, among the older campers and the younger counselors. catfish, and trout fishing; 15 miles of the approxi- These 'are kept within bounds without shutting off mately 25 miles of streams on the property are the desired freedom and imagination represented by stocked trout waters, and 6 spring-fed pools provide the camp spirit and program. On a few occasions, trout fishing alone. boys from the area have pulled nighttime pranks that Trout reaiing is a major activity. , It takes about caused minor uproars among the girl campers but 2 years to raise a 12- to 14-inchtrout. About 100,000 no major incidents have developed. -are raise7d.-per year. A majority of these fish are Accidents and 'various kinds of illnesses are cai- sold on the premises; they maybe fished or purchased culated risks from group activities. Counselors for, the same price. Occasional parties will hook and nurses care for minor cases dnd,local doctors and take trout worth several hundred dollars. Some or the hospital in a nearby city are utilized 'as of the redred trout also are sold to sportsmen's needed. clubs, private pond owners,, and others for stocking Plans for the future expansion or further dev6lop- purposes. Fishing goes on the year around. ment are 'limited. The owner is el,derly-and feels Since this is a licensed shooting preserve under that the present enrollment is optimum for, manage- West Virginia laws, records are kept of the number ment purposes. The acreage is sufficient 'to allow of ring-@necked ph *easants, mallard ducks, quail, and widespread outdoor activities, especially since nation- wild turkeys released and also of those shot during al forest lands can be used * for extended trips. the 6-month hunting season. There is no bag limit Future owners might enlarge the facilities, or they on the birds raised. Contrary to the practice on t many smaller shooting preserves, a floating stock might decide that certain values from camping would be sacrificed if the girl: land ratio was narrowed. of birds is kept out @.all the time. About 75-percent recovery was reported. Some of the rest mate and nest, some stray, some are crippled and die, and HUNTING AND FISHING ENTERPRISES foxes and other animals kill others. A regular trap- line is operated to keep down the vermin population Some hunting or fishing facilities are small, rustic, that preys on the birds. economical, single-purpose, and utilitarian. Others Deer, squirrels, rabbits, and grouse are also to be may be, *small, exclusive,,and expensive or large and found on this posted refuge. They may be hunted by open, to- the general public. The six examples of club members during the-State season and with the shooting clubs that follow, demonstrate a wide range proper licenses and bag limits. of financial situations and of problems in manage- The land is managed for wildlife production. Mast ment. One of them has fishing as a major comple@ is an important woodland product, and proper browse mentary enterprise,, two ha *ve stocked ponds for is more important to this operation than would be member enjoyment, and three are examples of single- timber for pulp or sawlogs. In fact, standing timber purpose recreation activity. is sold off in strips and patches as soon as it begins A series of three fishing camps all from the same shading and killing off the brushy understory. area was selected for the variety of services they Hickory trees Are saved for the nut crop,- and provide. , They range from a temporary, mobile@., adequate oaks are left for acorns. A small ni.Amber operation to an expanding permanent enterprise.. of native chestnuts have survived the blight, andsome An example of an outfitting and guiding service was of them are large enough. to produce a few nuts.@ Den also selected foicase study. trees for squirrels, brush for rabbits, and berry- bearing plants are preserved as important adjuncts to good environmental conditions. EXAMPLE 13: A LARGE HUNTING AND FISHING Some 150 acres of open meadow are maintained, CLUB and other fields are planted to buckwheat and corn for wild animal and bird feed. Corn shocks, shelled The fruits of 30 years of planning and hard work corn, and'buckwheat are put out in strategic sites in by one man are represented by this hunting and fishing winter. This practice reduces mortality, makes for camp. The club is a privately owned corporation greater reproduction, and prevents straying. and caters to about 1,000 members, their families, n to provision of ideal natural habitat This attentio and their invited guests is reflected in excellent hunting conditions and satis- The owner, trained for teaching, 'graduated from fied hunters. The record on deer hunting for the college in 1930. But he had an idea for reclaiming 1959 season was 71 hunters and 57 deer; the 1960 and utilizin .g some of the abandoned farms near the season record was 80 hunters and 46 deer. No community in which he was raised. He began buying record was available on the rabbits, squirrels, and land and, except for three years of teaching, has grouse taken. From 4,000 to 5,000 birds-a -primarily spent nearly his full time in building and operating pheasants and mallard ducks--a.re raised or purchased this hunting and fishing enterprise. for release on the property. Turkeys and quail The club contains 2,050 acres in a single block apparently are harder to hunt in this- environment, built from 27 -separate owner-ships. A variety of and the demand for them is less intense. wooded areas interspersed with open fields, streams, Club members are predominately men but wives and steep lands provides cover for a wide range of and children may come as guests. Few *women hunt; 73 more are likely to fish. The membership is wide- management training and the good will developed by spread throughout southwestern Pennsylvania, Ohio, the father and son. Maryland, Washington, D. C., West Virginia, and New Good will and being businesslike sometime require Jersey. Some members joined as a result of paid diplomacy or extreme firmness. it was mentioned, advertising but more probably came through "word for example, that they must maintain the trust of the of mouth." There is no single distinguishing type of game wardens to protect themselves and their bus!- clientele. Hunters are of all ages and all income ness. They make certain that the hunters know the brackets. Fishers include wives and children. law--and if game is killed Illegally it must be re- Some members have belonged to the club for 25 ported and the consequences, taken. They are firm years. Others come and go. Among the fishermen, about hunter trespass; only members may hunt on particularly, many of the members* average four or this property. Working relations must be maintained five visits during the year. Afew members fish for with game wardens in two States because the property a while almost every weeke .nd. line on the east is also the State line between West Fees charged are as follows: wild turkeys, $10; Virginia and Maryland. When crippled deer cross quail, $2.50; ducks, chukars, and ringnecks, $4 each; State lines where hunting seasons differ, mutual trout, $1.50 per pound; deer huntinj@permit, $25 for understanding and trust between the owners and the the season (whether or not a deer is killed). A mem- game wardens become singularly important. bership fee of $15 entitles the member and accom- Generally speaking, this operation appears to be panied guests to hunt or fish. Prices quoted include about what the present operators can handle adequately. guides, use of dogs, cleaning of game, and trans- They can expand, however, if the recreation pressure portation of hunters on the game preserve. warrants an increase in the future. Available capital The owners take justifiable pride in their 30-year for fish feed and a few major improvements would be accident-free record. Part of the credit lies in the major limitation. hard and fast rules that must be obeyed: absolutely no drinking hunters and no wandering around loose in the woods. The owners praise the generally high level of sportsmanship displayed by the members and EXAMPLE 14: A SMALL SHOOTING PRESERVE admit willingness to return the membership fee of anyone who will not obey the rules. A small shooting preserve almost astride the Forty miles of roads and trails cover the refuge. Mason-Dixon Line, and about 2 hour's drive over These are used for hunting, patrolling, trapping, good roads from either Baltimore or Washington, moving machinery, feeding the game, removal of D. C., illustrates one way in which hunting pressures timber, and so on. can be satisfied. The owner, his son, and Ia neighbor are occupied From October 15 to March 30, whenever the full time by the operation. During the huntingseason, weather is satisfactory, this recreation enterpris 'e is 10 to 15 additional men are hired as needed for guides available to the public for. a $10 minimum daily fee and drivers, and for other duties. The three-men with a guarantee of two birds. An additional charge can handle about 13 hunters at a time on raised game of $5 for cocks or $3.50 for hens is made for any but the proportion drops for wild game hunting. The number of birds beyond the guarantee. Reservations three men also work at the fish ponds and, in a are scheduled for.only one party at a time and the pinch, their wives help out. owner personally guides each hunting party. Guests This hunting and fishing enterprise has been the .can use his dogs or bring their own as they wish. ,major business for several years. A lime quarry Present capacity is two bunting parties a day. Sun- on the property is leased out and timber is sold on day hunting is not allowed by the owner. the stump. Plans for future expansion are indefinite; Hunters can shoot in the preserve over a 5 1/2 to they depend upon the demand for facilities and on 6 month season, regardless of the State public hunting availability of cash for the improvements and carrying season, and no bag limit is imposed. A State or costs. Expansion of the bird enterprise would be easy. county hunting license is required by law. Non- It would be more difficult and expensive for the trout- resident hunters can get a special county shooting rearing enterprise. preserve license. Presently, no'meals are served, and only three Probably 75 percent of the patrons in 1960-61 rustic cabins are available for overnightaccommoda- were from Baltimore and Washington, D. C., perhaps tions. The club members patronize hotels,. motels, 20 percent were local hunters, and the rest were and restaurants of the region. Beside the guiding from scattered locations. The proportion from the and driving services provided, the three men dress local area formerly was greater, but unemployment out the game (only gut the deer). Dogs are available and the generally, tight local business situation in if the hunters want them, and a few fishing poles are late 1960 sharply reduced the number of local hunters. kept handy. Men comprise about 95 percent of the patrons. To see this layout on a quiet afternoon, one might Ordinarily they are of the "white. collar" group, not realize that it represents about half of a million although a wide array of occupations is represented. dollars. About half is in real estate and the rest in Their ages range from elderly men downward to young the trout and game inventories. A less tangible in- adults. The owner has a hard and fast rule against vestment is represented by the longtime. specialized guiding children on a hunt. He says: "It's bad 74 enough to' have an occasional man carelessly point is having financial difficulties largely because oi his shotgun in my direction. Kids and guns just are conditions outside its control. Most of its members too dangerous." represent industries that use. the facilities for busi- At least 97 percent of the hunters are true sportsmen ness entertainment. The recession and a general and gentlemen, although the operator has "encouraged tightening of restrictions relative to tax-deductible a few individuals not to return." He does not allow use business expenses have reduced member activity. of liquor by hunters and has other practical rules This club occupies more than 2,000 acres, of which of deportment for hunter safety. approximately 20 percent is owned and 80 'percent Facilities are simple, and the cover is kept as is leased. Roughly 600 acres are used for-actual natural as possible. The preserve is on a 425-acre hunting purposes. The rest constitutes a buffer zone dairy farm. About a third of the area is in woods, to protect the operation from poachers. The cover additional acreage is in wooded draws, watercourses, distribution is claimed to be ideal for excellent fence rows, and weedpatches. Experimental plantings' hunting. Various types of crops are planted in the for additional cover and food, unsatisfactory so far, open fields to provide feed and cover for the birds are being continued on a small scale. after they Are released. This is a small operation. Although replacement The owner had operated on a lease basis until 1959 birds were raised on the premises in earlier,years, when he bought control of the headquarters area. it is cheaper and simpler to buy the birds as needed Investment in housing, several ponds, and other facili- from a nearby wholesaler. ' The birds are held in ties has been a serious financial drain. simple wire pens until a few hours-before the - This club has been in operation for about 5 years. hunters are due. They are then released in good Quail, pheasant, cbukar, and mallard duck hunting is cover over the hunting . area. Hunting recovery provided during the regular 6-month season. Other averages about 70 percent. A few birds probably game and fish may be taken during their respective escape to other areas, but foxes catch injured bir 'ds legal seasons. In addition, the club off ers three pigeon that escape the hunters,* as well as most of those shoots during the 6 months of the year when preserve missed in the day's gunning. shooting is not allowed. These are well attended and The shooting preserve seems to be satisfactory to reportedly very successful. They are open by invita- the operator, the landowner,., and the hunters. The tion only. operator has a small processing enterprise that Club i membership is limited to corporations and requires a few hours of his time each* morning. He single members. A permanent hunting permit costs is slightly handicapped by an injury that prevents individuals $300 and corporations $500. Annual dues steady, full employment. The preserve and his other are $ 100 per individual'and $150 per corporation. An enterprise complement each other in time required additional $50 a year is charged each member for and the work is within his capacity. He leases the locker rent and storage. Excise taxes are added to preserve from his brother, who* is a full-time dairy these fees. farmer. Membership is limited to 75 hunting licenses. The hunting season usually occurs while the cattle Up to five officers of corporations, however, may sign are confined, and it" is a simple matter to hurit in the application and exercise membership privileges. areas some distance from fields or meadows.Where Shooting rights and use of facilities are limited to the herd may be at other times. members and their invited guests. -'About two-thirds The hunters can be sure that birds are available. of the memberships are held by corporations. Most They can come singly if they prefer to h@nt alone; or of the guests at the club are men, although occasion- they can make up parties for a morecongenial outing. Ally hunting parties are planned to include members' Many parties of four to six people have been accom- Wives. modated. More than this number in a party adds to Members primarily represent large business in- the danger of accident and. detracts from individual terests of the region. Their guests come from most enjoyment. Iof the major business centers. The owner estimated' Plans for future expansion Are indefinite. Work that probably residents from 30 States patronize the in local factories has been slack, Baltimore and 'facilities during a shooting season. Washington are too far away for most prospective Members and guests spend about $100 per day for hunters, and the operator's own future health ar e room, b 'oard, and birds, although these costs can be all factors. Birds are easily available from whole- reduced 'somewhat by limiting the numbers of birds sale producers if hunter pressure increases. actually shot. Room, meals, and incidentals cost Among major problems mentioned were the foxes $20 per person per day. Guides cost $8 per half- that kill loose birds overnight and difficulties with day or $12 per day plus tips. Thirty bird dogs are trespassing hunters. Neither of these, however, maintained for use by the guests. For the use of was considered a serious limitation to future opera- two or more bird dogs, there is a charge of $4 per tion or expansion. day per hunting party. Guests are charged $5 for each ringnecked pheasant, chukar, partridge, or mal- EXAMPLE 15: A HUNTING PRESERVE FOR BUSINESS lard duck shot. A charge of $2.50 is made for each EXECUTIVES quail killed. The fees for cleaning and packaging game are $0.50 for large birds and $0.25 for quail. One private membership hunting club in the South A tenant on the preserve cares for the birds and 75 dogs, guides parties, and does part of the cooking. members of the owner's immediate family In addition His wife cooks, cleans the birds, and acts as maid to being incorporated and having a limited number of in the lodge., From six to eight other men in the paying members. community are available as guides if they arenee'ded. The main holding was acquired in 1956 in two Most of the hunting parties stay from 1 1/2 to separate purchases.. One was a farm of about 700 2 1/2 days. - Most company representatives use the acres owned and operated by, the same family for at facilities several times during the season, butusually least three generations. The other, of about 80 acres, the guests are invited only once each year. rounded out the tract. Hunting rights are leased on Approximately 15,000 birds are shot each season. several adjoining ownerships totaling nearly 800 acres. None are raised on the place because of the risk o 'f loss Several' small streams and ponds are stocked for and also because a dependable supplier is n'ot,too far fishing on a permit basis. About 30 acresof corn and away. During each of the last two seasons, hunting 23 acres of milo and soybeans are grown in strips and was provided for between 350 and 400 hunters. patches over 'the fields to provide feed and cover for Business has dropped off more than 30 percent this the quail and pheasants. year largely because of the tight economic situation. About 4,500 birds are needed annually for shooting The three special invitational pigeon shoots held under present membership arrangements. Roughly each summer have enabled this *operator to stay in 500 of these are pheasants. A hatchery is operated business. Another method used to minimize losses to raise the shooting stock, although additional birds is the slaughter and sale of excess" birds. For were bought last year because of high moftality caused example, several hundred ducks .were.on hand at the by disease and feeding proble'ms. end of the season. These were killed, fiozep,_ and A kennel. of more than a dozen dogs and pups pro- sold for $1.50 per bird plus shipping charges. vides animals for hunting and a surplus for training, Returns on the investment of about $iOO,000 have. breeding, or sale. Two riding horses owned by the been disappointing. This operator feels tha 't he resident manager are used'for private riding. These cannot advertise (except by word of mouth) because animals comprise the livestock inventory. of the nature of his clientele. He needs the industrial Three levels of membership are available: individual type of member,and fea:rs that a tightening-up in the at $800. per year,. individual family, at $400, and cor- tax laws relative to business entertainment expenses poration, at $300. Club, privileges are extended to will mean further curtailment in thi 's activity. guests of members f 'or- a $15 grounds fee. A credit Most of the operator's problems are'financia.l. A of $100 fr 'om the membership fee can be applied change in the national economic picture and assurance against game killed. that companies, could cont ,inue to, charge off this type .The -club provides, guides and dogs for the hunting of entertainment as legitimate. expense would go far and will dress and box the game. It "guarantees toward solving his problems, A minor complaint was opportunity to hunt" by providing ample birds and voiced about the variety of complicated st4tistical taking the sportsmen to them, but whether the base reports required by State and Federal agencies. The quota of 4 pheasants for $20 or 8 quail for. $25 is owner's wife keeps a set .'.of daily records, but an bagged depends on hunter ability. Additional birds accountant is required to- fill out the tax@'fdrms and are killed at $5 per pheasant and $3 for quail. other reports Most, members reside in 'srfiall industrial cities A plea was made also for changed dates inIthe 6- 1 within- a 100-mile radius. Guests often are from month hunting season. October (the fir t. month) 'is distant, cities since one of the functions of the club is not a good month in this area. March(th'e' last month) to provide atmosphere.for public relations in addition is the best month of.the six, and indications are that to executive-level employee recreation and personal .April would be good also. April, however, ls closed relaxatidn. Members are of the managerial level, and season on quail because wild coveys begin mating and expense is a minor consideration. Most members nesting, and the theory is that escaped released birds and their guests are true sportsmen--high caliber would nest also. According to this operator, this . people who value opportunities to hunt under ar.least theory is not true, as pen-raised birds die from simulated good wild hunting conditions. starvation rather than adapt to area conditions. In addition to the pens and sheds needed for raising Plans for the future' are indefinite. The operator and holding the quail and pheasants and the dog kennels would like to continue along present lines and increase and runs, the property includes a clubhouse with five his business. Much will depend upon whether. industrial bedrooms, baths, a'lounge, and serving quarters. A membership can be increased and wbether'the mem- catering firm is hired to provide food and services bers will make more intensive use of the facilities. when parties are entertained overnight. The care- taker lives in a small house on the grounds, and a small of *fice building includes facilities for a small overflow of guests when needed. EXAMPLE 16: A LIMITED MEMBERSHIP SHOOTING Most of the hunting parties are scheduled for one day CLUB or for a half day. Often the parties hunt pheasants for half a day, then change toquail. Fewhunters, even A small club provides hunting and fishing benefits members, use the facilities more than once or twice for a limited number 'of business and industrial a season. They are busy men and consequently executives. It is privately owned and is used by value more highly the best possible hunting conditions. 76 The general rule is one or two hunters per guide, The holding is used largely as grazing land and for although occasionally three are'allowed. a weekend retreat where the owner can relax, hunt, In addition to the resident manager, two men are fish will selected friends. employed fulltime and two others part-time. All of The incubators, pens, and other Jacilities for the men can guide if needed. rearing quail remain on the property, although they Plans for the future are uncertain because of the are deteriorating rapidly. Probably $3,000 to $4,000 health of the present owner. Indications-. are that the of capital is thus involved. The owner has no plans present general arrangements will be conti nued. The for reopening -the shooting preserve on his own in-! club controls more land than it now uses,and it would. itiative or for leasing it to other operators. His be.-a simple matter.to stock additional birds and hire attitude is that the potential returns from the additional additional guides. Because corporation.,.use, may in-. enterprise would not be sufficiently large to merit the crease next year, present plans are to double, approxi- additional trouble for him. .. . mately' the numbers of birds. raised for shooting The holding, however, is well"located relative 'to purposes. hunter demand. It is sufficiently large and has No particular financial- problems are involved. In adequate variations in cover conditions for a profit- the past. management was apparently- lax about able bunting and fishing enterprise if an operator economy. Sanitation -around the pens -was lax and were interested. mortality rates were heavy. The breeding program for quality was neglected. Feed was wasted, and so on. These loopholes can be plugged if the owners so desire; the present manager has had long experience EXAMPLE18: A SMALL PUBLIC SHOOTING PRESERVE in this kind of operation and is interested in improving performance. A public shooting preserve in one of the south- As with several other seasonal and specialized re- easthern States demonstrates other aspects of the creational enterprise& studied, competent and depend- hunting enterprise. The young couple in question is able labor is hard to get and- harder to keep. In this well on the way toward financial security and an case, some of the men hired could use only certain enjoyable occupation after , previously trying two dogs or- were personally undependable and therefore other widely divergent occupations. of limited 'usefulness.- This preserve has operated for three seasons and This enterprise probably.will be continued at aboue has yet to experience a really good year. Develop- its present member capacity, unless some of the mem- ment expenses are heavy, and bad luck has dogged hers feel that an increase in use would be beneficial the operations. The couple is narrowing the risks in their business relations. it will assume and concentrating on. projects that pay. Their preserve is located on a run-down 215-acre farm strategically located about midway between two fair-sized cities. Its terrain a Ad cover distribution are EXAMPLE 17: A DEFUNCT SHOOTING PRESERVE ideal for a . wide range of hunting conditions. Con- siderable tihie was spent in a study of preserve re- This 1,200-acre 'holding was formerly utilized as quiremerits and in search of the best available location a shooting preserve by the - owner. The operation before this farm was purchased. The supply of hunters was small, although it involved hatching and raising to date has outstripped the supply of birds@ quail, as well as the actual operation of a shooting .` ' In this State, a- key requirement before a preserve preserve. Most of th6 labor was provided by an is licensed for an extended shooting period (October elderly, semiretired man who was hired to maintain I to March 31) is a verified inventory of 4,000 quail the property. for each area to be hunted over. For the regular The owner's occupation required that he move to season, only 300 birds per unit are required. a city too far from the farm to allow close personal These levels -a@e set, reportedly, because quail are supervision. His experience with hired labor in the the native game birds; pheasants and chukar do not quail enterprise was unsatisfactory, and he did not increase in the wild in this area and mallards are want to increase his investment sufficiently to make migratory. Reports on operations are maintained it attractive for a lessee to take over. The hunting and periodic inspections are made by the State wild- had been maintained largely as a hobby for the pleasure life regulatory ag Ients. of a few friends and himselfi During a normal season, probably about 3,000 birds Some fields were placed in the Acreage Reserve should be 'shot from this preserve as it is presently Program, and several ponds,have been constructed. organized. However, this level has not been reached. Permission was granted for him to plant strips of Diseases -in the birds raised on the place and also in cover and feed for quail on the res6rv6dareas. How- flocks of contractors, feeding problems, flight of ever,. these 'fields could - nor then be included in the mallards from the preserve7, and a variety of other hunting preserve. The owne -r still maintains an management problems have harassed the owners.. interest in improved feed and 'cover for bothquail and Inability to provide adequate shooting has limited pheasants, -but he no longer -operates bis.land as a the numbers -of hunters that could be accommodated. shooting preserve. 77 Although the hatching and raising of game birds schools come in small groups. Some fathers bring was reported as an enjoyable part of the operation, sons or husbands bring wives to teach them hunting it was to be dropped because of the expense and time methods. Very few women actually hunt. The only required. The efficiencies of scale and of specializa- requirements for people who shoot on this preserve tion militate for a wholesale size of business in the are a love of hunting and observance of customary breeding flock-hatchery operations, and the raising safety practices. enterprise. The shooting- preserve operator who can The cropland on this reserve was idle for a few find a dependable supplier of satisfactory birds usually years. More recently, the tenant, who also acts as can buy them at less than they would cost to raise and guide, has' worked the allotment of about 3 acres of without the risk that disease or other disaster might tobacco and 3.5 acres of cotton, and has grown a wipe out the operating capital. small acreage of sweet potatoes, 10 to 15 acres of The farm is fortuitously divided about equally into corn for harvested feed, and scattered plots of 100-acre natural units-. Hunting parties normally go soybeans, lespedeza, chick peas, and other seed plants out for the morning or the afternoon. Thus, if the for bird feed. The owner's growing children raise a demand is heavy, as many as four parties per day few calves and hogs for both home consumption and could be serviced on this preserve. However, the sale. No domestic poultry can be kept because of the owners prefer to have only one party at a time and danger of spreading disease among the game birds. limit each party to three guns--for safety. Parties A secondary enterprise that will grow eventually. may include four or five, or possibly six, people but is the breeding, training, board, and, sale of hunting only three at a time may hunt. The rest must stay dogs. One son has a start with English pointers. back out of the shooter's way. His parents have a small start with a relatively little Guides and trained dogs are available and are known breed of Hungarian pointer called Vizala, included in the minimum fee charges. Oneinteresting which they hope to expand. quirk here is that the operators quarantee "a reason- The approximately $2,000 of gross income from this able chance" at pheasants and chukar only if the preserve annually is not an adequate measure of its hunter uses dogs from the preserve. They maintain potential. Reasons beyond the owner's control have that too many privately owned dogs are poorly train- limited, the number of birds available for shooting. ed and, in combination with only fair-to- middling The hunter market in this area is strong, and a con- gunners, too many birds are missed. siderable. increase in scale of hunting is planned. Quail, pheasant, chukar, and mallard hunting is The hatching and growing operations are to be provided on this preserve. Rates charged fluctuate abandoned, and all birds will be purchased from a because of variations in cost of production, percentage reliable grower. Ducks and chukar probably will be of kill, and other factors. The charge for ducks is dropped because they have been unsatisfactory in $5 per duck killed. For the other three, the $25 daily this area. minimum fee includes the "guarantee of a reasonable The tenant, who grows crops on shares and works chance to kill" eight quail, four pheasants, or six on the preserve for wages as needed, is available for chukar. If one wishes to shoot beyond these minimums additional guiding. Both the owner and his wife guide the rates for each additional bird in 1§61 Were $2 when they are needed,and plan toward the time when per quail, $5 per pheasant, and $3.50 per chukar. all three will be guiding. Their growing sons already When operations are on an extended-season basis, the care for the dogs and birds. They will help with the limit is 16 quail per day, with no limits on the other hunting as they mature. varieties of birds raised. Some study has been made of adding a small trap The birds killed @re dressed out at $0.25 for quail, shoot in one area of the preserve. It would serve or $0.50 for pheasants or chukar. The hunters can as a warm-up for stale hunters before they go out wait for the dressed birds or have them frozen for for live birds and would be used for practice and later delivery. An occasional guest. is picked up at sport at other times. the- airport or his hotel and. driven to the preserve, although this is not a regular service. * As with pro- vision of lodging and food, these operators feel that other people are equipped to provide all that is EXAMPLE 19: A BOAT AND BAIT BUSINESS needed. Most patrons of this preserve are residents of the Two young men operate on a large lake popular for two adjoining urban areas. The rest of the hunters almost year-round fishing. A houseboat, floated to are friends of these patrons, and come from other a public access area and anchored close to shore, is areas. Extensive local advertising was practiced their operating base for sale of bait, other supplies, during the first two years. No advertising was done and for motor and boat rentals. this year because birds were not available--all of This partnership began operation in November 1959 the ducks flew away with a wild flock, a heavy per- with their houseboat headquarters, 15 boats, 2 motors centage of the quail raised on the farm died from a few cane poles, and a s mail stock of - supplies. They disease, and the wholesaler-producer also lost most also sell fishing licenses and do a small amount of of his birds. guiding. Most of the hunters are from middle-to high- income They operate from 6 to 8 months, depending on brackets, although some college students from nearby weather. Usually, they move the houseboat about 78 twice a year as the kind of fishing changes. In 1960, fishermen. They spoke highly of the people, and a hurricane reduced the season appreciably and se- said very few visitors caused any problems. A very riously affected their business. Their Investment is small amount of litter was scattered around and these roughly $6,000 in boats, motors, the houseboat, and men keep this picked up for the trash people to haul supplies. They charge $.2 per half-day or $3 for a away periodically. They forsee a growing need for full day for boats, and $5 per half-day or $8.50 for their kind of services as the number of access points a full day for boat and motor. A few people rent declines on the lake and the prospective numbers of cane poles for $0.25 cents a day. License sales in fishermen increase. 1960 amounted to about $1,000, which was relayed to the appropriate State agency. The gross income from this small, 2 -man enterprise was $12,000 to $13,000 in 1960. It appeared that the EXAMPLE 20: A FISHING CAMP AND RESORT," gross business would be appreciably larger in 1961. Access to the lake is hampered by dredging and Three families make a living from a fisl@:['@g@'camp@ diking 9perations for flood prevention and control. on 4 acres lying on both sides of a highwdy@.Where-it A limited number of access points are provided crosses a river that empties into a large lake. The through or over the levees. Boat launching sites owner has received notice that his-property i@, and boat.facilities are at a premium. required for flood protection improveme .nt works,, Fishermen from all over the United States stop Within a few months. at this access point. The location is popular and on This operation was begun in 1947 and now 6oin'sis"t Is of the dock bait store, a parking area for 46,hchii@@ many weekends more than 100 cars or cars with boat trailers are parked there. The 4-place launching trailers, 7 motel units, and one house, which togeth@er. area is crowded on such days. During the major will accommodate about 50 people, 36 boat s about:'a fishing season, probably 75 percent of the fishermen dozen outboard motors, and supplies an 'd stores are from a radius of 100 miles. During the rest of inventories. The estimated valuation is 185,000, the time, the proportion is about half local and half although the public agency has offered only' $ ' 71,000 out-of-State, or State beyond the 100-mile radius. for it. No allowance was made for thebusiness,good- , Inquiry about requirements for permits or licenses will built up over the years. showed that no regulation would prevent their opera- Four men and two women are employed @ftill-,time'. tions so long as they created no public nuisance and, One of these men, in addition to work on the@ dock,: and did not endanger naviation. I The local Chamber of around the living area, catches bait, commercia1ly. r Commerce and the County Board of Commissioners The men are hired occasionally to pide-, -fishing sanctioned their enterprise and the flood control parties. The business is open all year; although@ agency took no action to force their removal, although August through October is a relatively slack period. they were required to pull up several pilings used Gross income is in the range of $45,000 to $50,000 for moorings and substitute anchors. The pilings annually. -Business dropped in 1960 because of a were considered as a possible danger to navigation. hurricane and continued high water. Prospects for Despite rather sharp objections from one nearby 1961 are for about tfie same level of business as in private competitor, these operators plan to continue 1960. The number of customers is down slightly. their enterprise and expand operations with possibly About 75 percent of the customers at this camp 10 more boats and another two or three motors, come from a radius of 100 miles. Several elderly depending upon the demand. There is some con- couples from northern States rent housing facilities fusion about plans, regulations, and future business from this operator for 4 to 6 months at a time and possibilities related to operation of privately owned reserve space year after year. Also, some of the facilities on this lake. The flood control agency has trailer owners have returned for several years. The an easement for the levee and will supervise its operator is proud of his repeat trade. maintenance; another agency will be responsible for The rates charged are $35 per week for a motel maintenance and management; still other agencies unit (rates vary on a daily basis) and $25 per month regulate fishing, health standards, and soon; yet other for trailer space and facilities. Boats are rented at agencies claim the lake and its bottom; and much of $2 a day, boats with 5 hp. motors for $7 a day plus the access along the shoreline is private property. gas, and boats with 10 hp. motors rent for $10 plus These operators would like to acquire a permit or gas. long-term lease that would allow them to invest No plans for future operations had been made be- roughly $20,000 in a seawall, to protect a boat basin, cause of the unsettled legal status. Until recently, and build a, dock with a small restaurant and store the owner had hoped to expand his boat landing facili- on the pier. They believe the recreation trade will ties and increase the motel capacity. Arrangements grow, and that they could afford the risks of periodic inundation if their contract covered a sufficiently long lLater discussion with the civilian engineer in charge of period. They have financing arrangements. dredging and diking work disclosed that a series of recreation These young men live in a nearby small city and areas is planned for the completed projects and that a system commute to the shore. They hope to increase their of permits has been put into force. To date, however, most permits have been to local public agencies. Responsible private modest incomes through expanded and improved parties could acquire permits for activities not in conflict with service. They like the work and the contacts made with the primary purpose of the works of Improvement. 79 may possibly be made yet, but the operator is elderly their own boats may launch them and use a covered and doubts that he will start over again. slip at the dock free of charge. If condemnation proceedings are pressed and the Dock charges are $0.50 per night or $7.50 per business is closed, several hundred sports fishermen month, with proportionate weekly and bi-weekly rates. will be inconvenienced. Five major fishing camps The fee for use of the ramp is $0.50. Boat rentals in this area face closure. This contingency will include the boat, motor, and gasoline. A large boat leave no facilities on this part of the lake. It Is capable of seating six passengers rents for. $12.50 estimated that $500,000 of business is generated by per day or $7 per half day. Smaller boats rent for these camps and that an additional $500,000 is spent $2 the first hour and $1.25 for each additional hour, by fishermen while they are in the local area. Con- $5 for a half day, or $9 for a full day. Bait, tackle, fusion exists locally about the rights and opportunities and other commonly needed fishing supplies are sold of these private owners after the works of improve- at the dock by the attendant. ment are installed. The small campsite is available for tent or trailer camping at $1 per day for each site. If a trailer is hooked up to lights, water, and septic tank, the EXAMPLE 21: A GROWING FISHING RESORT charge is $1.50. Space is adequate for about six campsites. Two Boy Scout troops from nearby cities A privately owned fishing camp on a large inland camp twice a year on the grounds free of charge. lake provides recreation facilities and services for Other similar service or worthy groups would receive 20,000 to 25,000 people annually. The facilities are the same privilege if It were requested. simple and utilitarian, but the services are ample. Trade has been reasonably good here and frequently This camp was originally developed in the mid- facilities are fully utilized. Plans are underway to 1930's shortly after. a new highway provided access add a modern 15- to 20-unit motel and swimming to this side of the lake. The present owner bought pool in one corner. of the property and to remodel or the 7-acre tract in January 1960. He has made rebuild the restaurant. The motel will attract a more extensive additions and improvements. Presentfacili- luxury-minded type of clientele for the resort phase ties include five 2-room cabins, (three are air-condi- of the business and may add appreciably to the service tioned), and two I-room cabins; an office and resi- requirements for boats, supplies, and guide services. dence cabin; a restaurant; a gas station; a 45-place Several groups picnic or hold other day outings at the dock and bait-house; a picnic area; and a small camp- camp. A small open-air pavilion is planned to ing area. Beside the gas station is a small wire shed shelter these groups in case of rain. Considerable containing a display of 3 raccoons and 2 bobcats. dredging . has been done to deepen and widen the This facility is open all year and business is fairly channel around the dock. Landscaping and seeding stable. A slight bulge in business occurs in February, remains to be completed when the weather is favor- March, and April. Approximately two-thirds of the able for it. fishermen come from adjoining areas within a 100- The 1960-61 business dropped about 25 percent be- mile radius. The rest are from widely scattered low the comparable 1959-60 period. this is reflected locations--the rest of the State, Ohio, Michigan, in cabin rentals, boat rentals, and the restaurant Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Illinois, Kentucky, and (where 400 to 500 pounds of fish per week were sold scattered other States, in that order. During 1960, in fish dinners compared with 700 to 800 pounds about 8,200 guests stayed in the cabins (manyof these previously). A small part of the decline may be people also used the fishing facilities) and 8,300 accounted for by an improved short-cut road to a others visited the camp by the day to rent boats. nearby major city, although most of it reflects the Others used the trailer unloading ramp to get private smaller number of tourists this year. boats into the water. No record of meals served This business seems to be fin -ancially sound and had at the restaurant Was available, but business was no major problems. Perhaps the most aggravating, good. The gas station is operated on a commission in addition to the long hours on duty.required from basis. key employees, was the poor quality and undepend- Present sleeping accommodation capacity is 32 ability of help. Many are seasonal drifters and adults in the cabins and 12 in the owner's home nearby. roamers who do not accept responsibility and will, Dock facilities are available for 42 boats of upto not stay on a job for any length of time. 4-foot draft. Additional migrant craft can be fueled A problem of area-wide concern to recreationists loaded and unloaded, and so on, from the dock. The on this lake results from a flood control program restaurant can serve 300 to 400 meals per day with involving dikes and canals being installed by the no difficulty. Corps of Engineers. Several other fishing camps Nine people are employed regularly in addition to have been bought out recently in preparation for the owner, who works part of the time, three cooks, diking extensions. Access to the lake, already drasti- three waitresses, one dock attendant, one gas station cally limited, is being further reduced. The future attendant, and one handyman. for both public and private access to t 'his very large Rental rates on the rather rustic and plain cabins body of water is of the first order of concern locally. are $3 a day single and $2.50 per person per day The question of the effect of the flood control double. A discount of I day per week is allowed for program on Water levels and fishing grounds is of rentals lasting 2 weeks or more. Tenants having major concern also. The feeling is strong that many 80 natural feeding areas will be destroyed along with booking trips only every 2 or 3 years. A few have the removal of access. The financial loss in this other employment during the off season. This is rommunity, in consequence, might be severe. The primarily because of the need to live in town for the loss of actual recreation opportunities may be ap- schooling of their children. preciable if positive steps are not taken by the Corps The average summer pack trip party probably of Engineers, the State, and local communities to averages about 18 to 20 guests. Some special parties provide adequate public parking spaces and public or groups may number as high as 50 or more guests. access points for boat launching, as well as shore Some outfitters and guides who specialize in summer fishing. In addition, adjustments are needed to per- trips operate almost every day in the summer, mit private camp operations and maintenance of handling 15 to 20 parties. A few operators have two adequate habitat for fish propagation. and occasionally three pack strings in the mountains at all times. This type of operator will meet a party on the trail outbound. from the ranch, take it into the EXAMPLE 22: OUTFITTING AND GUIDING SERVICE mountains, return at the conclusion of that trip, pick up another party and repeat the process. The work Several hundred private operators provide recrea- schedule of one operator was so intense that, if nothing tion opportunities for others by collecting the material unforeseen happened, be would be at home 2 nights needed, planning the trips, and conducting groups on between June 5 and September 15, 1961. sightseeing, hunting, fishing, or just plain fun trips The cost of summer pack trips varies somewhat be- into out-of-the-way places where the average person -cause of size of party, length of stay, and type of could not hope to go without help. trip. Generally speaking, a summer pack trip can be These trips, as a group, use practically every kind enjoyed at rates ranging from $12 to $20 per day, of motive power--foot, horse, boat, automobile or per person. truck, or jeep, plane, or train--to reach wild and In most instances, hunting trips are based on a 10- rugged areas uncluttered by the easier modes of day hunt for which the guest pays $300 to $400. Some twentieth century living and by masses of people. outfitters will take hunters on a day-to-day basis, The Montana Outfitters and Guides Association but they are a small minority. Most outfitters pre- represents about 60 of the approximately 300 out- fer to accommodate not more than 10 buntersin camp fitters and guides licensed by the Montana Depart- at the same time. The average probably is about ment of Fish and Game. Association members are eight men per camp. Most outfitters who specialize essentially "horse outfits." Many of the others de- in hunting parties have about five or six trips per pend largely on jeeps or boats. In this respect, they season, thus totaling an average of 40 to 50 hunters may be compared roughly with examples 28, 29, and per season. Operators of summer pack trips, as 30 (the river runners) and examples 46 and 47 (trail- well as of hunting paries, generally will guide for riders and pack trips). only four or five hunting trips. A few women enjoy In nearly all instances, the Montana outfitters and bunting, but most of the hunters are men. In some guides operate from owned or leased headquarters instances, men bring their sons with them. In but pack or guide onto public lands. Usually, these Montana, a boy must be 12 years of age before he lands are in national forests or national parks and can procure a license to bunt big game. include wilderness and primitive areas. The operators The guests, particularly those for summer pack have lodge or cabin facilities for first- and last-night trips, come from every State and many foreign lodging of both summer pack trips and hunting trips. countries. Both sexes are about equally represented The outfitter provides everything for these trips on summer pack trips. Many children, usually above except items of a personal nature. In most instances, the age of six, accompany their parents. In most the guests provide their own sleeping bags, fishing instances, the summer trips are not too strenuous. and hunting equipment, and so on. Some outfitters, Comparatively short rides are made from ranch to however, have a limited number of adequate sleeping first camp and thence from camp to camp. They bags. The outfitters provide all food and shelter, are enjoyed by many elderly people as well. Just .horses, saddles, wranglers, and other essentials for about anyone can afford a summer pack or hunting a safe and pleasant outing. trip, and probably it is not possible to single out any Many outfitters operate stock and dude or guest distinctive employme Ft or income levels. Those with ranches in addition to their hunting and pac 'k trip more money for vacations may avail themselves of operations. Some of the smdl,ler ones are family-type this type of leisure more frequently, but it would be operations and employ as few as 3 or 4 men during difficult to establish a correlation. the season, while the larger ones may have 35 An officer of the Montana association provided the employees at the peak of the season. During the off following average figures on inventories and expendi- season, some operations have no employees, while tures. The average plant facility, including present others keep two or three men the year around. Those value of ranch, horsesi equipment, accommodations, who are not livestock ranchers spend their winters and so on, is worth about $93,000. The average ex- improving ranch accommodations and facilities, re- penditure for the ranch and packing operation, which pairing equipment, tending their horses and mules, and includes equipment replacement, food purchases, promoting business for the next season.' Many of them horse and mule feed, veterinary supplies and care, make extensive annual booking trips, but some make and so on, amounts to $10,848 per year. The average 81 annual outlay for guest and packing operation personnel sighted who are proposing reductions in these amounts only to $5,909. Obviously, the rangebetween areas, but they have garnered considerable sup- operations is wide. port from the uninformed. . Wilderness and The outfitting and guiding business increased 10 to primitive areas should be established now and 12 percent in 1960 over 1959 for this area. Early 1961 in such a manner that they will not be disturbed was slow, but the tempo of confirmed reservations in the future." picked up in late spring, and by early summer, indi- cations were for a volume of business roughly equal It was emphasized that, wilderness and primitive to that of 1960. The lag in reservations was attributed areas provide watershed benefits that are becoming to the national economic slump and the recent change increasingly important to downstream users. Although in national administration. Both factors were said to Montana is not yet confronted with this problem, have created caution among people planning for other areas, now faced with acute water shortages, luture vacations. at one time enjoyed ample clean water. The future generally appears to be favorable for such recreational services. Many of the operators are expanding and improving their facilities and BEACHES AND BOATING FACILITIES accommodations, looking for additional ways to im- prove their services further, and trying to provide An amazing variety of sports is conducted over, on, their guests with a greater variety of experience for and under the water. The examples chosen for this optimum enjoyment of their vacations. section illustrate the commonplace first and close Promotion is somewhat of a problem. Most of the with the less usual. operators are not promoters. Word-of-mouth ad- Sunny, sandy beaches sandwiched between shady vertising and national magazine stories about pack areas for picnicking and clear waters for swimming trips, hunts, the scenery, or other experiences is are the escape areas used by millions of Americans valuable. Paid advertising is expensive; it is also on weekends and summer evenings. Two examples, diflicult to determine where it will do the most good, both from the Central States, demonstrate differences as clients come from too many places, and their in management of similar resources. A commercial interests cover too broad an area of literature. beach on salt water provides certain contrasts. It was reported that the greatest problems facing These examples are followed by an example of a outfitters probably are financing and promotion. There marina and a yacht club representing the sailing is no easy place for them to secure 'commercial, long interests. term financing. Some of them secure the needed Next are three examples of an unusual type of finances through individuals, while others use their wilderness recreation -- river running -- and an livestock as security for commercial loans. Some example of an unusual beach facility, a sand dune are able to get short term money on personal notes. beach buggy. One operator mentioned that: "There are really very few problems encountered with guests that good fishing and hunting won't cure." The inexperienced EXAMPLE 23: A PRIVATE BEACH riders are given experienced horses and proper in- struction, and are closely supervised. The outfitter This beach is a developed sandpit lake adjoining is continually on the alert for littering and careless the Platte River in eastern Nebraska. It is located handling of matches. Most people would not willfully half-way between two large cities. Although the main do anything to destroy the beauty of the area. attraction is its sand beach and natural swimming The two major problems encountered regarding use area, it also provides facilities for other forms of of public lands are trail maintenance and lackof feed. recreation. These include about 600 picnic tables Many of the operators spend considerable time and and about two dozen boats. The boats can be rented money clearing and improving trails. This problem for a small fee for use in the river and inlets that is discussed frequently with Forest Service personnel. adjoin the swimming area. The river and inlets can Some areas are used heavily and, as a result, feed is also be used for fishing. A modern boathouse is scarce. Other areas have a heavy timber cover which provided without additional charge for those who use is not conducive to an abundance of feed. the beach. A combination restaurant and concession In recent years the so-called "scooters" have sells lunches, snacks, and beverages. Parking space become a problem on some forest trails; imagine a for about 2,000 cars is provided on the property. pack string consisting of 50 or 60 horses coming face However, the parking area is seldom usedtocapacity; to face with a "scooter" on a narrow mountain trail-- it was not filled on any occasion in the last year. havoc reigns. Fortunately, however, manytrails have The beach is now operated as a private club. As been closed to scooters by the Forest Service. such, it can limit membership to people who are One informant mentioned that: orderly. Hot-rodders are turned away, as are unruly or irresponsible members. Apparently, the club "Many, perhaps too many, special interest groups membership feature promotes orderliness in other --and we have been classed in this group by many --would 'whittle away' our wilderness andprimi- tive areas. It is only the selfish and short- 'Personal correspondence with the authors, May 1961. 82 ways. The manager believes that users become more that overnight use, especially for beach parties, is responsible and considerate in their use of facilities accompanied by substantial destruction of property. when they are asked to sign membership cards. Picnic tables are a tempting source of firewood Nonmembers who attempt to use the facilities are during a chilly summer night. informed of alternative recreation facilities open to Most users make repeat visits to this beach. Very the public elsewhere. few are one-time or transient users for either sum- Many families use the facilities. In fact, the beach mer or off-season activities. is viewed as a "family place." The clientele is Although the swimming season lasts only 3 months, composed mainly of middle or lower income families the recreation area is open during the year. A club- from Omaha, Lincoln, and surrounding small towns. house is available to members for steak fries, parties, They may be characterized generally as those who and related meetings. Off-season use of th@ club has do not have private swimming pools, those who do gained in popularity in the last year. A catering not belong to community pool associations, and those service is provided for these parties. From October who may object to the way in which community pools I to May 1, members may bring in other acceptable are operated. people as guests. The beach is also used as a meeting place by . The owner does not plan to expand the facilities. employees of firms in Lincoln and Omaha. Itis espe- However, he will install a locker service for the cially useful for the company gatherings of firms hav- bathhouse during the coming year and has plans for ing offices in both cities. Sone suchcompanyhas used some remodeling to make the facilities even more the facilities for 38 years. sanitary. As a third use, the beach is host to swimming Existing facilities are used at less than capacity. schools. Swimming lessons sponsored by the Ameri- According to the owner, summer use has become can Red Cross are given on weekday mornings during static. This use provides the major share of the the summer. About a dozen small towns in the revenue. In earlier years, when the doors were vicinity send their youngsters here for this activity. open to all, attendance often approached 5,000 people The beach has about 40 acres of water and 20 acres on a summer Sunday. Now, a corresponding Sunday of land. The property abuts Highway 6 on the north. shows an attendance of 2,000 or less. This heavily traveled highway connects Omaha and The owner believes that this reduction in attendance Lincoln. The property adjoins the Platte River on has resulted from two factors. One is the nature of the west for a distance of 1,400 feet. The rest of the the present operation. The second is competition property is surrounded by private land holdings. from beach substitutes. The beach is not advertised, One adjacent landowner is planning to build cottages because it is operated as a club. The owner believes around an abandoned sandpit. The owner spoke that this decreases the attendance. Also, the manager favorably of that development. He viewed the neighbor- turns away people who might have been allowed to ing development as complimentary rather than com- use the facilities if an open-door policy were followed. petitive. Several substitute forms of recreation were cited The 60 acres were originally leased from a sand as possible causes for reduction in attendance. They company. The tract was held in that way for a short are (1) air conditioning in the home, (2) entertainment time before 1923 when it was purchased by the present in the home from television, (3) private, community, owner for $25 an acre. Considerable work was re- and public swimming pools, and (4) the economic quired to clear the property and make it useful for ability of families to go to elaborate lake and resort recreation. Substantial work and materials also went areas. into construction of improvements. Off-season use has increased, although net revenue The owner formed a holding company to operate has increased very little. The owner attributes any under. He chose this form of ownership in order to increase in use to his very capable manager. He limit the liability resulting from lawsuits by users. visualizes no immediate solution to continued opera- Apparently, there were many threatened lawsuits in tion of the facilities at less than capacity. the early days of operation when the facilities were The membership fee of $7.50 per person, or $15 open to public use. Now that the beach is operated per family, is charged for annual memberships. as a club, the number of threatened suits has de- A daily membership can be purchased for $0.50. creased. No fee is required for children under 12 when they At all times during the swimming season, a doctor are accompanied by an adult member of the club. is available on 5-minute call. In addition, the beach The estimated investment in facilities of roughly has a substantial investment in lifesaving and re- $50,000 is probably conservative since improvements suscitative equipment. Despite these precautions, include a clubhouse, a bathhouse, two residences, the owner believes that limiting liability is a necessary picnic tables, boats, outdoor cookers, a lighting precaution. system, resuscitative equipment, 2 miles of roads, The swimming season lasts for about 12 weeks. The an elaborate entrance, parking facilities, and a approximate season is from Memorial Day to Labor warehouse for storing equipment. Day. As a rule of thumb, the beach is closed when The gross annual income from the facility is the attendance does not support a lifeguard. $20,000. Together, the annual operating expenses The length of stay is one day. Overnight use is and the capital depreciation total $25,000. Theopera- prohibited. Experience in earlier years indicated tor has a helper and three to six lifeguards in summer. 83 In addition, the beach pays the salary of a deputy ment or operation of the beach. He believed that the sheriff who is assigned to duty there during the operation was a profitable one. He felt that the clean summer. appearance of the facilities was particularly attractive topatrons. He considered rowdyism a minor problem. EXAMPLE 24: A COMMERCIAL PUBLIC FRESH WATER BEACH EXAMPLE 25: A COMMERCIAL SALT WATER BEACH A commercial recreation area developed around two sandpit lakes is located near a large midwestern city, Its major attractions are the sandy beach and Six similar but slightly different commercially fresh water swimming. Other facilities available operated beaches are located within a small area are picnic tables, fireplaces; rowboats, surfboards, along Chesapeake Bay. Three sell beer; three do and bicycles for rent; trampolines; weightlifting sets; not. The first three cater to business parties; the gymnastic sets; volleyball and shuffleboard courts; others are frequently hosts to church- sponsored and mechanical horses for children. picnics and parties. A large bathhouse and a concession stand also are The beach studied in this example is one of those available for patrons. The concession stand sells selling beer,:t It was the second of the six beaches food, swimming apparel, snacks, and some groceries to be established and is family-operated, although a for making picnic lunches. legal partnership. These sandpit lakes are 12 miles south of the This recreation enterprise operates on 60 acres used large city, 7 miles north of a secondary urban area, for two large picnic areas; a children's playground; a and within a short distance of a large military estab- ballfield for older children and adults; a large lishment. parking area; and a large building housing a restau- This recreational development is open to the rant, a shop for beach necessities, a bar, and ap- public without discrimination. In recent years, a proximately 100 picnic tables. The outside picnic season pass for a family has cost about $15, with areas contain 750 more tables. The beach itself is admission about $0.75 for adults and about $0.25 for approximately 300 feet long and normally (between children. high and low tides) is 15 to 20 feet wide. Most people who use the facilities are from the Fees of $0.50 for adults and $0.25 for children metropolitan area. They are generally families from 6 to 12 years old cover parking, swimming, use of the; middle and lower income groups. Military person- picnic tables, and admission to the bathhouses. nel comprise most of the remaining regular groups of A majority of the people using this beach are users. family groups of average incomes. Few teenagers The property contains about 25 acres. It has two come here "because there are no dances or amuse- lakes which total about 10 acres. The remaining ments for them." The owner-manager implied that beach area is covered with sand and spotted with no amusements would be provided and that teenagers shade trees. A medium-sized river flows along the are a nuisance around such recreation places. Most north side of the property. The east end of the of the visitors are from a nearby metropolitan area; property is adjoined by private land that. is a rough only about I percent comes from local villages. mixture of trees, sand, rockpiles, and abandoned Business usually is brisk every weekend that the sandpits. The property adjoining the beach on the weather is good. At best, however, the season is south is also privately owned. A major highway abuts, only about 10 or I I weeks long. Cool, rainy summers the property on the west, and brings the users to the shorten the season drastically. The beach is openfor beach entrance. business from 8 a.m. to 9 p.m. The average stay is The capacity of the facilities is in excess of 2,500 about 5 or 6 hours. people per day. On weekdays, patrons can use the Although most of the customers are family groups facilities from I p.m. to 11 p.m. On Saturdays and using their own automobiles, a considerable number Sundays, they can enter as early as 9 a.m. The season are members of organizations and use chartered buses. extends from just before Memorial Day to the end of Many families come every week. "On weekdays, the the Labor Day weekend. No off-season activites are wife brings the kids; on weekends, it's the whole offered. family," according to the manager. Some families The facilities are owned and managed by a single have been coming to this beach since it was opened in family, but most of the labor used in the operation is 1933. In addition to the family trade, a great deal of hired. The number of personnel employed per day business is with organized groups. varies considerably from weekdays to weekends. Surprisingly, the beach does quite well during times A weekday might require three lifeguards, two gate when its patrons are not financially well of . The attendants, three or four workers for the concession manager reasoned that "generally, when money is stand, and three helpers to pick up bottles and paper tighter, people don't travel so far and commercial wrappers. On a busy Saturday or Sunday, the number beaches do well." of attendants required for each activity might be This property is valued at about $373,000. The doubled. owners want to sell if they can get a reasonable The person interviewed (an employee) did not know price. Their reasons for wanting to quit the business of any serious problems associated with the manage- include the long and arduous days of work during the 84 season and the rising costs of doing business. college for girls. Last spring, 160 students registered This recreation enterprise was begun almost 30 for sailing lessons. The course ran for 7 weeks, with years ago with the purchase of three vacant lots. one weekly 2-hour class. The first 4 h6urs were spent It was so successful that, several years later, three in shore school, which Included instruction in nomen- private homes nearby were acquired in order to clature, knot-tying, types of rigging, "rules of the enlarge the site. Within the last 10 years, $25,000 road," and water safety. has been spent for jetties to protect this bit of beach A junior sailing program was being instituted in and upkeep costs are $1,000 to $1,500 annually. Just the summer of 1961. It,was to consist of 18 hours of before the interviewer arrived, the owners had hauled instruction in 3-hour classes held once a week for in 40 truckloads of dirt to use in their private trash 6 weeks. The first two sessions were to be in shore dump and paid $200 to have a bulldozer level it. school; the rest in boats. First used by the juniors . These operators maintain that their taxes are too would be the 12-foot catboats, followed later by in- high and the services received too small in.compar-. struction in the 15 1/2-foot sloops. If the number ison. -They cited as an example the badly rutted and of applicants was large enough, the school was to have very rough road that passes their gate. It is only pack-' junior classes 5 days a week throughout the summer. ed gravel-tarred, then cindered. It has never been In addition to the sailing classes mentioned above, in acceptable condition for the traffic load it bears * private lessons are given adults by appointment. Real estate taxes on this property are more than Most of them are held in the evenings from 6 to 8 $1,500 each year. Insurance for employees and p.m. Although many people learn the rudiments of public liability, costs $1,600 a year, and fire and theft sailing quickly, some pupils have been taking lessons insurance costs another $600. There are also beer once- a week for three or four summers. Despite the and food taxes and licenses, including a license for fact that the demand for boats is greatest on weekends, the jukebox. This year the county has added a new this teach er-operator is so vitally interested in tax of $50, for having a radio, television set, or a sailing that he provides boats free of charge on jukebox on the premises. The opera:tor mentioned Thursday evenings and Saturday mornings for the more than a dozen special licenses and taxes he is local Mariner Girl Scouts' sailing program. required to. pay before he can operate a public beach. A boat-rental service has been operated on this Other expenses also are high. General maintenance site since 1936; the present owner has had it since runs to more than $3,000 a year, despite the fact that 1951. The business is privately owned, but plans nearly all work is done by the family or their one are underway to incorporate. There is no local com- year-round maintenance man. petition in sailboat rentals and the only competition The chief complaint, however, is with the State (if it can be so called) for sailing instructions is that Department of Health whose rules, regulations, and given by youngsters to other youngsters. Only row- practices they believe to be too stringent. boats are rented out by other local boating firms. Other facilities, such as the adjacent yacht yard, are complimentary. Rental fees for sailboats are complex, but reason- able. Weekend prices for the least expensive and EXAMPLE 26: A SAILING SCHOOL AND BOAT-RENTAL also for the most expensive ones are shown below: SERVICE Ist hour 2nd hour AM PM Day Week Mo. Many yacht clubs provide sailing lessons for 12'. boat $2.00 $1.00 $3 $6@ $9 $25 $75 children of club members; other young people learn (can carry from parents or friends; still others join college or 2 people) other clubs to learn the art of sailing and to be able 20' boat $7.00 $3.50 $12 $20 $30 $105 $315 to practice it without having to bear the expense (6 people) of boat ownership. . However, many other people who haven't such opportunities to learn to sail are Straight hourly rates are charged a 'fter 6 p.m. A interested in this pastime; their only recourse is discount of 10 percent from the above 'rates is made commercial instruction. Private. lessons are some-@- for weekday use. Private sailing lessons are $2 per times available where sailboats are rented. Too hour, plus,rental of the boat. frequently, however, these lessons are almost pro- Clients who rent the sailboats range from 8 to hibitively expensive. Also, they are inadequate. 70 years in age. College students predominate in A novel sailing school was developed during the spring and fall. Most cll@nts are of the middle- last decade in a New England town noted for its income bracket and many of the adults are profes- harbor and famed for years as ithe home port of sional men. A number of doctors arrange to spend sailing men. This school was developed as an im- Wednesday afternoons on sailboat 's rented from this portant adjunct to the primary business of sailboat recreation enterprise. Most summertime. clients are rentals. from the metropolitan Boston area, and many have Most of the sailing instruction go far has been for been coming to this operator for boats all season, boys of about 8 to 16 Years old. However, a sub- each season for the last 10 years. One man rents A stantial backlog of support is provided by arrangements boat every Wednesday and Saturday during the summer; for scheduled courses with a nearby private junior several boats are on seasonal rental. 85 In addition to sailboat rental, sailing school, and responsibility for damages. Frequently, the damage private sailing lessons, this operator runs a towing done is too small to warrant legal action. Each new service and a water taxi service for taking boat- client quickly establishes whether he has at least owners to their boats moored in the harbor. He also rudimentary knowledge of sailing--he is given the sells marine gas and oil, small marine stores, and sails and must rig his own boat. marine insurance. In winter, he has a small-boat Almost any adult is permitted to rent a "Water storage service. Recently, automobile rentals have Bug," a relatively indestructible boat. Small boats been added to the list of endeavors. are restricted to the harbor; larger ones may be Looking to the future growth of interest in the sailed anywhere. already booming boat business, this enterprising Expansion of business income is necessary for this young man--who obviously likes both sailboats and operator. His ideas for expansion were mentioned people--is planning to buy more boats for use in this previously. However, he stated that it is very dif- .location. He also hopes to expand his business to ficult to get money for expansion. Five years of work include establishing lease-rental boat agencies in and saving were required before he could takeover the several other areas where the season is longer. used boats he now has andgetthenew ones. Even this During the winters he works on his boats and some- progress was possible only because the local banker times delivers yachts to distant yachting centers for is familiar with both the operator and his work, and the owners. Some way to improve his off-season was willing to support a secured loan and a second income situation is one problem confronting this mortgage for him. He believes that this type of operator. business can grow only if loans are made easier to In 1961, this operator's sailing fleet consisted of get and easier to refinance. 23 boats then valued at about $20,000. They range in size from six 12-foot boats suitable for two people to five 20-foot ones capable of carrying six people. EXAMPLE 27: A YACHT CLUB A, 2t foot launch is used as a water taxi and an 18- 'foot craft with outboard motor is used as a workboat One of America's older yacht clubs is located in a -and.4tandby water taxi. historically important, small city. This club's site Tep@ Years ago, this man started out with three on a deep-water creek is protected, yet a yachtman's small boats of his own; all others were leased. In paradis e-- Chesapeake Bay--is within a few minute's 1961, be bought 14 of the formerly leased boats and sailing time, and a number of rivers in the area offer 5 new 20-foot ones. Previously, be had used several interesting alternatives for one-day cruises. International 210's (29-foot sailboats), but these were Use of the club's facilities is restricted to members. replaced by locally built 20-footers because boats up However, reciprocal privileges are extended to mem- to 20 feet long are included in homeowner's liability bers of other Corinthian (non-public) clubs. Families insurance carried by,many clients. of active members have privileges at the member's This school and rental enterprise is operating on consent, but usually they are in the buildingonly when leased land. The land and the floating dockare owned the member is there or while waiting for him to .by, the adjacent yacht yard-wwhich is allowed to con- return from, sailing. tinue certain uses of the leased property. The land , Active club membership is restricted to 1,000 men. area is very. small-- 16 feet along the waterfront and Approximately 125 others are absentee members. about 75 feet long. The floating dock, on which the Voting membership is restricted to those members small boats are stored when not actually in use, also who live within 10 miles of the clubhouse--50 percent is 16 by. 75 feet. Ten to 13 small boats can be tied of the members live within this radius. Another 40 to the dock temporarily. Larger boats are moored percent live within 10 to 30 miles of the club. The nearby. remaining 10 percent are scattered all over the The small leased area, with a very small office world. building on it, and the adjacent floating dock are The prime factor used in considering a person for valued at'about$50,000. The operator owns a storage membership is his character. Almost half of the yard, large shed, and workshop uptown on 12,500 members are employees of city, State, or Federal square feet of land; the property is valued at about Government and earn less than $10,000 annually. The $4,000. Although this tract is in the center of town, other half is business executives. Fees are moder- it is considerably cheaper for storage space and work ate. The initiation fee is $ 150 plus tax, and the annual area then any adequately sized waterfront property dues are $100 plus tax. would be. A major activity of the club is the instruction of This operator feels that he has no major problems. young would-be sailors. Membership in the junior Litter, both in the boats and onthedock, is a nuisance fleet is restricted to 100 boys, who are accepted only to be dealt with, and there is a small amount of between the ages of 16 and 18 in order that they may be vandalism at night when no one is on duty. in the club for at least 3 full years before moving up to His most serious problem -concerns unqualified senior membership. There is always a waiting list. sailing clients renting boats. They hit other boats, All facilities of the club, except the bar, are available thus causing considerable expense and irritation. to the juniors. The boat owner is liable for damages under the law, The junior members have their own officers and but this owner tries to get the boat renter to accept membership committee. They pay dues into their 86 own junior-program treasury for dances, picnics, and EXAMPLE 28: EXPLORATION BY RIVERBOAT shore parties. Professional instruction for members of the junior fleet beigns indoors in April and lasts A man with a natural curiosity about history emi- until school closes in June. Instruction then moves grated to the Intermountain Region more than 30 outdoors and Into the eight Penguins, which were years ago as a young man. He spent his spare time bought by the yacht club. These are 11-foot, cat- studying Indian lore, gathering information about rigged boats- - r 6latively safe, suitable for instruc- isolated cliff dwellings, getting acquainted with the tional purposes, but still sufficiently responsive to local residents (Indian and white) in the isolated satisfy more experienced sailors. Cruises upriver areas, and began running the rivers with an old-time are made under the guidance of senior members who river man. accompany the flotilla in a patrol boat,@ Friends asked to go along on some of these ex- Members of the yacht club participate in a variety ploration trips. He figured the expenses and took of events each year. Sailing activities include three them along at cost. The present expeditions are an scheduled racing series: the Spring Series; the Annual outgrowth of these experiences and still are conducted Regatta, held on the Fourth of July; and the Fall Series. more for the operator's personal satisfaction than for Biennial ocean races are held in cooperation with two profit. He has regular employment and chooses to other groups. The motorboat division -holds three spend his vacations in this way. He stated with a weekend cruises and beach parties each year--one smile that he gets his recreation in a way he thoroughly each in July, August, and September. enjoys and still breaks even. This yacht club began operations in 1886, was in- About seven or eight trips are conducted during the corporated in 1888, and was reorganized in 1938 under summer season on the Green, Colorado, San Juan, its present name. The club owns less than an acre of and Yampa Rivers. Trips average about a week, and land. However, its small site is less important than about 80 percent of the passengers during the year is its proximity to deep water. The club maintains are Boy Scouts. This individual spends much of his a clubhouse and 20 slips. spare time and effort supporting the scouting program. Complementary and supplementary facilities are He believes that this work is one way in which he can provided by an unusual corporation. -This corpora- make his contribution to society. tion's stock may be held only by the yacht club's About 400 guests take river trips under this man's members in good standing, and, upon the death of a supervision each year. Parties average between 30 stockholder, the stock must be returned to the club and 40 guests. The largest group conducted at one treasury to be auctioned off to another member. A time was 122 people. The fare for Boy Scouts is $55 total of 370 shares has been issued, 20 of which are per week. Local Scout Troops frequently raise funds owned by the yacht club. No one person may own for their trips through door-to-door sale of a locally more than 20 shares. prepared product made available to them at no cost This associated corporation has 2 1/2 acres of in furtherance of the project. Adults are charged $65 land--two of which are in an automobile parking area. for the same trip. The company also provides slips for tying up 109 Most of the adults who go on these trips are local boats. An interesting sidelight is that the club's people. Practically no advertising is done, although small-boat hoist (for boats, up to I ton) is located on many lectures are made by the operator to local the yacht-basin-company's land. religious groups, Boy Scout meetings, and other The clubhouse is open all year. In addition to its groups. use by members, an average of 5,000 guests register Family groups, mothers with children, fathers with each year. These visitors arrive on large or small children, and single persons go on these trips. The boats and sometimes even overland. youngest person taken so far was a 6-year old girl with her parents and the oldest was a 77-year old man. Plans for the future include razing the present Swimming is a common pastime. Catfishing usually clubhouse and constructing a modern building that is good, but not many people fish. Most of them are will take full advantage of the view offered from the interested in exploration, photography, or simply in site. Additional slips will be'constructed later. The getting out of doors. new building, when equipped, will cost approximately The inventory of equipment amassed for this river- $700,000. The land is valued at about $22,000. running activity includes 22 large rubber boats, 14 boats of 11-man capacity, 7 canoes, 8 motors, life The manager of the club stated that there are no jackets for each party, tools, and miscellaneous items real management problems. The club's permanent worth between $12,000 and $15,000. The operator staff is 18 people; in summer, it is supplemented as provides the food, cooking utensils, and gasoline. necessary. There are no employee problems. The Transportation of groups is by chartered bus -(this present staff includes men who have been with the item alone costs approximately half of the budget club for as long as 25 years. . Summer supplementary of trips). Guests must supply their own sleeping bags helpers are recruited through the permanent em- and other personal items. The operator carries trip ployees are usually are their relatives or friends. insurance to cover personal liability. It is obvious that the skillful manager is a major At least one boatman accompanies each boat. Most reason for the absence of personnel problems at this of these men contribute their time. Many are former club. Boy Scouts who had made these trips in previous years. 87 They are now employed in the area and assume these perience marked the beginning of a lifetime avocation. responsibilities as part of their vacation and recrea- He and another devotee have operated a small informal tion activity. Most were trained by this operator. partnership for the last 15 years guiding s mall parties Each trip also has a doctor in attendance. Usually, along scenic stretches of the Snake and Salmon Rivers the doctors are interns at local hospitals who welcome in Idaho and parts of the Green, Yampa, San Juan, and the opportunity for 'a free vacation trip as well as other tributaries of the Colorado including the Grand the possibility for medical practice. Canyon of the Lower Colorado. The five trips in 1960 This operator has made friends with certain Indians included two on the Green, two through Grand Canyon, and is trying to develop an experimental program and one through Glen Canyon. whereby the local residents meet the parties, guide From 6 to 10 trips usually are conducted each year, them around the area, produce ceremonial dances, depending upon the number of clients, water conditions, and explain tribal life. Apparently, the efforts have and other factors. The season ranges from mid- met with reasonably satisfactory cooperation. The April to July or August, depending upon the areas to be more progressive Indians recognize the need for pro- visited. Low water in late summer tends to end the gress and new local enterprises. season in August. , I No difficulties with the guests were reported. The Charges for the trips vary from the shorter 3-day operator maintained that these people are the very ones at $75 per person to those of 9 days for about best kind and are ladies and gentlemen of the first $400. The fees include transportation from the head- order, who recognize the need for discipline and want quarters city to embarkation point, food, and trans- to preserve the quality of natural scenery. port back to the beginning. The boats are privately Governmental officials are generally cooperative. owned by the boatmen and -will carry a maximum of Most regulations are heeded. The checking in. and two guests per boat beside the boatman. Each boat out required on bad stretches of. river is a safety must be licensed to be used on "any boatable waters" precaution, as are the permits and inspections. in the State. Additional required or advisable equip- Concern was expressed about the effect of damming ment includes outboard motors (with at least one spare the Colorado and the possibility that parties, such for each expedition), lifejackets, fire extinguisher, as this man conducts, may be ruled off the river cooking gear, essential tools, and other items de- when the impoundment is completed. Desecration of pending upon the type of river situation to be covered. pictographs by recent travelers- -including research Fees charged are relatively low and operating costs personnel--and destruction of remaining cliffdwelling are high. (At one refueling point, gasoline must be sites by selfish people was of considerable concern packed in--it costs $2 per gallon.) Both the managing to this individual, whose major interest is preserva- partners' and the cooperating boatmen consider their tion of the old West for enjoyment by future travelers. river-running activities as a "paid hobby." All have Favorable mention was made of a new ParkService regular incomes and welcome the opportunity to get policy which encourages people to throw their garbage out into the wild country. in the river in these dry areas. The reasoning is that All of these boatmen are members of the Western the river will destroy glass and tin cans or cover River Guides Association, an organization developed them up and the paper and food remenants will dis- to promote safe practices in swift water and cleanliness integrate. on river banks where parties camp, and to work for a This operator would like to expand the outdoor better understanding of this phase of recreation. The recreation enterprise to a full-time occupation If Association has between 25 and 30 members. conditions become favorable. He would runtherivers Guests on the river expeditions generally are white- in season (sum mer- -depending on water levels in the collar workers. and executives, bot@ men and women, rivers), take pack trips into the mountains, guide who want to get away from urban ways and vacation hunters during the fall, and make extended lecture in exciting surroundings. They come from widely tours to popularize the West and its rivers as recrea- scattered locations and frequently return year after tion resources and build upthetrade. Heis concerned year for trips through other portions of the rivers. about the rules and regulations that would apply to a Most are experienced outdoor people and cause no larger, commercialized enterprise, the probable de- management difficulties., These operators work with struction of desirable recreation sites in.the near local Boy Scout troops and almost yearly escorttroop future, and the problems involved in financing. The outings on parts of the river where danger is not too tone of his trips would probably need to change away great for the experience of the boys. from the colorful and easy-going methods used now, No particular problems occur in dealing with public if creditors and possible business partners were to officials. The National Park'Service requires permits be satisfied financially'. for boats to run certain stretches of river under its management. Its application forms call for informa- tion about the number of boats in the expedition, the type of boat, experience of boatmen, itinerary, safety EXAMPLE 29: AN INFORMAL RIVER-RUNNING equipment, and other data to assure passenger safety PARTNERSHIP before permits are granted. It also has check points where parties must report in at the beginning of the Almost 25 years ago, a young geology student took trip and out again at its conclusion. This operator trip with an old-time "river runner." This ex- thought some requirements were of minor value but 88 agreed with the general principle of protecting the Many former guests return year after year to go on safety of people. different river-running trips with these operators. Although the volume of activity by this group has Practically all take only one trip a year. Most been about the same for several years, its river advertising is by word of mouth. The photography by operations probably will be decreased when the Glen guests is powerful publicity. Canyon impoundment is completed '. This very scenic Very few guests cause any trouble. An occasional and interesting canyon will be flooded bytbeimpound- -"odd-ball" or showoff can cause anxiety to the boat- ment and water released through the Grand Canyon men unless he can be brought into line. Most guests will leave water levels too low for the type of boats are very cooperative. They are impressed by the the group uses. Rubber rafts probably can continue rushing water and want assurances about what to do. to run this part of the river. The operators establish definite rules of conduct as the expedition starts out -- "hang on," "wear life jackets at alltimes while in the boat," "stay in place," and similar safety precautions. Although many pas- EXAMPLE 30: A FATHER-SON TRAVEL ENTERPRISE sengers have been "dunked'.' over the years, so far none have been lost by these operators. More than 50 river-running trips per year are It was estimated that 85 percent of all passengers conducted by a father-son corporation operating in carried down the Colorado River to date have been summer. Both father and son have regular employ- on rubber boats. These are safer than wooden boats, ment and use vacations this way. The river expedi- canoes, or other types of vehicle-- according to this tions were -begun by the father more than 35 years operator. Also, they can carry more passengers, ago on a small scale; commercial operations and thus allowing lower charges for each passenger, and incorporation date from 1951 when the son joined the can navigate on less water than is needed for wooden firm. boats. During the average May to August season, 350 Most of the operating problems are related to use guests including Eagle Boy Scouts are conducted on of the water. It is difficult to gage when high water 50 or more riverboating outings. The average trip stages will occur on the several rivers -and how high lasts about 4 days, although this varies with the the water will be. Many stretches can be traversed parties. Six to ten guests is the average range in only during periods between high and low stages. party size, although groups of up to 50 at a time can These operators believe that the Park Service is be handled. Trips are conducted from Idaho in the feeling its way on regulation of river expeditions. north to Arizona in the south. . They are doubtful of some of its rules, although it Rates charged vary by the difficulty of the trip, the was recognized that safety regulations are required number in the party, and other factors.3 An average as more people use the rivers.' 4-day trip costs about $60 for adults. Children are Greater concern was expressed about the increasing charged half adult fare. Gross- returns for the 1960 burden of State permits for boats, trailers, and season were approximately $25,000. equipment. For example, In one State the standards The equipment inventory includes 'more than 20 for licensing boats were reported to be for usage on large rubber boats from World War II surplus pro- lakes and other placid waters rather than for the perty, 9 motors for steering, automobiles and trailers, boat types needed in swift water. One State was lifejackets, paddles, oars, tools, and spare parts worth reported as promoting still-water boating and actively roughly $10,000 to $15,000 in their present condition. opposing swift-water operations. Discussion with this Replacement cost probably would be appreciably operator and others indicated that the States as well higher. as the National Government are still in process of A guide or boatman is required for each boat used developing their attitudes toward use of waters and on an expedition. In addition to the two operators, other resources for recreation. three or four boatmen work full time during the sum- Future plans of these operators hinge largely on the mer. The maximum manpower needed is 12 employees growing volume of restrictive regulations, the con- including a hired cook for large parties. Otherwise tinued destruction of desirable river areas by dams the guides usually do the cooking. Guests occasionally and -impoundments, and similar problems. ' offer to help with camp chores. To date, their operations were expanded as demand Major interests of the guests--besides the actual grew. It was indicated that their equipment and their boating experience--are exploration and hiking for business organization needs to improve before many nature study, geology, and other specialized interests; additional guests can be served properly. Therecrea- photography; and some swimming and fishing. tional possibilities for river-running operations in this More than 50 percent of the guests on these tours region have hardly been tapped. The rivers could are women. Many are single women vacationing alone accommodate 10 to 20 times as many tours without but others are married women in the older age groups crowding. traveling with their husbands. Still others are younger women with children. Several - special, all-male expeditions have been conducted. Others are com- ;,/The western River Guide's Association rates river rapids from I to 10 based on their relative danger to human life. , Each prised largely of Explorer Scouts. Seven annualtrips number has a fairly definite characteristic -number 11 is for the Sierra Club from California have been made. "impossible." 89 The net returns to this operation have not been too these attractions are genuinely educations, and several encouraging when compared with the gross income. visited include outstanding collections utilized by Upkeep expense is high. The operators enjoy the scientists in furtherance of their activities. river work and class a part of the effort as inexpen- This group of enterprises ranges from the exotic sive vacation. Probably, they will continue at about to the bizarre; from formal gardens to natural wild- present levels for the next several years, with erness; from well-conceived to jerry-built; and from schedule adjustments as required by the dams, im- snakes to stalagmites. poundments, increased regulations, and related pro- These examples are based on natural phenomena: blems. geologic formations and prehistoric relics, a cave used as a hideout, another cave leased from a State and operated for profit, a geologic museum combinedwith EXAMPLE 31: SAND DUNE SIGHTSEEING education in soil and water conservation, an education- al-demonstration center to explain desert ecology, and Sand dune sightseeing by beach buggy is one of many last, a natural bridge supplemented by extensive unusual examples of outdoor recreation. The hour- other attractions. long trips of this operator, made In jeeps equipped Next is a collection of four enterprises based on with special beach tires, are conducted from April I botanical interests, although each has a different to the end of October every hour from 9 a.m. to the combination of enterprises to attract and entertain last "sunset trip" at 7:30, depending upon the avail- recreationists. ability of clients. Cost of the trip is $2 per person. Three privately owned zoos or game farms conclude The tours take visitors to view cranberry bogs, the examples in this section. beach plum, and bayberry bushes. The tourists are then driven over still-shifting sand dunes to the ocean beach and along it to a much-pbotographed lighthouse. EXAMPLE 32: A MINING MUSEUM AND EXPOSITION The site of a town that was abandoned more than two centuries ago is visited next. A dead forest, once A nonprofit corporation of public-spirited and buried by the drifting dunes and recently uncovered philanthropic citizens has taken over a public park by further shifting of the sands, and a bathing beach and is developing a regional attraction. also are visited on this tour. This community lies in a area where surface Although most trips are uneventful, an occasional mining of a non-metalic mineral, orchards, and ranch- mishap, such as a broken axle, does occur, leaving ing are major activities. One of the mining companies the guests with the choice of hiking back to town or donated roughly 90 acres to the city for a municipal being stranded until the driver gets to town and comes park. Management was difficult and the operation back with another vehicle. But this possibility merely was unsatisfactory. The nonprofit corporation was lends an air of adventure to the trip. set up to take over and develop the area. About 20 An indication of the popularity of these tours is the philaIntropical local residents bought stock to finance fact that in one town 4 companies operate a total of development, and a board of directors of 11 other 10 jeeps for this purpose. residents took over the development process. This beacb-buggy business is owned by one man and This work was begun in 1957. A large, T-shaped operates as a hotel concession. The owner employs building 841 x 60' and 110' x 201.was constructed to another man to drive the second of his two jeeps. The house a museum and exposition exhibits, a gift shop, business, which was started in 1939, is an outgrowth workrooms, and other activities. A resident artist of the owner's experience with the versatile jeeps In and curator was hired to prepare displays and the Pacific islands in wartime. The two jeeps, special exhibits, a small pool and grounds were prepared to wheels, and special tires are the only capital invest- exhibit a few native wildlife, a rock garden to display ment. local rock formations and fossils was begun, the play- A department of Public Utilities permit is required ground and picnic area were rejuvenated, and an because the jeeps are classified as buses. Also, both amphitheatre was begun. the owner and his employee must have taxi operator's In addition to the gift of land and the few facilities licenses because the jeeps are also used to.take bathers installed by the city on the playground and the picnic and fishermen to nearby beaches. area, about $200,000 have been invested in buildings This businessman stated that he has no problems with and displays. An additional $50,000 will be added in people taking the trips, nor with the local government, the near future before the present short-term plans but that he is looking for a good job for the winter. are completed. Probably another $50,000 will be needed for further improvements during the next 10 or so years. SCENERY, PLANTS, AND ANIMALS Plans for future development include a community We turn now to a somewhat different type of re- swimming pool in part of the flooded quarry, a canal to be dug along a chain of worked-out mining pits to creational attraction. This grouping capitalizes on connect with a nearby river, conducted boat trips human curiosity rather than sports or special activi- through the area, a demonstration and research ties. Services for creature comfort often are in- nursery on one corner of the property where visitors v olved as is presentation of "the unusual". Many of may examine varieties of citrus fruits grown In the 90 area or being developed, and continued landscaping About 150 acres--including the caverns, the ap- of the grounds. A centennial pagaent is being planned proaches, and a service station--are leased from a for the grounds, and numerous communitywide activi- larger private estate. The. service station is sub- ties- will utilize the various facilities. leased, and the museum and cavern are operated by The facility was opened to the public in December a resident manager for a family firm that also owns 1960, although much work remained to be done. another cave nearby. Two generations of the family, Practically no advertising effort has been made operating under a 99-year lease for approximately because the major displays are incomplete. Even the last 30 years, have preserved the naturalwonders so, attendance by both local people and tourists has of this resource and provided service to recreationists. been heavy. Of particular interest in the cavern are the tree Fees charged for admission to. the museum are.$I roots penetrating cracks in the roof and forming cores for adults and 50 cents for students 12 to 17 years old. of some stalactites. This phenomenon could happen Children under 12 accompanied by adults are admitted only in a shallow cave. Perhaps unfortunately, most free. School groups and others are admitted at half of the points are broken from stalactites and stalag- the regular price when adequately supervised or mites alike in main portions of the cavern. At least chaperoned. When visited, the gift shop was only one massive stalagmite formation apparently was partly stocked. Admissions and sales from the shop used for target practice by the soldiers. Early are expected to support the entire operation after souvenir hunters removed the points within reach. the developmental period. No charges are planned Small rooms discovered later and protected in time for use of the picnic area, the playground, the amphi- from vandalism provide a welcome contrast to the theater, or the other grounds. The boat tour and desecration of the older discoveries. probably the swimming pool will be separate enter- . Close observation locates droplets of water hanging prises and probably will bear fees when they are from numerous stalactites, and moisture on the tips established. of stalagmites demonstrates the slow evolution of The regular staff includes six persons in the these phenomena. Small pools throughout areutilized museum and gift shop. They double as ushers in effectively by means of hidden lights to reflect the conducting groups through the displays. Three addi- beauty of some formations. Hidden lights also bring tional girls and one manager work part-time to out the vari-colored mineral content of the calcareous bolster the regular staff on weekend duty. Five men deposits precipitated out by the water as it passed are employed full-time as caretakers and helpers. through the overlying limestone. This enterprise is unique in the general region and The property values are undetermined. Leasehold is well-located on a major highway in a State noted returns are based on a percentage of gross receipts for its recreation trade. Prospects appear to be ex- from the cavern and the museum and a percentage of cellent for first-class recreation service to the com- net income from the gift shop and the service station. munity, both for outdoor recreation and for the educa- The facilities are open to the public all year. tional features of a natural history museum. An Separate admission fees of 50 cents are charged for increasing volume of tourists probably will include the museum and $1.30 for the cavern. A small the museum in their itineraries and make use of the picnic area is free to the public. A preponderance of picnic area for rest and relaxation. visitors come from the mid-Atlantic States, although an area stretching from Maine to Florida and east of Illinois is heavily represented. The principal season EXAMPLE 33: A CAVE THAT MADE HISTORY is from June through August with secondary spurts in spring and fall as people migrate between northern and A large private collection of Civil War relics has southern recreation areas. Few, if any, people return been combined profitably with a cave having an in- to this spot during the year. Quite a few stop again teresting bit of wartime history. This attraction is several years later. in the heart of the Shenandoah Valley wherenumerous There is literally no limit on the numbers of engagements occurred during the War between the visitors who could be accommodated. Between 12,000 States. It is also on one of the main north-south and 15,000 people pay admission during an average arteries for tourist traffic. year. During the summer, a staff of 10 to 12 is The cave was used occasionally by Indians but required to handle the crowds, and help with parking was unknown to white men until a farmer stumbled cars and with the cleanup. The manager and his on its opening while hunting his cows one day in wife do all the work during the,off-season. 1734. Thereafter, his family used it as a refuge Relatively little difficulty is experienced from the from Indian attack. public here. The guides are instructed to watch for Soldiers from General Fremont's Union Army laggards tempted to add their autographs to the took refuge in the cavern for several days and, historic names they came to see. One person is when they were def eated upon emergence, Confederate usually required on grounds cleanup and parking soldiers used it in turn. Men from both sides passed during the summer. their time by carving their names on the walls and A basic problem in this kind of business is the formations or smoking them on with candle smoke.- pinch between the relatively fixed level of fees that Descendants of these men frequently visit the cave tourists will pay and steadily rising overhead costs. to search out these mementos. It is increasingly difficult to maintain scenic attrac- 91 tions in their natural state without recourse to the The entire program is aimed at family entertain- drawing power of other types of commercialized ment. Guests are of all ages and all income levels entertainment. and are from all parts of the country. Highest Plans for the immediate future involve adding seasonal attendance is in winter when older people more Civil War relies in the museum since 1961 and retirees flock to the southern climates, although is a centennial year. No other changes are planned many tourist families with children appear during this during the foreseeable future. Future changes will season also. The major part of the family tourist be related to future levels of activity. trade occurs during the three summer months. Local weekend use is heavy the year around. It wa:s estimated that 7 percent of attendance is local repeat trade-- EXAMPLE 34: A PUBLICLY OWNED, PRIVATELY many residents, as hosts, regularly bring their house- OPERATED CAVE guests to the cave for entertainment. . Some winter.. visitors undoubtedly make repeat visits, but no separate record is made of them. Visitors usually spend about 2 hours on the premises. A partnership leases a cave from the county, which The tour proper takes about an hour. The rest of the in turn leases it from the State Department of Lands time is spent in the curio shop, looking at the scenery, in an arrangement that seems to be working out well visiting with the staff, or waiting for the next con- for all concerned. During the 6 years under present ducted tour to start through the cave. management, attendance has risen steadily from Fees are $1.50 for adults and 50 cents for children 17,000 in 1954 to better than 55,000 in 1960. Business 6 to 14 years old. Children under 6 are free. A dropped off approximately 5 percent in 1960, apparently feature in respect to rates charged is the assumption because of the recession. These operators tripled that children under 14 years old are still fully the attenandce after one year of management through dependent upon their parents financially, while those improved personal relations with the public, increased over 14 usually hold at least part-time jobs. The advertising, and other modes of promotion. adult fee was recently raised from $1.10 to $1.50 The lease is for a section of land adjoining a nation- with no change in services provided. This increase al monument. The major attraction is a historic cave has had no apparent effect on attendance statistics. of regional importance that also has several unique According to the manager, people seem to appreciate geologic features. The lease is for a 10-year period the facilities more when the price is higher. at the rate of $7,500 per year and/or 10 percent of . The staff of seven regular employees includes the admissions over that amount, whichever is greater, manager, a woman who sell tickets and merchandise, plus 5 percent commission on the sale of merchandise. a maintenance man, and four others who double as In 1960, the lease cost about $9,000. The partner- guides and perform whatever other tasks occur. ship is responsible for all repairs or improvements Another four or five part-time employees (mostly including maintenance of two small picnic areas on college students) are employed on weekends. The the land. The picnic facilities are adequate for 300 manager estimated that 20 percent of the total to 400 people at a time. The county has applied all labor force is a cushion--a safety factor--and insur- of the lease money to improving the road leading ance that the visitors will always receive unhurried, into the area of the cave. polite, courteous attention from all employees. Visit- No other us es of the land are planned. The operators ors need to be made to feel important, that they are maintain that the cave And the scenery are the para- among friends, and that they are getting their money's mount attractions and range cattle, sheep, or com- worth. mercial amusements would be out of place. Tb e With present staff and present practices, this cave cave's the "thing" as the manager expressed it. can handle about 2,000 visitors per day on its tours, The manager mentioned frequently that recreation provided they are fairly evenly distributed. Three was basically like any other business in which rela- hundred people arriving during a short period have tions with people were concerned. He has studied -caused congestion in the past--although this was an his problems and taken aggressive steps to overcome unusual situation. The ticket-taker has learned to them. He has aimed his efforts toward "giving the recognize approaching congestion and is able to call guests their money's worth--and then a little more." via telephone for additional guides from the staff when All of the staff is cautioned to be friendly, courteous, they are needed. The largest attendance to date--800 and interested. Tour groups through the cave are admissions--was handled smoothly. kept sufficiently small to allow for personal attention. About 2,500 admissions would be the maximum Although highway advertising is expensive, he has daily capacity of the cave under the present firm 300 road signs out, and the messages are changed policy of leisurely tours, small parties, and personal frequently. Materials, fees, services, and so forth, attention. If visits reached these proportions, some on roadside advertising cost about $12,000 annually. change in the guiding procedures would be instituted, Paid ads on TV, public service-type ads on radio, and more mechanical or technical equipment would be and cartoon ads in local newspapers are utilized utilized. regularly. A recent article about this cave in a Plans for further expansion of services and facilities magazine having nationwide coverage was a great are keyed to the focal interest in the cave. A museum promotional benefit. featuring geologic and historic materials Is planned. 92 This facility will expand on the features seen in the tration facility is taking shape on a wind-swept, 11- cave in an educational and interesting way. Again, it acre slope in a southwestern State. will try to take facts and make them interesting so the The land, which is held under a nominal 50-year visitor will be satisfied. renewable lease, lies along a lonesome stretch of Nature trails are already partly laid out, and they desert highway. Tourists are happy to break the will be extended as time permits and staff is available. monotony of travel by a stop at this oasis of know- A restaurant probably will replace or at least com- ledge. Once inside the doors, their curiosity and a plement the present small food concession. Whether. growing interest lead them along the plainly marked overnight accommodations will be provided is doubt- pathway to a greater 'knowledge and understanding of ful, because they are not in keeping with the cave nature, geology, the need for conservation practices, theme. and the application of several governmental programs The partnership has a current capital investment in for restoring productivity to a badly mismanaged signs, stock, inventory, equipment, fixtures, and soon, region. of roughly $ 50,000. This excludes the leased property, This museum was begun less than .3 years ago. and goodwill and other intangible values for which Welcome signs have been out practically from the funds have been expended in building the business. start of construction. They simply include the matter- All profits to date have been returned into improve- of-fact idea that "construction is underway but come ments. The annual operating budget is $65,000 to in and look anyway." $70,000. Both the U. S. Soil Conservation Service and the The manager was emphatic that "the best way to U. S. Forest Service have grasped the opportunity to avoid problems is to overcome them before they use space here for living demonstrations and visual develop, anticipate situations and take action, know education. The theme of their programs is completely people and their habits, use bits of psychology, be in harmony with that of the museum--soil and water firm and businesslike but pleasant and courteousr, be conservation. Each agency has contributed greatly to dignified, and never be subservient. Treat people as the usefulness and purpose of this attraction. respected friends and expect to be treated the same The financial backers of the museum set up a fund way by them." to support several philanthropic undertakings. The Vandalism is rare here. Litter also is rare. The museum currently is granted an annual budget of staff keeps trash picked up and the grounds neat at roughly $35,000 for operations and necessary ex- all times. The theory Is that if people see cigarette penses. In addition to the public aid provided by the butts and paper scattered around, they will litter but Soil Conservation Service and the Forest Service that they are conscious of neat clean surroundings and mentioned above, private persons occasionally con- will look for trash containers in order to help main- tribute funds for special purposes, items of equipment, tain neatness. or other valuables. An inconspicuous cannister be- The relatively isolated location has caused some side the exit was partly filled with coin and paper staff turnover in past years, although all of the present money from visitors who had contributed toward staff has been employed for two or more years. All furtherance of the project after viewing its incom- live on the grounds and seem to be satisfied. pleted stages. Relations with the leasing agency (county), the Eventually, the facility will consist of probably State, and Federal agencies were reported to be five integrated sections--geologic exhibits, a dinosaur excellent. The manager says he cooperates with them museum, a beaver museum, demonstration plots for on an open and friendly basis and he has their coopera- soil and water conservation, and a small zoo contain- tion in turn. ing examples of birds, animals, and reptiles native This respondent suggested that it is essential to to the area. Signs explain each exhibit. have "professional" people in charge of recreation Obviously, change will always be a feature of this facilities. They need to have active minds, an interest museum. Both the staff and the board directing its in service, know their business, and want to do the development will continue efforts to improve the proper thing for their guests. A liberal arts education educational methods and the quality of the exhibits. in college, plus additional subject matter related For example, a nature trail is planned to reach from to the field of recreation the student expected to the museum about 2 1/2 miles across rolling country enter, was thought to be the best available academic to a center where hundreds of people each spend program. Actual experience on the job is of para- several days. The managers hope also to have an mount importance. , official weather station located here. This would The balance sheet for a thoroughly satisfactory provide service to a large region currently uncovered recreation enterprise requires personal satisfaction by reports. Also, it could be tied in with the conser- and profits for the operator, and provision of more vation program promoted through the museum. than their money's worth for the guest. If the numbers of visitors continue to increase as they have since the doors were opened, facilities will EXAMPLE 35: GEOLOGIC HISTORY - - PAST, be needed for food and lodging, additional parking PRESENT, AND FUTURE space, sanitary facilities, and so forth. Present facili- ties are limited to two small toilets, a soft drink Through the foresight and generosity of a family of . machine, and a small parking lot. ardent conservationists, a unique museum and demons- Present facilities are valued in excess of $200,000. 93 Another $50,000 to $100,000 of improvements will be The main structures on this leasebold were built financed through donations and the regular budget. during the depression of the 1930's by the Civilian In addition, the publicly owned materials placed here Conservation Corps as camp headquarters. Some for demonstration purposes by the Forest Service remodeling and repairing. were required after the and the Soil Conservation Service are worth several lease was signed in 1952. Additional buildings and thousand dollars. All of these attractions are free modifications will require prior approval from the to the public. This policy will be continued as long county. Cooperation generally has been excellent as possible, although it depends upon future financial since the county park administration and the non- arrangements. profit corporation have the same basic purposes. If food and lodging facilities were added, these The 50-year lease bears a $1 a yearrental, for which services would need to be self-supporting. the county furnishes free water that must.be piped The number of visitors has been surprisingly large for several miles, electricity, and repairs to the and has increased steadily as the facility has grown original buildings. and Its reputation spread. During the last year, an Of the original 65 acres leased, 10 are now fenced average of 200 people a day visited the museum from and contain the major improvements. Exhibits in- April I through October. Numbers ranged from 30 to clude a museum, a small zoo, a small aquarium for 100 per day during the rest of the year. Thus, during native fish, a tunnel where underground life of plants 1960, 50,000 to 75,000 people were exposed to, the and animals can be observed, a watershed exhibit, conservation story told there. caged birds in natural habitat, collections of desert The visitors are of several classes. A majority are plants, a concession stand, and many other attention- tourists traveling the main north-south highway, who attractors to explain desert ecology. An'extensive want a rest from road monotony. Hundreds of visitors educational program among nearby urban schools and come from a nearby rancb-camp. More and more communities is conducted also. residents from the surrounding region make this the An original grant of $200,000 from a privately con- focus for weekend driveg. Ouring the hunting season, trolled foundation has been supplemented since 1952 a surprising number of hunters stop in out of curiosity, by additional grants from both the original donor and for a rest break, or to observe the progress being from Individuals for specific displays and expositions. made. A fund currently approximating $6,000 annually is The director seemed to feel that the local people devoted to developing a watershed exposition. The approved highly of the museum@ . He remarked that U. S. Forest Service, the U. S. Soil Conservation tea lot of very rough-looking characters" passed Service, the Weather Bureau, the University of through sometimes, but he had had no problems of Arizona, and other Federal and State agencies co- vandalism, keeping order, or anything else. He operate closely in development and display of many thought that even the less well educated among local exhibits. This type of nonprofit, public-service enter- residents recognized the need for resource conser- prise provides an ideal showcase for programs of vation and appreciated the work being done. A small public resource management agencies. amount of littering occurs but, here too, it seems to be Prior to 1954, no admissions were charged. During on a smaller scale than was reported for other facili- the early construction period, a donation box was ties handling crowds of comparable size. located near the exit, for use by visitors. Major The staff currently includes four men full-time. sources of income currently are from gate admissions, The director, or manager, was brought in from memberships, and revenue from the concession stand. another area to supervise construction, development, Some plants and animals are traded with other muse- and operations. The three other men are local ums, educational groups, or institutions, but sale of residents who work at whatever must be done includ- these plants and animals as an enterprise Is not ing construction, maintenance, animal care, and new planned. developments. Each was praised by the manager as Gate admissions are 75 cents for adults, 25 cents very much interested in the work and happy to be for children 12 to 6 years, andunder6 free. Member- associated with the activities, even though relatively ships range upward from annual rates of $1 for uneducated. Each was contributing part of himself to students, $5 for associates, and $10 for families to the project. $100 for sustaining or organization members. Life No particular problems for the future are anticipat- memberships (in single payments) range from $500 ed. Facilities for public welfare may be required as to $5,000 or more. About 60 groups and individuals crowds increase, but the manager felt that they would had life memberships in 1960, and more than 1,300 be provided when the time came. groups, families, and individuals were annual members. Total attendance at this facility has grown as follows: 1957--192,600; 1958--194,900; 1959-- EXAMPLE 36: LIFE IN THE DESERT 196,400; and 1960 (a slight decline) 184,000. All school groups, church groups, and children under 6 A nonprofit corporation leases 65 acres inside. a years old are admitted free, and in these years have large county-owned park. Its purpose is to develop amounted to 30 percent, 24 percent, 22 percent, and a specialized type of museum that combines the 25 percent of the attendance registered. More than educational process with entertainment. 50 percent of the visitors are from outside the 94 State. A large proportion of the remainder are spot announcements about it. In addition, one of the association members and other residents from near- officers has written three publications explaining -the by cities who often make repeated visits during the exhibits. season. Present daily visitor capacity is -about 2,500 per- Business dropped off about 9 percent in 1960 sons. Visitors often will bunch up and cause conges- primarily because of two major causes: the weather tion. Very little vandalism was reported. Theirres- in January was cold and wet and a privately owned ponsible type of person goes elsewhere. The types of recreational facility of somewhat similar attraction display are not conducive to litter. Signs, convenient opened nearby early in February. The national re- containers,' and a full-time janitor keep the litter cession may have been an additional factor, although problem down. the numbers of visitors to the area did not appear Facilities and ability to handle larger crowds will be to reflect this trend. increased as rapidly as funds can be made available The major season for visitors is between Christmas through savings from gate receipts, endowed grants, and Easter. After a slack-off, attendance builds up or other methods. The management believes that the again during July and August. Out-of-State visitors value of the program can be increased greatly as during the winter are usually older people or young facilities for cooperative research and educational couples, whose children are of preschool age. Summer work are utilized more efficiently. For example, the visitors are largely families with school-age children. pioneer work performed here on exhibit techniques The staff required to operate this facility fluctuates has drawn attention from other areas. The employee widely, depending upon the kinds of programs under- who developed these techniques is in demand as a way. About 20 persons have steady employment. consultant. The wildlife blind for watching and photo- About six professional personnel are required on the graphing birds and animals is very popular. Its use grounds. Secretaries, gatekeepers, maintenance men, currently must be limited to members only, especially carpenters, animal keepers, janitors, and workers in during the dry season, because of the limited facilities similar categories comprise the remainder. One available. These conditions will be rectified as female employee specializes in care of baby animals, funds become available. visits schools and lectures about the animals, and conducts an educational program related to the facilities. A few outside researchers have projects located here, and construction of new exhibits is a continuing process. EXAMPLE 37: NATURAL BRIDGE, VIRGINIA The budget for operation, maintenance, and im- provements has grown steadily over the years. It is The hard economic facts of providing recreation nearly $150,000 for 1961. Present value is hard to as a business are well-demonstrated by the evalua- analyze because of the nature of the leased property. tion of Natural Bridge, Virginia, as a recreational Excluding this and the "sunk" cost investments, net facility. As one leaves the valley of Virginia going worth of displays and other properties is between south or enters it going north on U. S. Highway 11, he $300,000 and $325,000. Several additional buildings actually whisks across the 90-foot long, 2 15-foot high, and displays costing an additional $1 million are 40-foot thick arch of Natural Bridge. Modest direc- planned for future years as funds become available. tional signs and the activity around the facilities for A major financial problem in this type of activity handling sightseeing traffic are the only warnings that is that gift funds are relatively easy to acquire but one is passing near a geologic phenomenon seated in operating and maintenance funds are limited. Endowed aboriginal legend and marveled about by earlyEurop- services are needed to accompany the gifts. The ean visitors. corporation has a worthwhile research library on Natural Bridge is closely tied to our national the grounds and would like to extend its services to history. It was surveyed by George Washington, pur- research personnel if funds were available. Such a chased by Thomas Jefferson from King George of program would limit the possible service to the public England in 1774, utilized as'a makeshift shot tower and would tend to detract from the essential focus of during the Revolution and the War of 1812, and early the facilities. The same kinds of financial problems used as a wago nway across the deep gorge. affect the number of lectures and conducted tours that Jefferson built a two-room cabin nearby for the can be provided by the staff. Opportunity to work with comfort of important visitors. Apparently, most local schools is hampered by the apparent inability of subsequent owners capitalized on its unique recrea- the school systems to include payment f6r this kind tional values. Records show that, in 1834, the owner of program in their science curriculums. charged $1 per person- to lower visitors by windlass Since this is a nonprofit and noncommercial venture, from the bridge. Later, according to a handbill the economics of management are complicated by the carefully preserved by the present owners, patrons problem of how to attract visitors without commercial- of a competing inn were charged $1 admission, izing their operations. Most of the publicity is carried although guests at the owner's hostelry were admitted in public service programs of press media. Five free of charge. Today, the competitive pattern is local business firms support two TV programs for changed, and numerous motels, restaurants, and other the museum, two newspapers regularly carry columns establishments of the area share in the overflow of featuring the museum, and the radio stations carry visitors. 95 Natural Bridge alone could not support the costs of A timber- management program to be instituted shortly maintenance, protection, and, services required to will be integrated with the trails program and manage- preserve it. It is simply the central core for a. very ment requirements for the, -wildlife and game refuge complex organization of interrelated and complemen- - idea as these developments materialize. tary enterprises which together finance and maintain The full-time payroll of 130 persons rises to 185 the facility. The hotel has been supplemented by a during the peak vacation period. More than 75 em- ..motor inn and tourist courts, dining rooms, a cafe- ployees are housed on the grounds. Payrolls, goods, teria, snack bars, recreation rooms, auditoriums, and services based on the tourist trade generated by ballrooms, a novelty shop, a swimming,pool, an ice Natural Bridge add a major contribution to the local skating rink, a filling station, a sand beach and economy. Service by other. firms provided directly playground for children, improved walks for public to tourists drawn to Natural Bridge adds more thou- comfort and safety and, recently, a privately owned sands of dollars annually. antique shop and display of. antique and classic cars A gross corporate income of almost $1.5 million leased space on the grounds. annually looks large; but expenses are heavy. About The site originally included 157 acres. Twelve 92 percent of the income is paid out to meet costs. subsequent owners added to the holding; by 1945, it The remaining 8 or 9 percent is retained for improve- contained almost 1,600 acres. It is not known how ments, expansion, payment of a modest dividend, and many properties were involved. The present (14th) profits. owner, Natural Bridge of Virginia, Incorporated, has In summary, in the words of the general manager: added four small tracts totaling less than 50 acres. "We know people want variety. They will come here Part of the acreage, which is under a farm manager, if we. provide a clean place, courteous attendants, is utilized as pasture and to raise hay for a beef herd good substantial food at moderate prices, and some- of 125 Aberdeen-Angus. Also in the program is a thing for them to see and do." large garden where the vegetables for the cafeteria and dining rooms are raised 'in- season. An ever- widening diversity of recreational interests must be EXAMPLES 38, 39, AND 40: A BIOTIC TRILOGY considered in long-range plans to draw people to- gether Into areas where services can be provided. Wilderness,. wildlife, education, and entertainment-- People from all over the world visit Natural Bridge four facets of outdoor recreation--are provided by each year. Parents and children, elderly couples,, three separate enterprises in one area. The circum- honeymooners, sightseers, and people. out for a stances of their development are less unique than one party mingle here. Traveling men stop for a rest, a might suppose. The latent opportunities for recrea- meal, or overnight. All.are served, entertained, and tional utilization among these types of operations.are protected. Most visitors are courteous and thoughtful, relatively untapped. The potential for similar com- Only. a very occasional person is destructive or binations in other regions is almost unlimited. Imagi- malicious. However, many are careless about litter nation, initiative, and investment combined with modest and a large crew works constantly to maintain the amounts of hard work and proper public relations neatly natural appearance surrounding Natural Bridge can create significant recreational facilities from re- Itself. sources marginal for most other purposes. A major problem of financing is Involved in servic- The locale for this trilogy is a State noted for its ing the more than 250,000 people who pay admission commercialized recreational. facilities. The parti- .to see the bridge or the more than one million who cular area has been marginal for most economic are on.,the grounds during the year. An investment enterprises. Hunters and trappers depleted its wild- of more than $4 million, represented by 200,000 life, timber operations depleted its forested resources, shares of common stock, is held by 437 stockholders. its soils were too wet and too infertile for most More money has been spent on capital improvements agricultural enterprises without major drainage pro- in the last 15 years than the total from 1774 through jects, its natural appearance was anathema to un- 1945. This does not take into account the golf course tutored visitors. abandoned. for lack of. golfers before World War 11 This trilogy probably could not have occurred in the or the dam to impound a 10-acre lake that lies United States 50 or 100 years ago. Onlyduring recent useless because engineer's test-holes failed,to locate decades have -the remmants of natural vegetation seams and cracks In the .pervious limestone that let and the residium* of wild animals and natural habitat water seep away faster than it ran In. become sufficiently scarce to be of more than passing Additional investments are s cheduled for reestab- interest. Perhaps only now are we as a nation ready lishing a golf course, laying out a camping area, a to appreciate, study and learn about, and cherish our series of rustic retreats and honeymoon cottages, heritage. hiking trails and riding trails, servicing a string of These three separately owned, separately conceived, riding horses and ponies, and establishing more wild separately developed, specialized enterprises provide animals on the grounds. A herd of d *eer makes its a unique recreational opportunity for the nature lover. home on the premises, and ducks and.swans swim in Their offerings range from the slime of prehistoric the pool under. the bridge. The natural vegetation along swamp to a formal garden populated by exotic birds the glen leading to the old saltpeter. quarry, Lost and plants. Serious students mingle with schedule- River, and Lace Waterfall is kept in its virgin state. scourged tourists at the oldest and best-developed of 96 these examples--and, already, tourist use of the other to the rudimentary facilities between July 1959 and two taxes the available facilities. June 30, 1960. During the next 6 months, 2,600 tickets One of the three is a wilderness areaand sanctuary were sold and about 500 children under 12 years of owned and maintained by a national organization de- age were admitted free. Several tours to the sanctuary dicated to resource conservation and outdoor educa- and to other points of interest are scheduled periodi- tion. One is a privately owned botanical garden, cally under the guidance of staff or members of the waterfowl refuge, and exotic bird collection. The society. Botanists and bird watchers areparticularly third is an embryonic junior museum and cultural interested in the resources of this facility. center originally sponsored by a national organiza- The staff currently consists of the superintendent tion and being developed by the community. and three regular employees. The superintendent's Two of these examples are on adjoining properties wife is frequently drafted (willingly and graciously) The third is approximately 30 miles away through a to assist with various tasks of public relations. section of the State where many stages of our "civil- Although the superintendent has general management izing" process over nature can be observed first- responsibility, all other decisions relative to policy, hand. budget, development, and specific programs are deter- mined by the directors in the national office, which is several hundred miles away. EXAMPLE 38: A WILDERNESS AREA AND SANCTUARY On-the-spot management problems are of two kinds. First is the ever-present danger of forest fire, dis ease The trilogy starts with a 6,080-acre area containing trespass, or other catastrophe that would wipe out the the last large remnant of virgin wetiand forests that natural Wilderness environment. A growing worry formerly blanketed this section of the continent. Until along this line is the continued drive to drain adjoining relatively recently, this area remained remote and lands for farming and suburban development schemes. inaccessible to all but the most hardy woodsmen. Drainage would ruin the entire program being deve- Fires passed it by and civilization approached it loped here. slowly. The second kind of problem involves development However, large logging operations threatened de- and use. What facilities must be provided as basic struction of the area less than 10 years ago. Alarmed essentials? What types of services are to be provided? naturalists and conservationists advocated its pre- Where does conservation, wilderness, or sanctuary servation and staged a campaign for purchase of the stop and recreation for the people begin? How can area. The conservation efforts were at least partially the necessary improvements be financed from the successful. A well-known, nationally active society limited budget? Answers to questions of this kind adopted the area as a project. Funds raised by con- apparently have not yet been hammered out by the tributions were sufficient for purchase of 2,240 acres, directors. The public is anxious to utilize the re- and a lumberman donated an additional 640 acres. sources, and the superintendent is caught between These holdings are the core of the present wilderness their desire for use and the owner's desire for solitude. area and wildlife sanctuary. A buffer zone containing The typos of visitors to date have created few 3,200 acres is leased at a nominal rental from problems of litter, fire hazard, vandalism, and so on. another timber owner. Most of them understand the need for caution in con- The sponsoring society has moved swiftly in some trol of fire and also respect the natural environment. ways but seemingly slowly in others in developing However, blooming flowers within reach of pedestrians plans for utilizing this resource. One of its control- are likely to be picked and people are prone to throw ling tenets is to disturb the natural habitat of plants and things at the alligators to see whether they are alive. animals as little as.possible. But some development During the height of the season for visitors, the was necessary before even most members of the manager tries to have someone posted along the board- society could enjoy the beauty of the area or view its walk, both to answer questions and to. prevent vandalism attractions. A road to the property was constructed, or other undesirable actions. boundary fencing installed, headquarters buildings Plans for future development are not firmly estab- erected, and a. boardwalk laid out into the heart of lished beyond the board policy stages. Basically, the the area. property will be .' _@pt as nearly as possible in its This area has been open to the general public only original wild natural state as long as possible. Pres- sinc.e January 1960 and it is still inadequately deve- sures for use, however, are anticipated. Additional loped to handle a large volume of visitors. The staff staff housing is needed and must be added. The board- is small, the operating and improvement budget is walk may prove to be inadequate for the number of small, and the policy relative to public recreational visitors, and extensions or alternatives may be use in the future is unformed. Soulsearching is going needed. Sanitary facilities must be expanded if the on among the membership. One group favors strict number of visitors continues to grow. Research and wilderness conditions, the other favors moderate special- interest groups, such as bird watchers and alteration to encourage use by and benefits to optimum photographers, may require access to additional area numbers of people. or special facilities. The admission charge of $ 1 for all persons 12 years Most of these problems will be solved as they arise. of age or older and the relative isolation have not The expressed hope is that people will notflock in too deterred visitors. About 8,500 people paid admissions fast, that growth can be gradual and changes held to 97 a bare minimum to preserve the wilderness features. maintenance and improvement is done by regular The superintendent knows and cooperates with the employees during the slack season. Quality of avail- managers of the two other enterprises in this trilogy. able labor is a problem in this area. Turnover on They are agreed that each has a unique opportunity the labor staff is high. A larger number of visitors to function both within the framework of his own could be served by the present staff, particularly if enterprise and within the community of interests the season were extended. represented by all three. Attendance figures have increased steadily during the 7 years of present management. The recreation industry of this area is based primarily on winter EXAMPLE 391 A FORMAL GARDEN AND BIRD COLLECTION tourism, together with considerable local trade. About 30,000 adults and 3,500 children paid admissions An outstanding botanical and ornithological attrac- in 1960. Adults are charged $1.25 and children tion is being developed by a philanthropist on a 30- between 6 and 12 years old pay $0.50 including taxes. acre tract on the outskirts of a small city. The An annual ticket is available to local residents botanical collection was begun more than 50 years who may wish to visit the facility frequently. About ago by a professional botanist. Between the time of 300 of these tickets were sold in 1960. his death and its acquisition by the presentowner, the Records of registrants show that 17 percent of the estate passed through several hands and the collection visitors were from this State, New York-NewJersey- of plants fell into disrepair because of neglect and Pennsylvania accounted for 22 percent, and Michigan- vandalism. Its present owner combined three owner- Obio-Illinois accounted for 20 percent. The rest ships to reconstitute the original holding and bought were from widely scattered locations. All 50 States the area immediately surrounding the property to and 26 foreign countries were represented during the control nearby development. year. The average length of visitor stay is an hour Considerable sums have been spent to reconstitute to an hour and a half. Fifteen percent of the visitors and add to the original botanical collections and rare are repeaters from previous years. Probably about birds have been added to the facility. The owner hopes the same proportion returns twice or more during that eventually this enterprise can be operated on a the season while they are in the area. At least one financially sound basis. In addition to the ownerts national conservation organization regularly includes personal pleasure derived from the fine collections, this facility in its conducted tours to special attractions the public gains by the recreation values provided in this region. and professional students gain by access to rare Plans for the future hinge on the owner's continued specimens often unavailable in other collections. A interest. Gate receipts are insufficient to pay operat- widespread cooperative program of education, re- ing costs and make the desired improvements. If search, and exchange of breeding materials and of attendance continues to grow as it has in the past, information is planned to accompany the economically the gate, together with sales from the gift shop and necessary recreation aspects. Close cooperation possibly sales of plants and birds, will support the exists between the management of this facility, enterprise. Local interest, as well as specialized educational and civic groups in the local community, professional interest in the collection, is growing. and conservationists and other specialists in State Assuming that ownership will not change or that and national areas of interest. succeeding owners will generally continue the present This property was purchased in 1951, and It is program, development will continue along the same still being developed and improved as staff time and lines for additions of exotic species of plants and budget allow and as new plants or birds become birds. Probably they will be kept within the confines of available. The present manager, a graduate botanist, the 30-acre tract. As the tourist interest increases, has an operating budget in the range of $125,000 and some concessions will be required in management. a general development program in addition to the For example, small birds now left in the open may day-to-day operations. Although increasing attend- be caged to protect them from tourists, the tanbark ance is important in the owner's attitude toward this trails may require more substantial surfacing and enterprise, the perfection of outstanding collections some of the more valuable plants may need protection. is at least equally important. Problems will grow as the traffic grows. The real value of this property isdifficultto assess Pilferage and vandalism are minor problems. This because many of the species of plants and birds are is attributed to the class of people attracted to the extremely rare. Some are literally Irreplaceable. facility and the general respect they have for what Assuming roughly a $600,000 valuation, about $270,000 is being done. Many of the visitors noted during the is represented by land and buildings, including ponds, time data were being developed for this case example special fences, and other improvements; $30,000 is in were strolling and gazing almost as though in awe at birds; and $300,000 is in the plant collection. the beauty and variety of the sights. A large staff is maintained partly because of the expansion program and partly because the owner's standards for appearance are high. In addition to EXAMPLE 40: A JUNIOR MUSEUM AND CULTURAL CENTER the manager, 22 men and women are employed full- time and two additional women clerks work 2 days Nature study in this community is being expedited a week in the gift shop. The heavy extra work of through the activities of local leaders fortified by 98 benevolent gifts and a national advisory program. required for improvements, purchase of necessary Tremendous possibilities exist for integration of equipment, and a fourth of the manager's over all this program into the public school system, into the salary. The longer term operating budget envisions community's recreation program, and into the econ- two full-time science leaders whose salaries would omic framework of the recreation trade. aggregate $13,000 to $14,000 and other operating and The program was begun in 1959 when a benevolent maintenance expenses of roughly $11,000 for a total part-time resident donated a 5-acre tract and a of $25,000 annually. building to begin a community center for nature study. Initial interest in the program has been gratifying. This person is interested in this kind of endeavor In addition to the school tie-in, local service clubs, and Is influential in a national organization spon- the county 4-H leaders, women's groups, and social soring such programs. The national organization, leaders have supported the center with funds, time, in turn, helped the community develop a local manag- or promises of assistance. A local Audubon Society Ing group and a fiscal program and hire a competent of 35 members is actively interested, 55 volunteer director. The program is in its infancy--less than a helpers are organized into a Women's League, and a year old--and certain problems, as well as pro- Board of Directors composed of 33 year-round re- spective potentials, already are evident. sidents from different interest groups in the community The basic purpose for this type of activity is to is-helping to chart the future program. assist in the organization of educational and. Plans for the future depend largely on maintenance recreational programs designed to bring about a of present interest and generation of additional funds better understanding of nature programs which will and programs. Publicity by press and radio has been build up outdoor interests and bobbies." A -junior excellent and probably will continue if it is justified. museum; a nature library; traveling and stationary Jn conjunction with both the school system and the exhibits; collections of insects, shells, flowers, leayes, recreation program, a summer day camp program and so on, from the area; demonstration-plot work; is planned for the center and other locations in the nature trails and nature hikes; and numerous other area. A bookstore and nature study supply store may activities are within the realm of possible projects be added to the other facilities as a small money- for future development. The ultimate variety and making enterprise. Other ideas for raising funds volume of projects will depend largely upon the through these activities are being considered, but the interest that can be generated within the local com- pro gram is too new to indicate which of them would munity. be desirable. The center's director teaches basic science in the Unique opportunities exist in this community for an local high school program for three-fourths of his integrated nature program for education, as well as time, and a fourth of his effort is concentrated on a tourist attraction. The tract donated to this nature classes and program development for the nature center is fortuitously located botanically to provide center. It is planned that field trips and study of natural conditions ranging from swamp to well-drained materials in the laboratory will become an integral land. Its cover ranges from natural to uncared-for part of the school program, as well as of the com- orchard. Demonstrations about a wide variety of munity's recreation program. The first nature center nature conditions typIcal of the region are possible, classes were begun as an after-school recreational therefore, for a minimum of expense and effort. The program for the 7 to 12-year age group. About 300 plot also lies adjacent to a privately owned facility boys and girls started and after about 4 months, having an outstanding, tropical, botanical garden; a approximately 125 still attend regularly. These are renowned waterfowl collection; and hundreds of exotic the hard core from which it is planned to develop birds. A few miles distant lies a large wildlife junior leaders in subsequent years as the program sanctuary where swampland flora and both migratory grows. The boys and girls began in mixed classes, and native birds and animals can be studied. The but their interests differed, and the group has separat- three programs could be integrated, informally at ed into two programs. A junior high school group least, into a unique educational and recreational re- for 12 to 14 year-olds is being organized, and it source. No particular problem presently exists to appears that the boys and girls of this age group will prevent such community of interest, and the managers work together. Each class will develop its own of the three enterprises recognize that this aspect program under limited adult guidance. This age need not interfere in any way with their individual group will develop into. junior assistant instructors programs for development and operation. when adequately trained and will help with the younger The major problem to be solved by this budding children's activities. Plans are being prepared also nature center is to generate sufficient community to have a program for senior high school youngsters. interest for financial and other support as it develops. An adult program already is underway on a small Time will tell whether a solid core of support can be scale. Members of the nature center association may built behind this nonprofit community project. attend the class in pine needle craft for $2 and non- member fees are set at $5. Teaching assistants for this and other courses taught at the center are volun- EXAMPLE 41: A BOOMTOWN BUST RECLAIMED teers who serve without pay. The initial budget for development and operating A boomtown subdivision that failed, a realtor with expenses was $18,000. Most of these funds were vision, an artistic setting, a lot of hard work, and .99 showmanship have been combined with a botanical $0.25 for admission to a reserved seat photographers- garden of outstanding merit, supplemented by a water stand from which the' water sports can best be sports show and photogenic setting. The grounds photographed. Educational groups and similar chap- are designed for the ultimate of photogenic -possibili- eroned or conducted tours are admitted at half ties on the one band, and relaxing and educational price. These charges admit a person to the grounds sightseeing on the other. Landscaped grounds provide for a full day. The special boat rides around the a setting for a collection of more than 2,100 different grounds cost $0.50 per person.. kinds of tropical plants from all over the world. . The manager claims that rowdyism and pilferage Care is taken that all changes blend into the over- are almost nonexistent here. The reason seems to all sense of rightness for the grounds. The owner lie in the general atmosphere. Litter, clutter, and strives for a definite atmosphere. He wants to vandalism, however, are relatively minor considering provide a peaceful, natural setting that will put the multitudes of people passing through the grounds. visitors in the state of mind for enjoyment. Service A large staff of groundskeepers is required. is of paramount importance. One measure of this Plans for the future involve constant change and facility is that local people are proud of the activity adjustment but no enlargement of the grounds. Each and telling others about It. A second measure is the change will be studied carefully for its effect on number of tourists who make repeat visits and tell the overall product. Nonewconcessions areplanned-- their friends about the place. the gate charge must bear the major financial burden This property of 130 to 140 acres on the shores of for the grounds. However, the various special con- the fair-sized lake was@ purchased by the present cessions and services are self-supporting. Some owners in 1933 and opened to the public officially in changes in landscaping and design are required January 1936. This enterprise now is a multi-million periodically to handle the crowds or to meet speci- dollar corporation owned by relatively few people. fications for new projects undertaken. The axiom Several of the original buildings still are in use, expressed was: "You can't stand still and provide although many additional specialized structures have good service." been added to serve public needs and to service the various activities required to keep the operation in topcondition. The central attraction is the landscaped botanical garden. The giftshop-restaurant, the service EXAMPLE 42: A WILDLIFE PARK stands, the winding walks, and the artistically placed rustic seats are supplemental services for enjoyment A small, compact wildlife park in one of the of the garden. Similarly, a subbranch post office is southern tourist areas provides' opportunity for manned by the company personnel, as are the informa- vistors to study about 40 species of animals, birds, tion booths, a Chamber of Commerce office, and and snakes. The area, which contains a little more other services to the public. Space is even set aside than an acre, adjoins a busy tourist highway. A gift for use of special interest groups that come here to shop is . operated in conjunction with the wildlife advance their activities at the invitation of the manage- display. ment. Water sports are a feature attraction and The park is family-owned and operated. It was demonstrations are scheduled regularly each day. begun in 1956 when the operator's health required Photographic experts circulate among the guests to that he change occupations. He already owned the provide technical assistance for s butter- snapping site. Most of the regular work around the place visitors. Power boat rides can be taken through is done by the operator, his wife, and a son-in-law. a maze of canals on the grounds. The son-in-law is a salaried employee. Approximately 170 employees are required re- Although the display is open all year, the two gularly to run this operation. Another 30 to 35 seasons, June 10 to September 5 and December 25 to student trainees, college student summer workers, April 30, account for most of the attendance. Busi- and special event personnel are added during the ness in other periods is usually slow. Also, business summer. Most of the specialists were trained on was slower in 1960-61 than previous' years. The the grounds. Considerable service work and ex- operators stated that since theirs is "a luxuryitem," perimentation are conducted here partly as good they were among the first to feel the effects of public relations and partly as good business. Under- unemployment or business uncertainty on spending water, color, and action photography are emphasized patterns. In times of recession, people take vaca- particularly because It is felt that the public interest tions and spend money for food, lodging, and gasoline requires these services. but pass up the side expenses. Visitors come from all corners of the globe. Most Visitors from all over the country stop here. A are sightseers, although more and more specialists large proportion of them are residents of this State. in plants and photography gravitate to the facility, A majority of the out-of-State visitors' are from which is placed at their disposal. Morethana million Michigan, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and NewYork. people bought admissions during 1960. Roughly an- No particular income groups predominate. Couples other quarter million children under 12 years of age with schoolage children tend to be concentrated and special groups of underprivileged were admitted during the summer holiday season.. Childless young free of charge. The gate admission rates are $2 for couples, couples with preschool children, and the adults, $0.35 for children 12 to 17 years old, and elderly predominate during the winter season. 100 Admission prices to the park are $0.90 for adults ground areas. It is within a half-day drive from and $0.50 for children. Organized groups, such as several large cities. Urge numbers of visitors Sunday School classes, Boy Scout groups, or public frequently make week-end circle trips through this school classes are admitted free as the owners' scenic area. personal gesture toward educating the public about During the regular season of about 100 days, wild animals and nature. These owners, incidentally hourly elephant and chimpanzee acts are presented are active in local civic affairs, and a part of the and a reptile demonstration is staged. Attendants operator's time is devoted to public service. will answer questions or conduct tours through the Gross business operations are In the range of exhibit If desired. School tours frequently Include $15,000 per year, of which roughly half is from the this attraction in their itineraries" and more local- gift shop and half from admissions to the park. iz'ed, groups 'including a 4-H club organization, a About four times more adult tickets are sold than local orphanage, and a home for mentally retarded are children's tickets. About 6,500 admissions were people regularly hold outings here. sold in 1960. At least twice as many people stop in In addition to the animal -exhibit or zoo, the facility the gift shop as buy admissions@ This proportionwas includes a souvenir shop and a small lunch counter. noticeably higher in 1960-61 than previously. Sales The lunch counter reportedly is barely self-support- were about 6 to 8 percent lower than in 1959 and those ing. It Is maintained as a convenience where one in 1959 were lower than in 1958 mainly because of parent can rest while the other takes the children national economic recession and regional unemploy- through the grounds. The refreshments are sold at ment. about coot. A second but smaller stand inthe grounds A considerably larger volume of visitors could be sells soft drinks, Ice cream.,'-and other refreshments handled through the present resources. The volume in addition to packaged feed ''for the animals. An will grow with economic' conditions --business in the interesting innovation is the use of ice cream cones whole region was poor during the 1960-61 season. instead of bags or cardboard boxes for thepackaging. Since this is a small family-operated enterprise, It The cones are edible for most of the animals and the is better.able to withstand poor times than are those litter problem is reduced appreciably at the same depending on a large labor force. However, feed costs time people are enabled to feed the animals. for' the animals are rising and the margin of profit This 'business was begun In its present location is dropping in 1951 --- as a partnership between two brothers, both This middle-aged couple has thought about ways- to of whom have spent most of their adult lives in expand their present business and the addition -of various forms of recreational entertainment and complementary enterprises to attract more visitors. animal programs. It, occupies 9 acres from the They do not feel that either move would be wise until front of a former farm under a 25-year lease with business improves. For example, the potential in- option for renewal. It is one of a series of special- come from a pony ride probably would not warrant ized recreation attractions lying along a major the expense for an additional employee and mainten- highway in relatively open country. ance of the ponies; buying and selling wild animals is Its capacity to handle people is almost unlimited, a specialized and risky business; and others already although additional staff would be needed to handle have developed many other items that would comple- the crowds. Most people spend an hour in looking ment this operation. They also feel tied down to at the animals, resting, and consuming refreshments. the work and are considering disposal of this enfer- The largest single-day attendance to date has been prise to gain more freedom of action. They are 2,600 people. Attendance during the 100-day tourist making a living, but the profits do not compensate season runs about 50,000 to 60,000 admissions sold. adequately for the personal inconvenience. Probably at least an equal number stop at the gift This couple like to meet people andgis generally shop or the lunch counter but do not buy tickets. complimentary about the -way most people behaved Admission to the exhibits is $1 per adult and $0.50 for around their premises. Very few people teased the child ren. About a third of total-admission gross animals and pilferage in the gift shop was not exces- income is from children's tickets. Educational and sive. However, the latter is a definite problem. public benefit groups are admitted at half price. Plans for the future are uncertain. No expansion Groups from a local orphanage are admitted free, will be undertaken until business picks up. The and each child is given popcorn and a soft drink foreseeable future volume of tourists can be handled during the visit. Many blind, crippled, and other- by the present size of enterprise. wise handicapped people are admitted- free as a public service. Attendance in 1960 was about a third lower than EXAMPLE 43: WILDLIFE ON DISPLAY in recent years. Reasons given for this decline include "short money" In the trade area- and the More than 300 individual specimens representing recognition that a large proportion of visitors to about 30 species of animals and birds are presented the area come back year after year. Many family for public entertainment and education,in a private groups- have visited this exhibit several times and zoo or wild animal exhibit. This enterprise is there is a limit to their interest. well-located on a major highway used by recreation- The regular staff, in addition to one of the owners, ists in one of the Nation's major mountain play- includes four maintenance men who care for the 101 animals and do other required work during the off Wildlife from four continents is gathered in one such season. During the tourist season, both owners and facility located beside one of the main north-south their wives, four to six women clerks in the shop highways in an Eastern State. and at the lunch counter, and two additional maintain- This private zoo, which has been in operation only ance men, are needed. since mid-1959, attracted more than 44,500 paid Gross income is in the range of $70,000 to $80,000 admissions in that year and more than 52,000 in annually. Costs are rising and admissions have not 1960. An additional 8,000 to 10,000 people paused increased as rapidly as was anticipated. Specialized to rest in the parking lot, look at the animals nearby, expenses mentioned as cause for financial concern and possibly visit the gift shop each year. All ages were the very high insurance required for this kind and kinds of people visit the grounds although families of enterprise and the high cost of advertising. Both with smaller children naturally tend to predominate. items must be maintain ed regardless of the volume Touring groups stop occasionally, and a growing of business. Animal feed also is a heavy continuous list of associations or conferences meeting in the drain unrelated to ticket sales. region include stops here in their programs. Several supplemental enterprises have been tried Admissions are $1.35 for adult and $0.65 for and dropped because they were unprofitable. Among children. Repeat visits are encouraged through these were coin-operated mechanical ride machines, issuance of season tickets to guests living within pony rides for children,, an Indian arts and crafts reasonable driving distance. Several kinds of rides center, and an archery range. The owners still are available for from $0.20 to $0.35 each. These belie Ve that additional exterprises can be developed include ponies, miniature tractors, a narrow-gauge on the grounds And are currently. considering plans railroad, a merry-go-round, and a tour of the zoo. for a "frontier 'village," where food and other Two special areas containing small animals are of merchandise typical of the region can be sold prof- particular interest to small children, although many itably while people are looking at the collections of adults find them attractive also. pioneer tools, costumes and machinery. The owners The average visitors stays about 2 hours. Records also are interested in promotion of a huge winter for 1960 show that 6 percent of the complimentary recreaiion program being' studied for this region. passes or season tickets were used again at least Winter recreation developed for the area probably once during the year. would increase the number of visitors interested in Virginia is the primary source of visitors, account- the wild animal exhibit to the extent of paying carry- ing for about 75 percent of paid registrations; Penn- ing costs during what now is the closed season. sylvania, West Virginia, and Maryland each provide No serious problems in dealing with recreationists about 5 percent, and the other 10 percent come from were mentioned. The owners know that a certain a wide range of places. amount of pilerage is inevitable. Sometimes they The main adibinistration building houses the gift can spot likely-looking suspects and watch them shop and food-vending machines for human food and closely. High school tours are watched extra closely. tidbits for ' the animals. Parking is free and a They say that some groups make a game of trying picnic area is provided. A corollary enterprise to steal as much as possible. Others are very well- unaffected by the recreation trade, involves the buy- behaved. ing and selling of wild animals. Litter is a minor problem, partly because ice Management problems involving public actions are cream cones are used as containers. Scattered minimal. Most visitors arewell-behaved. Theguided soft drink bottles thrown down and often broken are tour reduces opportunities to bother the animals, a nuisance and a danger. The maintenance crew is but very few individuals try to irritate them. School instructed to keep things picked up and conditions groups are Accompanied by teachers who control safe. They also keep an eye on the crowd to control them quite well. A small amount of vandalism the few individuals tempted to tease the animals or occurs, and about the average amount of shoplifting approach dangerous ones. goes on In the gift shop. One person's time during Sanitation around the animals is a major problem. the peak season is used primarily for picking up In addition to the health factor, people do not like papers and trash dropped by the customers. the odor. Veterinarian service is limited. Most A permanent staff of six people is occupied during animal doctors are not equipped to care for the the off season with feeding, repairs, maintenance, variety or range of animal health conditions found management, and the small volume of visitors. This in the zoo. Consequently, expensive animals may be staff expands to 19 or 20 during the peak season. A. lost for lack of adequate medical attention. staff of this size could handle up to 10,000 visitors This firm will continue efforts1to drawincreased per day. Additional help could be easily recruited attendance and expand its business. No:real.limita- if required. don exists now in its ability, to@. serve the public. This fac:ility is located on a 55-acre tract com- prising one segment of' a.300-acre livestock farm specializing In breeding, training, and selling Shetland, EXAMPLE 44: WILDLIFE AND.SIDE ATTRACTIONS Welsh, Hackney, and Arabian horses and ponies. The two enterprises are, operated separately. The Privately owned zoos managed-as"recreation enter- zoo,' which is a corporation, operates under a renew- prises are relatively, new,`,and' re atively scarce. able 10-year lease. Its 18 shareholders have an 102 investment of about $400,000, divided roughly into Numerous ranches in the West and Southwest have $75,000 real property and $325,000 personal property. found "dude" wrangling more profitable than cattle Because of the size of the livestock inventory and or sheep@ Others take in guests as a sideline while high operating costs unrelated to volume of business, still operating full-time ranches. The romance of this firm has had a severe financial drain while the Old West is so deepseated in our culture that building up its clientele. A related problem is that, dude ranches simulating western customs are scat- although the number of paid admission has increased, tered throughout the rest of the country. the average expenditure per capita declined from The six examples chosen to illustrate this se@tion $1.55 in 1959 to $1.22 in 1960. of cases include a small western working ranch, a According to the manager, the greatest problem is pack-trip operator, an eastern trail-riding operation, to weather early growing pains. Continued publicity a small public riding stable, and a community- and public relations are required to attract visitors sponsored rodeo. Case number 22, the Montana and to convince tour agencies to include the zoo in outfitters and Guides, might also hVReeen classified their package tours. Provision of additional rides in this category. and entertainment would draw larger attendance but, again, funds are needed for development and carrying costs until the clientele becomes accustomed to EXAMPLE 45: A SMALL WESTERN WORKING RANCH visiting the place. Approximately 40 percent of the short-terms budget A modest, family-owned, working dude ranch iso- was spent for short-term (newspaper, radio, throw- lated high in the mountains of the Southwest apparently aways) and long-term publicity (permanent highway has survived while several of its more pretentious signs). This disproportionate cost should decline as neighbors have suffered financial difficulties. the facility becomes better known, as the volume of This 1,200-acre ranch was acquired in 1917 and business increases, and as the more permanent signs the present buildings have been added gradually. are placed. The large ranchhouse and two guest cottages can The wild animal dealership probably will be ex- house the family and about 30 guests at one time. panded during the next few years. The manager has Two other small cottages are provided for the help. opportunities and interest in this direction, and the A small barn is used for the horses as needed. overall objectives and purposes of the two enter- The father, mother, two adult daughters, and a prises complement each other. son-in-law owned and operated the ranch until the The State agency responsible for regulation of father died recently. However, the ranch will continue wild animal farms has been cooperative in both as before. A small herd of about 35 beef-type cows principle and practice. It has provided many mature and about 40 pack and saddle horses constitute the wild animals for temporary display purposes. This livestock on this ranch. The family lives in a nearby practice Is in accord with the basic concept under- town during the winters, moving to the ranch by lying the establishment of this recreational facility, about May 1, and keeping the facilities open until namely, that it is educational in scope. It provides the end of elk season about December 1. opportunities for parents and schools to teachthrough The guests are mainly family groups from Texas seeing., Also, it teaches by combining education with and Oklahoma. Most of them started coming here recreation. Expansion in the school tour program years ago when they went to the mountains to escape is anticipated. the summer heat. Now, even with air conditioning in their homes, they still return from habit and because they like the relaxed atmosphere. Several original guest families bring their grandchildren HORSEBACK ACTIVITIES to this ranch. Except for the horses that are avail- able for riding and the trout stream nearby, no Horseback riding for recreation is particularly effort is made to provide entertainment for the popular with city children. Pony rides around small guests. Some of them help with the haying and other rings in the suburbs frequently have long lines of ranch tasks for the fun of it. impatient youngsters awaiting turns. Riding stables The guests generally are families that return each farther afield also are crowded on most pleasant year. There is relatively little turnover and practi- weekend days. Teenagers and young adults usually cally no effort is made to advertise. Only about.30 predominate at stables open to public riding although guests can be accommodated conveniently. If neces- a sprinkling of older riders is often present. Riding sary, additional people can be crowded in through clubs usually tend toward more genteel styles of use of roll-a-way beds and doubling up. The guests riding. Many of the rides own their own mounts. seem to be easily satisfied and prefer to relax, Competitions and horseshows are popular forms of enjoy their children, ride horseback, and rest. recreation. Rates charged are $15 per day for room and .Camps, resorts, dude ranches, and guides often board and $3.50 per day for horses. Most guests provide horses for riding and frequently orient their are families of doctors, lawyers, and other profes- recreation programs around trailriding. Pack trips sional types. Several of the men spend summer, are a 'rranged for overnight jaunts or frequently for vacation time here with their families and also several days or weeks. return for one or more of the hunting seasons. the 103 other hunters are mainly from Texas or are local ant ex periences. Word-of-mouth and third-person residents. Hunting includes grouse, turkey, deer news stories are the best kinds of advertising for and elk. The son-in-law and his wife provide the these programs. The potential public is tooscattered guiding services. for contact through usual advertising media. This In addition to the four family members, the summer trip manager or his representative plans trips in staff includes a cook, three maids, and two men for detail. A contract is signed with each outfitter after outside work. The cook has been a regular employee his equipment and reputation have passed previous for more than 10 seasons. Young girls from the area scrutiny. The duties and resposibilities of the usually are recruited each year as maids. They packer's staff, the quality of animals used, the gear complain about the isolation, although effort is made to be provided, the quality and quantities of food,. to allow them one day a week away from the ranch. and other points are covered In the contract for the No , estimate of capital investment was available. ultimate satisfaction of all concerned. The incom6@_wifs--_reported as "adequate for the Each outfitter bids for specific pack trips. - The family." average wilderness pack trip organized by this The 'owners have no plans for changes In their individual Includes about 23 guests, 10 wranglers, operations. This size of enterprise apparently sup- a medical doctor, and the manager or his repre- ports the family adequately. If more guest were sentative. The nearly 40 people Involved require recruited, labor problems would become important. roughly 70 to 80 horses depending upon the type of The family could@ handle the work now if labor country, the amount of gear that must be packed, the troubles made this necessary. length of the trip, and other factors. Some concern was mentioned about staying open Packers and promoters have learned to discourage during the hunting season. This period is mainly volunteer help from the guest riders. Guests are a nuisance during which expenses are seldom met. encouraged to tie up their horses, walk away, and A time-gap exists between summer vacations and stay away until time to remount. The only exceptions the first hunting season, as well as between hunting are a few riders who are obviously familiar with seasons. Help must be kept on full pay. Also, the horses and really want to help. The danger of'being owners said they had to get up too early in the kicked, stepped on, or bitten, together with Inept morning to serve the hunters. The ranch probably will saddling or packing, is too great to permit chances.. continue to stay open, even though the hunting season Although this manager has had no accidents of is unprofitable, because several of the men who are any kind on trailriding parties, he believes that his summer guests return to hunt. good fortune results from eternal vigilance against the causes of accidents. Liability insurance is hard to get and very expensive. Insurance companies fear EXAMPLE 46: A PACK TRIP OPERATOR the risks when horses and humans are involved. The rate currently paid amounts to 2 percent of Dudes and experienced riders alike are turning gross Income, although this high rate may be reduced increasingly to horseback and pack trips into the if the present experience record can be maintained. wilderness areas maintained by the U. S. Forest This manager schedules seven or eight pack trips Service and the National Park Service. At least two annually. The number Is growing as the demand national groups ardently support wilderness area grows., Most of the trips are for 10 to 12 days and preservation and vigorously oppose proposals that the price per person ranges from about $225 to $325 access be made easier to them or that resources from the jumping-off place to the return point. In be harvested from them. Both groups sponsor several addition, the guests must pay all transportation pack trips annually into various wild areas. More between home and meeting point, provide a long list and more people seem to have a yen for rough country of personal equipment for comfort and convenience-- seldom penetrated by humans. and keep the whole load to about 50 pounds. , An advocate of such recreational activities, after Guest riders are of all ages from 8 to 80. The conducting horseback and pack trips himself for main requisite is an Interest in this kind of rec- several years, now organizes and arranges trips for reation and physical health adaptable to high altitudes others. He is a middleman, a publicist, a manager, and changeable weather. Knowledge of horseback and a conservator for our few remaining segments riding is not essential; the pack trips start off by of formerly vast frontiers. easy stages and frequent rest stops help to prevent The managerial costs per person and per trip into undue stiffness or soreness before the riders become the wilderness areas are high -largely because of accustomed to trailriding. the small numbers of people served.- This new Guests join pack trips from widely scattered service has operated at a financial loss since it was locations. Ordinarily, they are from middle or started. Participation has been growing rapidly and higher Income levels. This is a relatively expensive the program may hecome financially self-supporting type of recreation. About two-thirds of the guests in another year or two. Publicity outlets with national are women; many are members of family parties, coverage are helping to overcome the fears people others are office workers, nurses, laboratory tech- have had about the difficulties and. dangers involved nicians, teachers, lawyers, and members of other in trail riding. Most Americans do not realize that professions, who want to get away fro m. confining organized pack-train trips can be relaxing and pleas.- urban occupations for a while. 104 This trip manager spoke highly of the guest riders. in addition to the husband and wife, seven cooks, They join these parties because they want this kind waitresses, and maids; two stable hands; three of outdoor experience. He spoke highly also of the year-round farmhands; and three extra hands are public officials with whom he dealt relative to use of required to keep the operations functioning during trails, campsites, grazing, and other matters. Little the summer. opportunity exists for conflicts with other private The buildings are kept consciously rustic--but interests since very few use the same areas. comfortable. Four family-sized cabins and nine Two major problems 'were mentioned as complicat- rooms in the ranchbouse are available for guests. ing the future success of wilderness trailriding.' The isolated location requires that the staff behoused One involves the growing shortage of good riding on the place. and pack animals. Few horsebreeders remain in The guest list is selective and is built solely by business in the high mountain country. Horses word-of-mouth advertisingi All sections of the'United from lower altitudes apparently cannot adapt to the States are represented among the guests. Some are thinner air nor are they accustomed to the rocky, '.'buffs" sampling the trailriding in different areas. rough trails that must be followed. A few professional Others return here year after year. The owner packers have begun breeding mares for off-season stated that he now takes the third generation of some foaling in order to raise replacement stock and still families on tndl rides. This form of recreation is use the mares in summer. attractive because of the opportunities to "rough it" The second problem involves the constant pressures on trails and in crude overnight shelters located applied on public agencies to provide easier access either on the ranch or on established trails in the to wilderness areas. It was claimed that hardly adjoining national park. People can sit and loaf, a place remains in true wilderness that is more swim in a cold lake, or bike along the trails if they than 50, miles from some kind of modern access. wish; but the piece de resistance is the established The plea was made for preservation at present by 2- 3 - 4 day, or longer, pack trips--especially, the all means and as long as possible In the future. annual outings sponsored by a national organization. As this man observed, once gone, the wilderness The pack trips cost about $25 per person per day never can be replaced. and include all services--food, sleeping bags, tents, This man spoke intently of the feelings experienced horses, guides, cook, and so forth. Meals and lodg- by the guest riders. Nowhere else can they acquire ing at headquarters cost $11 to $11.50 daily. Horses quite the same sense of pioneering and exploration. may be rented for individual rides, if they are avail-w They lose this feeling of adventure when they cross able, although this seldom happens. a road or run across other evidences of modern Horses are the crux of this operation, yet they are technological encroachment on the remaining wilder- needed for a relatively short time. A working arrange- ness. ment with the owner of a riding stable from a town Plans for the future hinge largely on the demand nearby is that he provides the horses and gear for for wilderness trips. Prospects are that demand 40 percent of gross receipts from each horse plus will increase fairly rapidly and that new trips into the feed, care, and attention when the horse is in other areas will be needed. The cost per person use. A few horses are owned by the ranch and kept for each trip probably will remain relatively high there all year for ranch work as needed but the rest because of the peculiar problems of logistics. are moved away when the season is over. The guest list for pack trips usually includes men and women in those age groups who can stand the EXAMPLE 41: AN EASTERN TRAILRIDING OPERATION rough activity. Level of income is less of a criterion than whether they are the kind who enjoy the rustic An isolated mountaintop location accessible only conditions and wholesome atmosphere. with difficulty was selected more than a quarter- This enterprise actually began as a depression- century ago by a young couple as home base for born lease on a fishing camp. Next was a 5-year wide-ranging trailriding and camping activities. lease of Park Service facilities, followed by the About 35 guests' at a time is the maximum this mortgaged purchase of the initial headquarter site in couple wants to accommodate. They prefer to keep the i937 and a second tract in 1942 to provide a bridge operations on a simple, personalized, family-type between the@ main ranch and national parklands. A level. Dozens of applications for res@ervations are relatively small sum by today's standards, borrowed turned down compared with the 350 or so people who in those early years to establish and operate the spend a few days or a few weeks at this ranch during facility, now is represented by a capital value of the 5 months of the year it is open for business roughly $250,000, of which possibly $50,000 to $60,000 While horseback riding, trailrides ' and overnigh; is personal property and the rest is in land, buildings, camping trips are a major attraction, a breeding herd and growing timber. The business is conducted as of about 100 beef-type cattle is maintained on the a partnership owned by the husband and wife. This roughly 1,500 acres owned. About 100 acres mowed organization will need to incorporate and sell stocks for hay and another 400 acres of improved pasture if plans now being studied result in a large investment are required for the beef operations and the 25 for expansion. horses needed for riding during the summer. The Its location creates several ,problems for this remaining acreage is under timber management. enterprise. Bear protected on the national park 105 killed a flock of sheep several years ago and fre- EXAMPLE 48: A SMALL PUBLIC RIDING STABLE quently kill cattle. Redress is difficult and killing the bear is legally dangerous. About 30 years ago a father and two sons bought Isolation also means personnel recruitment prob- adjoining, tenant-depleted farms lying roughly 15 lems. Active young people want to get in to town. miles from a regional urban center. These families The seasonal nature of trailriding and camping rebuilt soil fertility through good management prac- requires that satisfactory employees must find other tices only to find that with changing times and market work during the winter and, often, they are not conditions their small general farms were no longer available when needed tbe next year. This situation able to support them adequately. is sufficiently critical that the owners are seriously The nearby urban center had proliferated during studying possibilities of expanding operations to this period and city people were crowding thecountry include a ski slope and facilities for other winter roads seeking outdoor recreation opportunities. Visit- sports. A very large investment would be involved ors to one of these farms begged to ride the horses -- and also an appreciable increase in the overall size and were willing to pay for doing so. The farmer, of recreation operations for food and lodging. One who is a congenial sort, let them ride his idle animals. concern to this couple is whether the additional Word spread and friends brought friends to the farm investment will pay. Another is that they already for horseback, riding. Before long, the demand was have a very satisfactory enterprise, work with con- so great that this farmer sometimes unharnessed genial people, and (because of their age) should workhorses and let his fieldwork wait so that people begin tapering off on the hard work. could enjoy the riding. A problem mentioned by this operator is that Demand continued to grow and a full-fledged riding Park Service "policy" relative to the letter of the stable emerged. More horses were added and more law about preservation of parks in their natural state area was needed for pasture and riding space. prevents access to recreational resources. A case Cropland was turned into pasture and riding area, in point mentioned by this operator is that brush and the operator began renting parts of adjoining along trails used for many years Is allowed to farms and stopped producing any crops except pasture. grow up and crowd in until pack horses no longer .Riding has been the major enterprise on this farm can get through. Former beautiful vistas are lost for the last 20 years.i The husband and wife run the because trees have grown a solid c.@rtain between business together just as they had farmed together. the trail and the view. Maintenance on many trails A grown son who has full-time employment in the has been abandoned despite a growing demand for urban center during the week helps them during the recreation use. Additional trails are needed as well weekend rush. He receives a small cash payment as the reconditioning of trails no longer passable. and other considerations. for his services. As this operator expressed himself: "We don't On weekend mornings, they begin saddling horses want a lot .of fancy stuff. All we need are simple shortly after 9 o'clock and on nice days are kept facilities, a place to tie our horses, the right to cut busy until 3:30 or 4:00 in the afternoon in winter a few tent poles as we need them, and a chance to and into. late evening in summer. In winter, the use the trails by making them sowecan get through." horses must be allowed to dry off and eat before Opportunities abound for expansion of this kind of nightfall as they are kept outdoors in open sheds recreation in this mountainous region. Alternative or in the woods. In warm weather, a few regular uses for the land are few. Forestry and this type of customers are occasionally allowed to ride during recreation can be complementary uses. Access the cool of the evening or in the moonlight. Regular acquisition to suitable areas for trails or camping customers also can arrange for rides earlier in the areas might be difficult in situations whereownership mornings and sometimes during the week. Generally, is scatter among numerous private Individuals. however, these owners feel that 2 days of concentrated This kind of recreation is predominantly non- activity each week are enough for both the horses consuming although it requires a small amount of and themselves. They have seriously considered distrubance in the "natural" conditions. Trails must numerous requests for riding lessons during the week, be safe for horses and riders. a small amount of especially during summer vacation, but both busband brushing out and clearing would provide greatly in- and wife agreed that the nervous strain would be too creased recreation benefits compared with the "con- great. servation," losses. December is usually their poorest business month According 'to this operator, pack trains and pack because of the weather and the holidays.. Business campers need separate camping spots with their picks up slightly In January and February if weather .own specialized facilities. Tie-up space for horses, permits safe riding. The warming spring days bring where they can be fed and watered easily and left out more riders, although riding sometimes must overnight safely, is a major problem in national be closed down because the fields are too soft and park areas. 'These spaces must be kept isolated muddy. from regular fr6m regular campsites because of the Rates charged are $2 per hour, or $1.25 for a manure problem, the flies, the odors, and the noise. half-hour. Both English and Western style saddles Separate camps are desirable also because horsemen are available. Most of the riders are from the and autoists usually have different camp standards nearby urban center or are guests of regular riders. and needs. Riding ability ranges from people who have never 106 before been on a horse to others who have had nibbling at nearby holdings. It will be only a matter extensive experience in the ring," on the range, or of time until someone offers these people a price elsewhere. No advertising is needed to maintain they can't afford to ignore or until conditions get an adequate clientele. Rates were raised 2 years ago, so that they will give up the riding enterprise. but this apparently had little effect on the demand Real and personal property taxes on this place for horses. were appreciably more than doubled recently by Customarily, the riding stock is about 25 head. a countywide reassessment. Rumor was that another Usually there are three or fou r colts around. A increase was imminent. An appeal to the adjustment stallion is kept for breeding purposes and limited board was disallowed with the statement that this riding. Usually some of the horses are off their property was near subdivisions and was assessed. at feed, lame, or have saddle sores or sore mouths, subdivision prices. They may very well sell--their or some other ailment that prevents use. Mares real estate taxes this year on 65 areas used only for in foal or in milk are used lightly if at all and then pasture and riding purposes (the residence is modest only by trusted riders. It is also necessary to gauge and the outbuildings have not been maintained) amount rider ability to handle individual animals. Some to almost $100 a month. horses are too high-spirited, too strong, too unpred- Still another growing concern involves liability for ictable, or have habits that make them dangerous for accidents. The owners carried some insurance for inexperienced riders. Some of the older and more a tiffie until their lawyer advised them that the cover- docile horses are saved for children and beginning age was inadequate. Adequate coverage would be very riders. Others may not be useful for English-style expensive and hard to get. They now depend solely riding. Still others become favorites with regular upon numerous posted signs disavowing responsibility riders because of their gait, action, personality, or for injury, try to match riders with suitable horses, for other reasons. and warn riders about the horses assigned. Some of the horses develop bad habits after different Relatively few accidents occur. People fall off people have ridden them for a time. If trusted horses, get stepped on, or have other minor mishaps. regular riders can't straighten them out, these A very few people have called to ascertain whether horses must be sold and replaced. A slow but fairly accident insurance was available to cover an injury, constant change in riding stock occurs for this then dropped the case when they learned it was not. reason and also as the owner grasps opportunities But, recently, a one-time rider started suit for to buy likely animals. Normally, he buys six to alleged injuries and is claiming a large sum for pain, eight horses a year and sells about the same number. emotional disturbance, and other "losses." Regard- Any of the horses are for sale if the price is right. less of the final outcome of this case, the owners The number of riders varies widely from day to will have expenses for lawyer's fees amounting to day,. depending on the weather and other conditions. several hundred dollars. If they are unlucky and the Roughly 50 riders is the maximum thatcanbe handled case goes against them, their business could bewiped because of the way they tend to bunch up. Groups out. The question of insurance on this kind of enter- frequently leave without riding during the peak of prise is knotty and not easily solved. the day because all the horses are in use. A couple So far, the income from the riding stable has been of hours lat 'er only a handful of riders may be out. adequate to pay operating expenses and provide a It is often necessary to rest horses for a time after satisfactory living for the family. The cost-price a hard ride even through potential riders arewaiting. squeeze is increasing, however, and this couple is If the numbers of riders could be spread out better thinking more and more about selling out-they like and if all riders treated the horses properly, the the work, they like most of their guests, they don't number of people served could be increased consider- particularly want to retire, but outside pressures are ably, although it was pointed out that when congestion closing in. -is high, the nervous strain is great. The wear and This small private enterprise illustrates some of the .tear on both family and horses is heavy. very real economic problems of providing healthful There are no plans to increase the number of outdoor recreation on the fringe of urban growth. It horses in use. This number is about all that can is an example of extensive land uses that could be carried on the 65 acres owned and the 45 acres provide open space amenities and other urban values rented. In fact, business may be curtailed soon if society would recognize the situation. because the rented land probably will be sold for Sprawling suburban development since World War real estate development and no other available land II, the general speculative fever reflected in rapidly adjoins the farm. Other possible adjustment would rising land values, and property taxes assessed on be to reduce the usual herd of 20 to 25 beef calves. t4the fair market value" have multiplied pressures bought each spring to help graze down the meadows, onI farms , estates, golf courses, and other low- or the owner could buy more feed and simply expect intensity land uses on the fringes of urban growth. the riders to use only the available 65 acres. Several An unbalanced, undesirable, and ultimately expensive regular riders probably would quit riding under these regional pattern of urbanization is developing. Operat- conditions. ing or potential outdoor recreational enterprises, as The metropolitan area has grown rapidly and is well as site values related to access and open space, sprawling up to this farm. A small subdivision was are being sacrificed. recently established behind it and speculators are 107 EXAMPLE 49: A COMMUNITY -SPONSORED RODEO Most of the work related to running the rodeo is donated labor. One secretary is paid for a few days Organized high school championship rodeo competi- during the year. Even the judges of events are tion was first conducted at Hallettsville, Texas, In provided only with hotel accommodations; they pay 1947. National competition followed there in 1949. their own travel and other expenses. The governor As the movement took hold, the National Champion- usually attends during the last day of the rodeo. ship High School Rodeo Association was organized Each rodeo can provide opportunities for about to insure a high level of integrity and sportsmanship 300 boys and girls. Prizes are for roping, bareback for the contestants and the public standing of the riding, saddle bronc riding, steer wrestling, bull activity. Professional rules and regulations for riding, barrel racing, and cutting-horse contest. conduct of the competitions are used by the 18 Although girls do not compete in the rougher riding separate State high school competitions as well as events, breadaway roping, barrel racing, pole bending, for the national rodeo. and cutting-horse events are popular with them. The initial Idea for high school rodeo competition Nearly half of the entries are girls. was to capitalize on the interest American boys and Growth in popularity of this sport is shown by the girls have in ranch riding and to provide an oppor- following: at the first (1947) State championship tunity for some of them to participate In a controlled rodeo, calf roping was the sole activity and there sport that would help them become better sportsmen were about 80 contestants. A girl's cutting-horse and better men and women. The first of these rodeos event was added the second year. Bareback riding, was closely related to the local high school program steer wrestling, and a girl's barrel race were added and to the agricultural (Future Farmers of America) the third year, and the rodeo became a national activities. This focus was later abandoned as partici- championship event. . pants from other areas and other States joined in No entry fees are charged. Each contestant must the annual competitions. Sponsorship for the activi- have passing grades in school and cannot have ties varies by communities. In some, it maybe the graduated from high school prior to June of the chamber of commerce, in others a service club or rodeo year. Local people open their homes to the other group. In still others a special communitywide contestants, their parents, and other rodeo visitors. committee provides management on a voluntaryserv- One of the major benefits from this community ice basis. activity has been the strong friendships that have The Hallettsville rodeo is supported by the whole developed between local families and the visitors, community. A committee representing major interest some of whom travel hundreds of miles to the rodeo. groups Is in charge of the annual State competition. A second, and equally Important, intangible benefit No local, county, or regional rodeos are held here. has been the growth of community pride in this annual Nearly all local contestants enter other contests held event. The community is much less factional because in other parts of the State. The Texas State High of the cooperative efforts expended on this event. School Rodeo has been self-supporting, although the It has become an important social factor in community local chamber of commerce has agreed to.underwrite life. any losses. The number of spectators ranges from 10,000 to The State championship rodeo of Texas is always 15,000 for a rodeo that lasts from Wednesday through held in Hallett6ville because of the relatively large Saturday. Usually about 5,000 attend on the finalday. investment in facilities. Roughly $25,000 have been Gate sales the first year amounted to about $5,000. spent for land, grandstands, pens, and other equip- Receipts rose to about $8,000 but have dropped off ment. The bucking stock and cutting stock are in recent years as the novelty has worn off and as rented. The boy and girl contestants furnish their more high school rodeos are held In other places in own horses and equipment. the State and around the country. Many local riders Staging a State championship rodeo costs about compete in distant rodeos and some residents follow $4,500. Roughly $1,200 to $1,500 is paid out In prize rodeos as other people follow baseball, football, or saddles, bridles, and other smaller items, three other sports. $200 scholarships are awarded, about $500 goes Problems of recreationist control are relatively for advertising and $500 for rider's numbers (me- few. Traffic control, rowdyism, and similar prob- mentos prized on a par with school letters). About lems are handled by city police and sheriff's staff. a fourth of the gate receipts, less taxes, are paid to No drinking is tolerated on the grounds. Litter is contestants on a mileage-traveled basis. This is a problem that volunteer clean-up must.contend with. the only subsidization provided. The effort is toward Adequate staffing for committees and events is sportsmanship and away from professionalism in donated by local citizens. A special Booster Com- riding. The youngsters are encouraged to continue mittee from the Chamber of Commerce helps organize with their education and not be become professional and arrange the labor force. All local organizations rodeo riders. assist in many ways. Part of the repair expense each The Hallettsville Chamber of Commerce bought the year has been for broken windows and other types of rodeo grounds and donated them to the city. The petty vandalism caused by irresponsible people during buildings and grounds are maintained from rodeo the year. Minor incidents are bound to occur, but funds. Repairs to bleachers and other wooden struc- no recurrence of important types of problems with tures cost $1,000 to $1,200 annually in that climate. people was mentioned. The widespread, active, com- 108 munity interest and the publicity about the rodeo others are run continuously from 9:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. have held to a minimum many possible types of from mid-November to March 1 and from 9:30 a.m. problems. to 5:00 p.m. March I to April 30. Plans for the future are to carry on at about the Charges for riding the lifts are adjustable to fit same level. The number of events probably will individual needs. Single rides cost $0.25 on the not be increased, and the number of finalists cannot smallest lift and $0.60 each on the others. In this' be increased perceptibly, because of the time element. way, beginners or those who wish to ski for only C o*mmunity interest and community volunteer efforts a short time can get part way up the mountain would not justify more than one event a year. Two , 60-cent tickets would be required to reach the top under this arrangement. A daily pass for $2.25 allows the skier to use the small lift as WINTER SPORTS frequently as desired. The daily rate for use of all lifts is $4. A week-long package deal including Recreation on. snow and ice has been an important meals, lodging, lift use, and a daily ski lesson is social activity for many years, Sledding and ice- available for from $92 to $200 per person, depending skating parties, sleighrides, and ice fishing were upon the accommodations. - the heritage, of many people still living who grew up Rounded totals of ticket sales during the 1959-60 in.rural communities of the northern areas. season illustrate the variation in choice of facilities Commercialized winter sn ow sports started in used. These represent 4,800 single rides, 3,100 various parts of New York State and New England books of 10 rides each, 7,300 afternoon tickets and in the 1920's and 1930's. Special weekend snow 2,300 morning tickets, 20,000 day passes, and 1,420 trains conveyed urhan people into the mountains, ski-weeks (equivalent to 7-day tickets). Although where they made lodges and, private homes their the number of skier-days represented could not be headquarters for skiing on the snowy slopes. The calculated, there is little doubt that between 40,000 first commercial ski tow was installed inWoodbridge, and 30,000 persons used the lifts during the season. -Vermont, in 1936. . Gross sales during the 1959-60 season were about Increasing amounts of leisure time, better incomes, $195,000. This was an increase of $20,000 from the and a growing interest in outdoor sports have been 1958-59 season. An appreciable growth in activity important factors in the spread of winter sports occurred, although much of the apparent net profit across the Nation wherever slopes, cold weather, was offset by installation of the $200,000 lift. Require- and adequate snow could be,found reasonably close ments for new equipment keep pace with the growth to transportation and housing facilities. Several in numbers of, skiers using the area. This business recreation areas on the margins of these "natural" pays for the variable costs, depreciation on equip- conditions have augmented natural snow with artifi- ment, and a small contingency fund. No dividends cially made snow for ski slopes and jumps. have been taken by stockholders. . Four case examples of skiing operations are The association was established to develop ski described here. Two are of skiing areas and two are facilities in this winter recreation ar6a' and to of lodge and lift operations. Reference also should encourage growth of a new enterprise for the area. be made to Example 1, a small year-round resort, Its policy is to continue building additional lifts as for an additional example of adjustments to the the demand grows. It borrows funds to build each growing interest in winter sports. new lift and hopes to pay off most of the loan from the proceeds of the increased traffic before a new loan is needed for another expansion. An applica- tion has been submitted for a new lease that would EXAMPLE'50: A SKIING AREA IN THE allow construction of a fifth lift- in the summer of INTERMOUNTAIN STATES 1962. Suitable sites are almost unlimited in this winter sports area of the National Forest. The A stock corporation operates four chair lifts in Forest Service has been cooperative in lease a Forest Service recreation area under a 20-year. arrangements. lease. The first lift was b@ilt in 1938, and others The skiers using these facilities are of all ages were added as demand grew. "from 2 to 72," depending only upon their financial Membership In the corporation. includes more ability to pay the rates and their ability to ski. than 100 residents in a nearby metropolitan area. Users fall into two distinct groups: (1) residents of Their investment now.amounts to more than $1.5 a nearby metropolitan area who drive up the moun- million in the lifts, quarters for staff, small restau- tain for recreation by the day, and (2) weekend or rant or snack bar on the mountain, and other equip- longer.guests who reach the region by train or plane. ment. The newest lift cost in excess of $200,000 California and the Midwest are represented heavily installed. in this latter group. The number of guests from The combined capacity of the four lifts is almost farther east has increased in the last few years. 1,400 persons per hour. Two are single-chair and Most of the out-of-State visitors are white-collar two-are double-chair lifts. The oldest lift is really people who can afford relatively expensive vacations. too small and inefficient, but it is operated as The weekly package deal is popular with these users. needed--and also as required under the lease. The Personnel required to operate the series of lifts 109 during the week include the manager, a superintendent and su mmer recreation for sightseers. it is sur- of lifts, 2 subformen, and 17 men on ski patrol as rounded by a National Forest. watchmen or performing other tasks. About 20 During a good winter weekend, possible 6,000 additional men are needed for weekend rush work. skiers utilize the seven lifts and the numerous These men usually have regular jobs in town or are slopes and trails on this property. Probably 100,000 college students who want to spend their weekends people ski here during the season. Additional thou- in the mountains. The summer staff consists of the sands of sightseers utilize the lifts during the summer manager, the superintendent of lifts, the two sub- tourist season for picnics, hiking, or to reach the pano- foremen', and two men on maintenance. These men ramic view from the mountaintop. Hunting is allowed are the core of the winter season staff and are kept on part of the property during the hunting season. on permanent payroll. The ski lift facilities include a double chairlift, The problems involved in this example are rela- a Poma lift, J-bars, and rope tows. In addition tively insignificant- -the manager tries to anticipate to the ski lifts, the facilities include two cafeteria- trouble spots and takes countermeasures before shelters, a ski shop, a ski school, a nursery, and difficulties arise. The equipment and operation meth- a parking lot. The cafeterias can seat 1,200 persons. ods are designed to take care of the poorest or The skiing season is from about December 25 to least efficient user. Possibilities of danger always March 31. Most of the visitors are from New York exist for the novice or the unwary. Obviously un- City and spend weekends skiing in the area. They skilled skiers are discouraged from using the high must find housing accommodations in the vicinity lifts, and the ski patrol is available to help skiers because this corporation operates only the ski facili- who injure themselves, get lost, or wander into ties. danger zones. Most skiers are gentlemen and ladies The lifts also operate from May 27 to May 30, who know the sport and cause little trouble. The weekends through June 25, and daily from June 26 Forest Service maintains an avalanche patrol, and through October 22, for recreationists who want to provides safety inspection of equipment and other sightsee, 'picnic, or hike on the mountain slopes. services to protect the skiers. All of them are Anyone except unaccompanied small children is needed and the responsible personnel have been allowed to use the lifts. Most of the skiers are generally reasonable and cooperative. young adults. Many of them return year after year Insurance rates in this business are high. Until for several weekends of skiing during the season. recently, the charge was $3 per $100 of gross busi- Rates charged depend upon the services needed. ness. This rate was based on national experience. A family special rate for the lifts, for example, is Operators with good safety records were penalized. based on $5.50 for the first parent, $3.25 for the More recently, this firm was able to gef its rate second parent, and $3.25 apiece for each child under reduced to about $2.25 per $ 100 based on its individual 16. Books of 20 coupons, good on any of the lifts, experience record. are available for $4. Season tickets are available Although not a problem in this immediate recrea- for $125 for adults, or $90 for juniors. A "Learn tion ar(ii, the operator expressed opposition to the to Ski" rate of $25 for 5 days' use (Monday through Forest Service practice of putting new areas for Friday) includes unlimited use of lifts, daily class lease up on bid. Inexperienced and inept operators, lessons, and a 25-percent reduction on rental-equip- he contended, tend to bid unsoundly high in order to ment rates. Charges vary for the different lifts; win the lease. This can cause trouble for others and they are $1 more on weekends and holidays than hurt the growing winter recreation uses of forest lands. during the week. Forty ski instructors are available The experience and competence of potential lessees to give lessons, which range in cost from $20 for 8 to provide safe and efficient service needs to be class lessons or $4 per 2-hour class lesson to $10 emphasized, according to this operator. for a 1-hour private lesson. The nursery charges The operator spoke highly of local Forest Service $1 per hour for a family's first child, and $0.50 per personnel--he didn't always agree with them and hour for each additional child. The ski shop sells they didn't always agree with him, but differences skis, boots, and poles, or they canberented by paying were adjusted in mutually acceptable terms. He a deposit plus a daily rental at rates that vary recognized that most of the regulations are needed according to the type of equipment desired. to protect the public Interest or that, in some Hours of operation during the summer are from instances, apparently unreasonable requirements were 9:45 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. during the week and 9;45 a.m. out of the control of local men. to 6:00 p.m. on weekends and holidays. The crew Plans for future growth are to try to build lifts as operates the lifts a bit later on days when large the demand warrants. Additional Forest Service crowds arrive shortly before closing time. leases are anticipated to be available as they are Summer roundtrip fares on the lifts are $1.50 for needed for the program. adults and $1 for children 12 years old and under; children under 6 years old are admitted free. Special groups such as campers, Scouts, and others traveling EXAMPLE 51: A SKI OPERATOR IN NEW ENGLAND in supervised groups are admitted for $0.75 each. Tours or groups of 20 or more adults are charged A private inholding of about 150 acres in western $1.25 apiece. New England provides winter recreation for skiers The capital investment for this enterprise is about 110 $450,000, of which the ski lifts account for about This lodge grossed $75,000 in 1958-59 and about $185,000, the buildings and other facilities $250,000, $98,000 in 1959-60. Business has increased in and the land about $15,000. In summer, the staff recent years although it has hardly kept abreast of includes I I full-time and 4 or 5 part-time employees. expenses. A very small profit was reported last year. This number is increased to about 125 people during The 1960-61 winter season appeared to be showing the height of the skiing season. Some of the tem- slight gain over the previous season, although the porary employees frequently are high-cost, poor- weather had been unfavorable for satisfactory skiing. quality labor. The winter staff (mid-November to May 1) amounts Gkoss annual income is in the range of $500,000 to 18 or 19 employees including managers and office and operating costs take about 90 percent of it. The staff, kitchen staff and waitresses, housekeeper and corporation sold stock originally to finance its opera- maids, and two handymen. The staff is slightly tions and does not need to borrow funds for operation fa-rier than would normally be needed because a or expansion. Some thought is currently given to prerequisite of employment for most of these em- possible expansion of ski facilities, but no definite ployees is that, in addition to room and board decision has been reached. (and wages), they have time off for skiing. Several The guests cause no particular difficulties, although of the employees have taken leaves of absence from a considerable amount of littering sometimes occurs. their regular employment to spend the winter season Highway crews were reported to create considerable at the ski lodge. ill will by pushing snow onto parked cars and blocking The off-season staff consists only of the manager parking lot entrances. and assistant manager. Maintenance and repair workers are hired as needed during the summer. Plans for the future involve little change from the present. Profit incentives and leasing conditions EXAMPLE 52: A SUCCESSFUL SKI LODGE are not favorable for expansion. A nearby city government whose -water supply comes from the Close to timberline on one of our national forests adjacent highlands has caused considerable difficulty of the intermountain States, a privately owned ski for this operator and several others interviewed. lodge operates from about Thanksgiving Day to the Despite studies and reports by expert sanitation end of April under a Forest Service lease. Ski slopes engineers relative to the situation, the officials and lifts in the area under other management or continue to require expensive and burdensome sanita- ownership provide recreation facilities for guests tion methods at private cabins and resorts. at this lodge. A lesser problem concerns the morale of employees The lodge, owned by a three-man corporation, and of guests if the weather is bad for several days. was built about 20 years ago and has been under Living together in rather confined quarters isolated present management for the last 10 years. Its lease from other contacts, people tend to get a mild form is for 20 years, with an annual fee of $150 minimum of "cabin fever." The manager has learned to plus 1.5 percent of gross receipts. The areainvolved anticipate these upsets and to take countermeasures is only slightly larger than that required for the that will keep everyone busy. building. Very few problems occur with the guests. They Lodge capacity is 64 guests. In addition to two spend much of their time during the good days on dormitories (one for men, one for women), the the slopes, and they retire early. On days when sleeping rooms are doubles with a few equipped to skiing is poor they are relatively easily entertained. hold four guests. A new wing was added in 1959 to Relations with representatives of other government allow for office space, additional storage, and a agencies were reported as reasonably satisfactory. small increase in room capacity. The increased Rules and regulations apparently were reasonable, capacity required an amended lease from the Forest and no one else was bearing down on the operators. Service and coincided with an increased leasing charge. The net result was that the larger gross income provides practically no more net return than was realized before. EXAMPLE 53: A WINTER SPORTS OPERATION IN Most guests of this lodge are white-collar people. DIFFICULTIES About 99 percent of them come from outside the State. They are ski enthusiasts who can afford to travel An example of self-made difficulties was found considerable distances and stay for several days. in one of the National Forest recreation areas where Most of them arrive at the nearest city by train or the operator decided to develop an area for winter plane and are transported to the lodge by a charter sports. He acquired several privately owned inhold- bus service. Most stay for a full week. They sel- ings within the forest and leased some tracts from dom return for additional skiing during the same the Forest Service. He now owns or leases approxi- season, but 85 to 90 percent of them return year after mately 2,500 acres of mountain slopes and valleyla. year. Part of the new improvements was placed on Lodge rates for American plan accommodations Forest Service land under a 20-year lease arrange- range from $8.75 per day in the dormitory to the ment. Part is located on both public and private de luxe accommodations at $20 per person daily. lands. Construction of headquarters buildings still was underway after several years of planning; deal- from 2,700 to more than 11,000 feet and in climate ,ing with city, county, State, and Federal agencies from semidesert to subalpine. over numerous regulations; and other issues. This This recreation enterprise is managed by the person recognizes that his public relations have Tribal Council and operated to make a profit, If left much to be desired. possible, for its tribal owners at the same time that He has proceeded with his development program it provides employment and training for large num- despite the legal difficulties, and says he has Invested bers of residents. The council adopted a plan of nearly *$2 million already in lodge, lifts, rest huts, operations and management methods similar to corp- and other improvements and has plans for additional oration bylaws. These needed approval from the investments in excess of $1.5 million. Partially as Bureau of Indian Affairs, which Is responsible by law a result of legal difficulties, this operation was for all tribal moneys. An enterprise manager was inoperative during the 'peak of the 1960-61 winter hired under , contract to supervise the program, season. promote tourism to the reservation, cooperate with This recreational operation has lost substantial public agencies, guide. the development program, sums during each year since it was opened for and so forth. business. The operator mentioned expenses for The program was started in December 1954 with remodeling some equipment and the need to build construction of a 15-unit motel and gas station at an up a clientele. He had anticipated losses for the important highway junction on the reservation, and first 5 or 6 years.. preparation of some camping areas. These were His ski lift equipment. includes Poma, T-bar, and followed by more camping and, picnic areas, and double chairlifts. At least one more lift is planned construction of dams, trails, and other facilities. for early construction- and other plans include a Two full years of preparation were required before ski jump, additional hotel facilities and recreation any appreciable tourism could occur. The first center, additional dormitory wings and luxury rooms income year was 1957 and the first profits were made on the present lodge, additional parking spaces, in 1958. Trade has increased 25 percent each year. and so forth. One phase of plans for future develop- A very slight dip in growth occured in 1960 because ment includes an active summer headquarters pro- of the recession. gram for groups of college-age young people. He Camping areas range upward in size from space maintains that skiing alone will not support the kind for one car and no facilities to others with most of establishment he has planned. modern conveniences. The largest has 50 camping Most of the skiers currently using his facilities units, with toilets, tables, and other facilities. About are day users from the nearby metropolitan area. 700 camping units are available now and others will The lodge is incomplete and not yet equipped for be added as the program develops. Camping and overnight lodging. . picnicking are free for the first 10 days. A small Fees charged for the lifts, when operating, are fee is charged for staying longer In the same area. $2.50 per day on the Poma lift or a $3.50 daily Fees are not collected for the shorter stays for two area pass for all lifts. The equipment has never important reasons. First, because of the large operated during a full season, and no estimate of geographical areas involved, the administrative and the numbers of actual or potential guests was avail- patrol costs would be high. Second, the enterprise able. is interested in attracting as many visitors as Although the plans could be modified to meet possible, assuming that the income from fishing present legal requirements or practical alternative permits, boat rentals, sale of groceries and supplies, programs could be arbitrated, the future of this and other services to tourists using the free camping operation is in doubt. areas will be adequate reimbursement. In the mean- time, the free camping is an added incentive for prospective visitors. -Camping fees will be charged RECREATION ON AN INDIAN RESERVATION when large numbers of campers can be concentrated in specific areas. Most of our case studies are relatively simple The recreation enterprise owns three motels with business organizations, managed by single families a total of 37 units, five service stations with tackle or corporations. An outstanding example of com- stores and light groceries, five man-made lakes mercial development by a community is discussed averging 30 acres of water surface each and a sixth next. of 250 acres, plus a dozen or.more "tanks" holding up to one surface acre of water each. Twenty addi- tional sites have been surveyed, and construction EXAMPLE 54: THE WHITE MOUNTAIN RECREATION. on some is to start shortly. Two boat concessions ENTERPRISE on two lakes have a total of 87 rental boats. Horses are available for riding, under a concesslon@ The White Mountain Apache Indians of east-central Intensive development of a large recreation area Arizona have embarked on a massive recreation is planned for the largest lake. This will include a development program that encompasses essentially grocery and concession, a hotel-motelwith restaurant their entire reservation. The area is 2,600 square a public campground, an 18-hole golf course, a miles, or about 1.6 million acres, ranging in altitude winter sports area with ski tow, an area with 500 112 homesites on 25-year leases, rental boats, horses, and channel catfish are increasing in the lakes and and other facilities as the need developments. Even adapted streams, Several headwaters streams are in its undeveloped stages, homesite leaseholders of posted against fishing to preserve the spawning this project already represent seven States. grounds of, native trout. With about 300 miles of The rates charged for accommodations vary with trout fishing on the reservation, the Tribe controls location and quality. Cabins for four persons at $7 half the fishing streams in the State. Some reaches per day, or $42 per week, are available at Tonto of streams, where fishing drain is heavy, are operated Lake. At the Apache Indian Pine site, rates are: virtually on a "put and take" basis. Others, less single units, $4.50 a day and $27 per week for one heavily fished, were stocked or restocked when the person; $7.50 a day and $45 per week for two persons. program started and are essentially self-sustaining. Duplex units $7 a day and $45 per week for two Wildlife on the reservation includes deer, elk, persons; $12 a dayand$72perweekfor three persons. antelope, bear, javelina, wild turkey, beaver, grouse An additional charge of $1 per day is made for each dove, wild pigeon, various other small animals and additional person. All units have double beds. Trailer birds. Many types of predators also inhabit the spaces are $1.50 per day, $ 10 per week, or $30 per region and may be hunted or trapped by permit month. Camp trailer spaces are $1.50 per day, $8 under specified conditions. per week, or $25 per month. At Hon-Dah Motel, the Hunting by nontribal persons is limited to elk, rates for single units with double beds are $8.50 per bear, javelina, waterfowl, and dove. Bag limits day, or $51 per week, twin beds, $9 per day, or $57 apply to all except javelina and bear. About 400 per week. Kitchen facilities are an additional $1 elk permits were issued in 1960. per day or $6 per week. Duplex units range from Deer hunting, currently restricted to tribal mem- $9.50 a day to $111 per week. bers, probably will be 'opened to the public within Where boating is possible, metal boats are avail- a few years. The Indians do not take. adequate able for $1 per hour, $3 per balf-day, or $5 per day. numbers and the herd is growing too large for the Other special recreation features include guided available range. trail rides and hikes over parts of the reservation Antelope, introduced a few'years ago, are multi- (including its 130,000-dcre wilderness area), tours plying rapidly. An open season on them may be to the ruins and historical sites, all-Indian rodeos, practical by about 1965. tribal fairs, ceremonial dances, and visits to shops. Wildlife and recreation must be compatible with Guides are available, at $12 a day, for hunting, other uses for the reservation lands. The Tribe fishing, hiking, or riding. They will guide up to four currently has in excess of 20,000 beef cattle in its people, but try to limit hunting and fishing parties to selected breading herd. Sustained-yield logging two people per guide. is practical in the high country. Timber cutting The majority of the recreation clientele comes provides access to bunting and fishing areas, im- from Phoenix and Tucson, although advertising and proves wildlife habitat, and helps with water-pro- articles in magazines with nationwide coverage has duction management.,. Logging along streambeds and increased the traffic from southern California, around other intensive recreation areas is controlled. El Paso, Albuquerque, and other more distant places. All enterprises must be operated on the general Most travel is by automobile since the high elevations principle of multiple-purpose use. at developed areas would require a long airstrip. About 50,000 visitors use the recreation facilities Most of the visitors (except hunters) are families. on the reservation during a holiday weekend. Visits The average stay is' about 3 days--most people in 1960 approached one million person-days. Paid stay over the weekend, although some camp for a permit fishing amounted to 150,000 man-days in week or more. The heaviest traffic is from May 1 1960. This will increase as facilities are built, to Labor Day. as stocking increases, and as the area becomes Nontribal hunters and fishermen must have valid better known. The plans for growth during the next Arizona licenses and the necessary reservation per- 5 years will provide for accommodating 200,000 mits. The fishing permit rates are $0.60 for the visitors at a time (roughly a fourfold growth in ff rst day and $0.30 for each additional day, or $ 3 facilities). Addition of winter sports, including a for a 10-day permit. A season permit is $15 for ski tow and ice fishing, will increase the present non-residents; reservation residents (nontribe) may drawing power more than proportionately. buy $10 season fishing. permits. In addition to the land, roads, and other facilities Fees for non-Indians hunting on tribal lands are already available, the recreation . enterprise had as follows: elk, $15; bear, $2; Javelina, $ 1; and water- about $900,000 invested by 1960 and plans to add fowl and dove, $2. another $1.5 million by 1965. To date, no funds have The U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service operates a been borrowed except from within the Tribe. The large fish hatchery on the reservation and is respon- large future investment will require some outside sible for stocking the streams and lakes. About public or private financing. 80,000 pounds of adapted fish of all sizes will be The enterprise's gross business for 1960 was stocked in reservation waters during 1961. Additional approximately $620,000. A gross 'of about $900,000 hatching facilities to serve the growing needs' of was expected for 1961. this region are being built. Employment is provided for about 40 persons on The fishing 'is - pf6d6iiii-nately- trout, although bass a year-round payroll and increases to 90 seasonally. 113 The regular staff includes 5 administrative and benefits to reservation boys from mixing with. a office personnel, 4 game wardens, 11 maintenance wider range of people. men, and 20 store and gas station attendants. Seasonal The manager spoke highly of relations with Federal employment expansion occurs primarily in the attend- and State agency employees whose duties required ant, camp maintenance, and construction categories. cooperation on the reservation. The Tribal Council Indians comprise 80 percent of all employees. Tribal also was praised highly. Apparently, much opposi- members have first priority on available jobs if tion to the recreation enterprise existed among the they can handle the work--part of the program is Tribe and within the council when the idea was first to train people for the jobs. The local payroll of discussed. These groups were won over in time. $180,000 in 1960 helped convince more tribal mem- The council uses a board of directors in its relations bers that the recreation enterprise is of benefit In with the recreation enterprise. It recognizes that raising their levels of living. principles of business management must apply, and The annual work program is planned to retain as it has kept the business aspects separated from tribal many employees as possible during the slack tourist politics. The program has been so successful that 21 season. Major maintenance, construction, repair, other tribes have sent representatives hereto observe signboard preparation, and similar projects are and study possibilities for adapting parts of the pro- programed for the off season. gram on their reservations. Perhaps the greatest problem encounter is to Although the outdoor recreation business is highly keep ahead of the growing demand for recreation competitive and tedds to be seasonal, the Apaches facilities. Some littering occurs, although it is not anticipate that the growing demand for water-based beavy--roadside litter is the worst, and it is admit- facilities and high altitude, cool, climate, and scenery ted that local residents may be the worst offenders. will justify the expansion program. Some vandalism occurs, largely by teenagers from off the reservation. Tribal law and control apparently are sufficiently strong to hold the resident teenagers in check reasonably well. EXAMPLES WITH RECREATION AS A Most campers were reported as very careful with SECONDARY INTEREST their campfires, and fire control around camping areas is not a serious problem except In extremely PROGRAMS OF INDUSTRY dry seasons. Four Tribal Game Wardens patrol the areas constantly and the Agency Fire Control Branch Numerous industries provide many kinds of rec- hires additional lookouts and other personnel during reational opportu 'nities ranging from conducted tours the dry months. through production plans and laboratories to free An interesting note about liability insurance was lectures, free exhibits, donations for publlcpurposes, brought out. The enterprise carries complete liability and other services. Despite a common public impres- insurance on all of its activities --except the horse sion, most industrial executives recognize the need concession. The cost of liability insurance on this for favorable public relations. They depend upon the enterprise is high, almost prohibitive. This is the public for a market and often must depend upon its only concession sublet to a non-Indian operator. backing in efforts for legislation at local, State, and Controversy over water rights has occurred between national levels. Roadside parks, ball fields, and the Indians and the water users in the valley. The community parks donated and often maintained at water users and the State recognize no water rights company expenses are part of the public relations for the Fort Apache Indian Reservation. Solution to effort. this dispute hinges on a case before the Supreme Less frequently in the spotlight are the quiet Court. The Indians maintain that their small impound- programs of cooperation with fish and game agencies, ments are adding to the sustained yield by recharging sportsmen's groups, and others whereby privately the underground flow and are not reducing the water owned timber lands or mining lands are made avail- supply to downstream users. able for hunting, and the waters are made available One local problem is the lack of suitable recreation for fishing, boating, and other water sports. for the Indian teenagers. A tribal program of summer Individuals frequently forget that these lands and work and study for 6 to 8 weeks has been instituted. waters are private property, taxes are being paid on Boys are taken to a woods camp where they perform them, management costs are incurred on them, and constructive work along lines of the former CCC that the owners may be financially liable for injuries for their board and room plus $6 a day toward their suffered by "guests" while on them. Most important school needs. Teenage girls are taken to another is the danger of property loss through vandalism, camp where they also are provided programs of accidental fire in the forests, or pollution of water education And training. This program has been so needed for industrial purposes. well received that a group of Indian boys from a It Is an unfortunate fact that our public manners Colorado River tribe asked to cooperate in the too frequently leave much to be desired when we program during 1960. Results were favorable in are visiting away from home on other people's the exchange of ideas and broadening of the boys' domain. acquaintances. The program may be expanded soon The industrial sector of our case examples in- to bring in about half nonresident boys for the social cludes three timber-owning firms from the East, 114 the South, and the West, and a college-owned forest. The 1960 data show 25,100 hunters and more than These forest-based recreation examples are followed 3,700 anima Is taken. The species taken, in descending by two examples of power company programs and order, were deer, elk, bear, bobcats, and coyote. one industrial metals company plant's program for The company assumes no responsibility foPstocking public recreational use of water resources. streams or forest nor does it attempt to enforce State game laws. It cooperates with the State wildlife and recreation agencies by making its lands available. EXAMPLE 55: A WESTERN FOREST PRODUCTS The company recognizes that providing its lands COMPANY for recreation causes a certain amount of ex ense. P No records are kept, however, because thellocal A nationally known forest-products company has crews service the areas as needed and the expense opened practically all of its forest lands to public is repaid through public good will. recreation use. Major restrictions are that hunters The first picnic areas on company land were are not allowed in logging areas during the week, opened informally before World War 11. This activity hunting is not allowed around camps, areas may be increased areas were formally opened beginning closed to access for any use during critical fire about 1947. periods, some woods roads maybe temporarily closed Reasons for the increased emphasis and develop- during wet weather to prevent undue damage, and ment of specific areas for recreation use were: (1) similar reasonable requirements to prevent physical to improve public relations and emphasize need for damage to facilities or danger to human life. None forest safety, (2) to concentrate the hazards to areas of its lands were closed because of fire hazard in where fire crews could gain ready access, and (3) 1959 because moisture conditions were adequate. to help community economic growth through additional The hazardous condition in the State during the 1960 tourist attractions and facilities. season resulted in several days of closure during the No major types of complaints about recreationists first deer-hunting season. Generall , the company were listed. Recreation is a bit of a nuisance to the Ily follows State forester's practices relative to fire- maintenance crews during their busy season, and hazard days, although the tree farm supervisor has minor damage occurs to roads through wear and tear authority to limit access to company lands when he (especially wet weather rutting and subsequent ero- thinks conditions warrant it. sion), but the good will is adequate payment. Enlight- This company has nearly 1.5 million acres in the ened self-interest among large private landowners national 'tree farm program. It maintains that its requires that they enlist public support andknowledge major function is growth of trees and production of in solution of their problems. timber products, but it recognizes and encourageg The company plans to develop camping, picnicking, multiple-purpose usage of its lands. Generally, the and other recreation facilities as the demand grows people entering the tree farm lands recognize that and as areas suitable for recreation use are needed. they are guests, that the danger of fire exists, and It has no plans for further emphasizing recreation in that courtesy is reciprocal. The general forest- the future, although this land use will be an important education programs, particularly "Keep Forests facet in its multiple-purpose land and forest use Green" and "Smokey Bear" have been wellreceived. planning. Only three hunter-caused fires in 1959 and six in 1960 were reported on company land. The areas burned in both years were small because company EXAMPLE 56: LARGE HOLDINGS AND PUBLIC fire crews were able to extinguish all fires promptly. PRESSURE FOR RECREATION Hunting is the major recreation activity on this company's northern holdings, although some fishing, One of the largest owners of timberlands in the picnicking, and camping also occur. The company United States star -ted-a-y-ecroation program in 1957. provides and maintains several camping-and -picnic Its primary goal was to gain public cooperation for areas with tables, permanent fii_e@laces, running fire control on its lands and to promote better under- water, garbage@cans, and sanitary facilities. standing about forest management. The program on its southern holdings is broader The company recognized public resentment toward and includes trapping, swimming, berry picking, and large timber holdings and set out to improve its other popular recreational activities. Five picnic public relations through a widespread series of public areas totaling about 40 acres, 300 miles of forest recreation facilities, recreation activities, and as- roads, and 65 miles of streams for public fishing sistance in various types of recreation conducted by are part of the resources made available from the local groups. It hired a full-time recreation specialist southern holdings. No estimate has been made of to coordinate its efforts, although its field staff and the number of recreationists using the facilities. A all other employees are expected to work constantly majority of the visitors to the holdings are from on improved public relations. California. The program grew and expanded until the board Statistics on hunter use show a steady upward of directors felt constrained to issue a 5-point state- grow 'th in numbers of hunters and in game taken. ment of its forest recreation policies. Public access Data for 1959 show that 23,100 hunters took 2,700 for recreation purposes on its lands was reaffirmed large game animals from company-owned lands. together with company cooperation in public forest 115 recreation programs, its desire to aid in fostering "outdoor laboratorie s" usually are about 40 acres, on a sense of public responsibility for forest develop- which the company helps the school plant trees and ment and protection, its interest In research on fish manage the growing forest. The school gets the and game management for forested areas, and its timber crop when it is harvested. cooporation in educating Individuals to the responsi- The company has constructed and is maintaining bilities of good forest conduct. about 30 parks and roadside picnic areas on company This firm believes that timber growing is fully as land and has made several water bodies available important as timber harvesting and that the public for swimming, boating, fishing, duck hunting, and needs.-to cooperate in protecting the growing stock. other uses. Most of these water areas require boat- Recreation can be a very satisfactory and inexpensive launching ramps, docks, parking areas, and other complementary use of forested lands when people facilities in addition to maintenance and cleanup. follow accepted standards of-conduct. Several hundred acres, In the aggregate, are set Local residents had trespassed for years over aside and more or less permanently dedicated to many company holdings, and -local custom was one various public uses unrelated to the company's factor militating for a managed recreation program. primary purpose of timber production on its lands. Spring burning of timberland, for example, was a Nearly a half-million acres of company timberlands, deeply embedded local custom inimical to the tree including refuges, are covered by-game management farm program. Incendiary fires were a favorite tool agreements with seven States and the Federal Govern- of revenge among a small segment of the population. ment. This program is correlated with the timber- Local people generally tended to resent any large block Improvement policy whereby groups of trees and ownership of land and to feel that their "rights" were understory plants are preserved for animal feed or being infringed. cover. The top management of this corporation has pre- Public relations problems sometimes occur, and ferred to establish no set policy about recreational the company can be caught in the middle between public activities on its holdings. The push for program agency preference for a program and public sentiment came from local and regional offices, largely in for something else. Often, the adverse criticism and response,.@'to expressed local recreational needs. local repercussions are aimed at the innocent land- One community needed a picnic area, another wanted owner rather than at the public game-management a park, a third wanted to use a company-owned lake agency. . for boating and fishing, people wanted to hunt, fish, and No concrete estimate of annual expense for rec- trap over company lands. The growing volume of reation or of investment in recreation facilities was these requests from local people--many of whom possible because of the way the work was done. The were employees of the company, or were related to local maintenance crews cleaned up the picnic and employees --convinced an alert company official that camping areas, built and maintained the service here was an opportunity to extend forest education roads, built the facilities, and so forth. Sometimes and effective public relations. the conservation forester arranged with local people Recreation still does not appear in the cor - ..ny's for small facilities on company land. Sometimes' operating budget, although there is serious question funds came from operating capital 'of a regional mill how much longer this expense can be put under other or from the public relations budget. One man on the headings. The board of directors Is beginning to public relations staff spends full time on recreation recognize that service to public recreation is a and. related matters. He meets with interested mounting item in operating costs, and , sooner or groups, prepares press releases, works with State later its effect on stockholder profits will be ques- officials and company foresters relative to rec- tioned. reation on company land, and generally tries to --The program is. financed -partly from public rela- reduce friction by creating a better understand,Tng tions, partly from woodi operations, partly from of forestry and Industrial needs. maintenance. The company has a conservation for- p_a@fial__tally of recreationists using this com- ester and assistants in each State who work closely pany's forest holdings and water areas last year with State forestry, wildlife, and recreation officials. showed between 1.5 and 2.0 million man-days spent Company management policy is to sign agreements on the five. types of recreation analysed. Fishing with the various States whereby the States develop and hunting were by far the most popular sports. hunting and fishing programs on company land. They accounted for nearly 80 percent of the day- Primary reservations concerning such usage relate users tallied. Picnicking was next in order, followed to areas in which forestry crews are working, periods by camping and water skiing. of critical fire conditions, possible contamination of Most users are local residents and many are water stored for industrial purposes, and similar company employees. Only a relatively few cause situations that might adversely affect the company's damage or management problems. One company Investment. official summarized the situation recently as follows: Many other types of programs are underway. Some "Not everyone appreciates the welcome sign of the are annual, short-term affairs like conducted deer company-constructed park facilities. We have had hunts held on a free, first-come basis or annual trials instances of vandals smashing concrete tables, benches for foxhunting dogs. Others involve long-term con- and grills, tearing out electric lights and breaking tinuing commitments such as school forests. These or stealing toilet bowls and seats. They use our 116 signs for target practice. More than once the tires required recreation. The main problem in this of our wheel tractors and motor graders have been relationship, according to this operator, is that the riddled. Some of our 'guests,' and I use the term responsible State agency "has steadily emphasized loosely, even take property belonging to the logging acquisition rather than development of its lands. crews. Others are careless with matches and camp- Many instances could be cited where lands acquired fires or even with themselves, exposing us to loss many years ago have not been developed for public and liability . . . while none of this is dramatic, use; while, at the same time, public clamor is it does occur in a rather consistent, steady flow. stirred up by State agencies who wish to segregate If we had more elaboram facilities, we would no for single use and preservation ever greater acre- doubt have more elaborate vandalism. ages of private forest lands." "But for every one of these, there are hundreds Although the company claims that it presently of others who come, relax, enjoy themselves, and provides no outdoor recreation facilities as such, exercise due care. When they go, they take nothing the fact is that in one way or another probably at but photographs or their legal limit and leave nothing least 30,000 person-days of recreation activity are but footprints and a good impression on the forester conducted on company property. About 300 employees and landowner. These are the recreationists we were allowed to hunt on company land last year. enjoy having on our land." Approximately 2,000 individuals fished the many miles Probably, this company will not expand its rec- of streams on company land for one or more days. reation program much further and then only as loc 'al A Boy Scout group uses an old camp free of charge needs develop. Because of the operating expenses for about 2,000 man-days a year. And more than involved in providing special recreation facilities 20,000 people annually take conducted tours through unrelated to the company's primary purpose of the company's sawmill and factory. Additional rec- timber production and manufacture, it may become reation is provided by a company-maintained lo Igging necessary to charge for the use of some facilities. museum. The company has cooperated with wild ife This step will not be taken until necessary and then agencies in removing debris from streams to facili- only after the custom has become established in the tate fish spawning. Employees and their families, area. A fine line for judgment lies between what the and a limited few others, have free use of a picnic board of directors will allow in expense ior public area in a grove near the mill. service and what certain elements of the public will Despite the above list of activities going on, the demand before those elements retaliate with increased company asserts that it has "made no arrangements vandalism, set fires in growing timber, damage to to meet recreation demand except to facilitate the equipment, and other overt actions., plant tours." It has no one specifically responsible for public relations and has made no particular arrangements with public agencies to develop fish and game habitat. Nominal costs are recognized EXAMPLE 57: A WESTERN LUMBER COMPANY for certain maintenance expenses and the time of staff members who are needed occasionally to con- A we 'stern lumber company presented the case for duct tours through the plant. practical planning in recreation-development pro-, No plans have been formulated for an active pro- grams that involve private lands. This firm is a gram of development of recreational facilities on .relatively small operation when compared with some company lands. Absence of a definite program or of the industrial giants. The fact that it will soon indication of plans, however, is far from absence have been in business for a'full century, however, of.thought and concern about recreation as both a public testifies to its stability and also to its ability to need and a private opportunity--as a possible supple- adjust as conditions change. Management of this mentary enterprise, and as an additional cost of doing company is genuinely concerned about: (1) the grow- business. Our informant had studied the' situation and ing need for outdoor recreation, (2) conflicts of in- presented the case so succinctly that his statement is terest between public recreation agencies and private quoted: business, and (3) the -position its firm must adopt relative to recreation as a secondary user of its Much the most serious problem facing, us as forested lands. owners and'operators of a large section of private This firm is located 'in a State whose urban popu- forest land is general poor public relations on lation has been growing by leaps and bounds. The the part of our industry and general lack of State has an extensive program for highway improve-@ understanding by the public of the economic ment that enables its residents to move far and fast. necessity of operating as a private enterprise. Average incomes are high and a large proportion We have bad little trouble to date from damage of the urban dwellers are avid recreationists. to our lands by public recreationists because our Forest holdings of this firm are less than 200,000 lands are generally closed to them. . . acres. They are geographically isolated from nation- A system of recreational user fees on both al forests as a source of possible future timber private and public "lands should be instituted to .inventory. This physical separation from national furnish sound financing for adequate recreational forest, and national parks as well, puts additional facilities. There is at present a great disparity pressures on private and State forest lands toprovide in the financing of recreation as between the U.S. 117 Park Service, U. S. Forest Service, and private State in 6 major locations and several secondary ones. industry. Each tract is managed separately. . Timber sales There is further serious disagreement on rec- are made from those not already dedicated to wilder- reational financing methods within our industry ness, parks, or other special uses for which the natural . . .The reason for this. . . is that forest owners timber cover would be a desired permanent asset. here tend to be smaller than they are in the Sales usually are by bid, with the bidder responsible South or Northwest. While very large companies, for making certain specified improvements, and principally pulp and paper companies, can afford under timber- management cutting restrictions. The to have public relations staffs and can stand the college lands are under the general supervision of expense of providing substantial recreations fa- a trained forester. Income from forest sales amounts cilities, this is not feasible for medium-size to several thousand dollars annually. This represents companies and is completely out of the question a share of the college's profits and goes into the for moderately sized and small ownerships. college treasury. Expenses for maintenance of the The general thought was expressed that timber forested lands, operations, and taxes are paid from operators owning 300,000 acres or more usually have appropriations for the college budget. public relations departments and feel they can afford Recreational activities developed on these lands free recreational facilities for public use. However, vary widely among the properties. Some are located the smaller operators generally cannot afford these on good transportation lanes and relatively near additional overhead expenses. populated areas. Others are virtually isolated. One The confusion in our national policies and actions has been developed for intensive winter sports ac- toward ownership of resources is nowhere more tivities and at least one other has some winter sports evident than in the area of extensive private land- facilities on it '. The others are available on a free- holdings. Our informant stated that, as privateforest use basis to students and college staff for hunting, owners, one of the serious problems lies "in the fishing, hiking, camping, swimming, canoeing or confusion in the public's mind as between 'conserva- boating, bird watching, berry picking, photography, tion' and 'preservation.' It fosters a feeling that nature study, and other activities. Outsiders may recreation can only be enjoyed in completely 'locked use some of the facilities, such as the trails for up' preserved areas." hiking, free of charge. On others, they need special This operator thought land leasing for recreational permits or are charged fees higher than are paid purposes was a sound economic trend that might by students and staff for lodging or for other services. well be encouraged and also that recreational users Generally, the facilities are operated primarily as need to expect to pay for use of recreational facilities. a service to college personnel rather than for profit. This principle wouldbe extended to include family The primary benefits from service to outsiders are camping. in assistance on overhead expenses and In "good Outstanding scenery can be retained and protected will." through public purchase of scenic easements from Many students and staff members spend weekends private landowners, This would allow retention of on these lands several times during the year. OtberA fee-ownership and most regular business activities utilize the facilities only for specialized recreation (related particularly to forest management), but such as seasonal sports, camping out, vacationing, would prevent subdivision-type developments and other and so on that occur at specific seasons. Some of distracting uses in major scenic areas. the lodge facilities are maintained by the college No definite plans have been formulated for develop- with the aid of student and outdoor groups on a cost- Ing a recreational land use program,on lands control- free basis for users. Sleeping bags, foodi and other led by this company, although it Is obvious that .essentials must be provided by those using them. considerable thought has beem given to the subject. In other places, the facilities are sufficiently large Assurance that use for recreation would not endanger and used sufficiently intensely to warrant staffing, the forest operation, and development of an acceptable bedding, food preparation, and similar services on schedule of fees to pay for the recreation opportunities a regular basis. At one such facility, the rates per provided, might bring supplemental income to the person are $5.50 and up in summer and $5.75 and firm, additional employment to the community, and up in winter. They include three meals and lodging. much-needed recreational - opportunities in the area.. This particular lodge can accommodate 100 guests. A weekly rate is 10 percent below the daily charges. Certain groups are allowed to bring sleeping bagsand EXAMPLE 58: A COLLEGE -OWNED FOREST stay in a dormitory at a $4 rate. One tract of between 200 and 300 acres Is developed One of the older colleges in the United States owns especially for skiers, although parts of its are used roughly 40,000 acres of wooded lands used for sustained for hiking, picnics, and some camping In season. The timber production, recreation, and limited educational ski slopes are divided according to skier-skill re- opportunities. Its holdings have been accumulated quirements into those for novices, intermediate skiers, over approximately 200 years through a series of and experts. A Poma lift and a T-bar are used. grants. The individual tracts range in size from the Single rides on the T-bar are $0.25 and on the Poma smallest, of about 70 acres, to the largest (and oldest), lift are $0.50. Other rates are $4.50 a day or $50 for of 27,000 acres. They are widely scattered about the the season. The family rate for the season is $100 118 to $110. Students and children receive a discount of site-picnic area combinations have been built; three $1 on day rates and $10 on season rates. launching ramps are partly hard-surfaced, the rest The staff of this facility includes the manager and are gravel-topped. Nine other areas, solely for one or two helpers full time, plus numerous extra picnicking, have been developed. Most of these have workers during the height of the skiing season. tables, fire-places, and toilet facilities. Few have Annual costs range between $100,000 and $150,000, drinking water available because of the expense and and the returns are only slightly higher. This is less also because, with it available, these picnic areas a profit-making operation than a service to students might draw people away from picnic areas run as and staff. However, skiers from a '11 over this part business enterprises. of the country congregate here for recreation.. Com- Some of these recreation facilities and a little petitions are held here each year. league baseball field are sponsored jointly with Roughly $175,000 is invested in this particular local groups. facility. The lifts are worth about $20,000,to $25,000 No camping is provided because (1) the company and the remainder is in land, buildings, and improve- would be competing with commercial campsites, ments. (2) the sites would be expensive, and (3) this is a No particular problems were reported by the venture foreign to power generation. manager of all college lands. Most of the staff and Visitor information centers near two powerhouse students who use the resources for recreation rec- dams contain special exhibits. A guide at each ognize the rules of sportsmanship. Most of the areas lectures concerning the operation of the power plant are sufficiently isolated so that only the hardier and also conducts tours of the plant. Guest registra- sportsmen among non-college recreationists use them. tion books show that the plants are visited each year Plans for the future are to continue the present year by people from about 35 of the 50 States, from program, with a moderate expansion in recreation nearly all of the Canadian Provinces, and from about as the need becomes evident. 15 foreign countries. Among the visitors are engineers from all over the world; many college students; and 4-H, Scout, and similar groups. These facilities and services have resulted in improved public relations EXAMPLE 59: RECREATION ON POWER COMPANY and better public awareness of the company's function. LANDS The average length of a visit to a picnic area or other recreation spots on company lands is a few At least 250,000 recreation visits were made last hours. A number of people living nearby probably year to the lands and waters of a power company. use these recreation facilities several times during This company owns approximately 25,000 acres of the season, and some visitors return each weekend. reservoirs and pond areas and 35,000 acres of land Relatively little recreational use is made of this surrounding its water areas. These were acquired property in winter. There is some ice fishing, and developed solely for producing power. some hunting, and a bit of cross-country skiing, Outdoor recreation has been permitted for more but there are no developed facilities for these uses. than 40 years on this company's property. It has Visitors cause the, company very little trouble. been of growing significance since a planned program Trash barrels are provided at developed sites, and for free public recreational use of company resources people use them. Some damage was done to some was initiated after World War Il. picnic tables at a few sites when they were first Several policy problems relative to use of Its installed, but this has stopped. Near towns, In several resources and public relations with privately owned of the areas developed cooperatively withlocalgroups recreation businesses in the region have been of and used as community facilities, the groups do their concern to company management '. It is primarily in own policing. Company employees police all other the business of producing waterpower and does not property. want to compete with, nor appear to compete with, The majority of the recreation facilities have been commercial recreation enterprises. Its policy is developed during the last 5 years. This company to keep its extensive forested lands in their natural expects to continue developing family picnicking areas timbered state except for relatively small areas and boat-launching sites as the need arises. developed for picnicking and boat launching. Capital investment in the recreation facilities Hunting, fishing, and boating (both motor and sail- cannot be determined. But, except for the two boats) are permitted on all of its waters except visitors' information houses, it is not large. The in hazardous areas adjacent to dams and power plants. only employees to care for these facilities are Hiking and berry picking are permitted also. Only two guides who work year-round at the visitors' one area on one reservoir is serviced by a bathhouse. houses, two extra guides hired in the summer, and However, people swim in seven other company-owned a summertime caretaker at each of the two picnic reservoirs. Pollution now prevents swimming in the. areas. Trash collection is done by regular company rivers but the local-State- Federal cooperative pro- maintenance crews. gram underway for cleaning up the river system There are no real difficulties with government eventually will make swimming possible in virtually agencies of any level. Signs at all locations warn all the waters this company uses. that swimming is at the person's own risk. To date, Six boat-launching sites and eight boat-launching this has been satisfactory for the requirements of 119 State, county, and local authorities. However, some- Although the power company owns the entire shore- times local, State, or Federal agencies haveindicated line, owners of adjacent lots are given access to the a desire to acquire some company forest or water- lake, and owners of lots farther back from the lake front lands. have access to It at several points by road. It is The company cannot relinquish control of land estimated that the summer population of the lakeside around its reservoirs because of its need to draw cottages alone is 10,000. down water levels from 40 to 90 feet (depending upon Brush has been cleared away in several places, the reservoir) during the year for its hydroelectric and at one vantage point the company has prepared operations. If others owned the land around the an area where cars may be parked off the highway, reservoir, the company probably would havedifficulty so the public can better view the dam and lake from about withdrawing the necessary quantities of water. nearby roads. It has had firsthand experience with this type of Four lakeshore parks and camping areas owned situation. The company sold lands adjacent to the and operated by the company provide access to the ponds used to retain a 7-day flow for a 5-day use. lake for public recreation. These areas provide Problems are encountered now with adjacent pro- picnicking, camping, and boat launching and docking perty owners concerning the water level. Oddly facilities. Approximately 275 tent sites are available enough, different people at the same pond on the at these four areas. A table, fireplace, tent base, same day will make opposing complaints--for one refuse can, and car parking space are available at the water level is too high; for the, other it is too each tent space, and toilets are provided nearby. low. Showers and electric laundries are available at nominal Although company policy is to retain full ownership sums. The camping charge is $1 per site per night, of land around the reservoirs, it has been generous or$5perweek. Park caretakers operate camp stores withother lands. A decade ago, it deededseveral stocked with food and supplies. thousand acres as a public forest for a very small Although the supply of water for use in generating sum. More recently, large tracts in excellent fishing hydroelectric power is the reason for the existenceof areas have been leased for $1 a year to help the State the lake, the company tries to hold the water level with its fish-stocking and management program. fairly stable during the summer and sufficiently high Forest management is becoming more significant to satisfy the people who use the lake for recreation in company planning. A small part of the company's purposes. lands has a virgin forest cover; some forest land is The power company conducts sightseeing tours of permitted to reseed itself; old farmland is reverting the lake, the dam, and the power plant. The number to brush and forest. Timber is cut on some parts of persons taking this tour Increases yearly. In of the forested areas. Studies are being made now 1959, more than 1,100 persons took the tour, and in to determine what future forest-management practices 1960, approximately 1,500 persons did so. People should be followed. from 13 States and 5 foreign. countries have made the Although new picnic areas and boat-launching sites tour. The approximate attendance of picnickers at will be added as they are needed, additional varieties the four.sites is estimated at 40,000. The average of intensive recreation activities will notbedeveloped camping stay is less than a week; most people use on company lands if this can be prevented. The the campgrounds from Friday through Sunday. company believes that in two or three decades its The company owns some lands at lakes behind lands will be among the few natural areas remaining other power-generating dams. At one site, a pre- in a rapidly urbanizing region and that this is a good decessor company started a reforestation program reason for preserving them in an undeveloped con- more than 40 years ago. More than a million trees dition. The company's policy is in complete accord were planted on land not considered suitable for with its major purpose--to provide hydroelectric agricultural. purposes. Some of the land is still owned power. by the present company, which Is continuing the forestry program. At another lake, the company owns a number of EXAMPLE 60: RECREATION ON POWER COMPANY areas suitable for cottage sites, which are leased LAKES to the public for small fees averaging $35 per year for a lot of approximately 75 by 150 feet. No public More than 30 years ago, when a power company bathing beaches are maintained here, but in 1961, a built a dam to store water for use in the generation boat-launching site was being constructed. Parking of hydroelectric power, a large lake was created. space is provided for 40 cars, and half a dozen picnic Today, with' its 5,700 acres of water surface and tables were being constructed. more than 30 miles of shoreline, this lake is the Officials of this company stated that because of primary recreation resource for the hundreds of traffic conditions, people are seeking weekend rec- privately owned recreation places that have been reation nearer home. One evidence of this is the built around It. These recreation facilities range fact that in 1956 when a survey was made of boats from hotels, motels, lodges, and a camp, to a yacht of lessees and transients on this lake, more than club and several marinas. . . 300 boats were using the lake; during the summer of From the beginning, the lake and its shoreline have 1961, there were about twice as many boats on the been open to the public for recreational use at no cost. lake. 120 At a lake upstream from the one mentioned pre- recently been renovated; they have modern chemical viously, the company has also provided a boat-launch- toilets similar to those in State parks. The fourth ing site. At this lake, a subsidiary company leased is in a different township, where the town supervisor land to the State Fish Commission, which has built a requires that onli flush toilets be used. Thecompany dock and launching ramp. This lake is used by more planned to renovate this camp during 1961; that is, than 1,200 boats on a single weekend. it would do part of the renovation, but anticipated This company has a small site of some 10 acres that renovation of the toilet facilities to meet this on a lakeshore at one of four steam stations. More township's requirements would create additional ex- than 50 lessees have built cottages there. At a second pense at other parks. steam station, 35 lessees have built cottages. At a Plans for future recreational development are third, there are 26 cottage sites. At the 83-acre necessarily limited by the fact that most of the artificial reservoir for cooling water. for another land owned by the company is already in use. How- steam electric station, a 7-acre-area along the shore ever, the camping area at one of the four parks can is reserved for recreation and equipped with a club- be expanded to provide camping facilities on an house, a picnic grove, and a 200-foot bathing beach. additional 15 or 16 acres. This recreation area.is used primarily by employees Company representatives stated that the recreation and for company activities, but it is made * available facilities are valuable because they provide good at no charge to nonprofit groups' and associations. public relations, as evidenced by letters the company In addition to the recreation facilities and cottage has received at the end of each summer. The company sites mentioned above, the company'@permits trapping, also believes that these recreation facilities bring berry picking, and hunting on various parts of its more customers to the businessmen in the area and other lands. Another recreation feature is that when so are good for the community. As one official said, this power company took over one land area some the company is "just trying to be a good neighbor to years ago from another company, a museum and other the people in the communities where we serve buildings on the land were sold to a local soil conserva- electric power." tion society for $ 1. and a 50-year lease on the land was given the society. Recently, the company leased an additional 26 acres to the society for development EXAMPLE 61: RECREATIONAL USE OF INDUSTRIAL as a park and bird sanctuary. The annual cost to the WATER society for the lease is a sprig from a holly tree that stands on the property. Beside, the belching stacks of a huge industrial The estimated value of land and improvements at plant in one of our'southern States, bass and bluegills the recreation areas mentioned is about $2 million. are boated from a man-made lake. This lake has a Altogether, at the three largest recreation areas, the surface are of more than 800 acres and its depths, power company employs two superintendents, a patrol- ranging from a few inches to nearly 100 feet, provide- man, a clerk, and four camp caretakers the year ample variety for healthy fish growth. around; another caretaker is hired for the summer The lake was excavated and the c6n'duits for filling season. Supervision of other spots is generally from it were built in the early fifties. Almost before the the main office or from the nearby plant. Much of basin was ready for water, people began asking the maintenance work at the four campgrounds and permission to fish, swim, hunt ducks, and water ski work at the other areas is done on contract. on its surface. The company was in a quandary. It Company representatives stated that, in general, needed the water for its industrial processes. It the people using these facilities are rather well feared responsibility for accidents that might occur behaved. Litter is sometimes a problem as is petty on its premises if the public were allowed unlimited thievery and destruction. People occasionally cut access. It needed to keep-the water relatively clean. timber on company lands; usually they are caught Yet, the opportunities for community service and for and made to pay for the timber. This discourages cementing favorable public relations were obvious. such practices. It was said that not as much vandal- Study of alternatives provided what seems to be an ism occurs at these recreation areas as at places excellent arrangement. Several steps were involved. nearer the big cities.. As the lake was filling, an agreement was develop- The principal problems seem to involve regulations ed with the State fisheries authorities. The lake was of the State Health Department and those of local to be stocked scientifically by the State and a coopera- townships. The Heafth Department regulations require tive program of fish management would befollowed a lifeguard to be on duty at each bathingbeach, over the years. Records would be kept of thefish toilet facilities at the beach, and a weekly water caught. The State would acquire information for its analysis. . It was stated that only those enterprises recreation program. that charge for swimming can afford to meet these The company developed a park in a wooded area requirements. Owners of small lodges, inns, and lying between the highway and the lake. On this cottage developments find it difficult to make extra tract, of approximately 6 acres, it constructed a charges for swimming or to raise their general fees concession building, restrooms, stone grills, and to include this additional overhead cost. permanent picnic tables. together with a system of The company itself has difficulty concerning one of roads and parking spots. A boat ramp and dock the four public campgrounds it provides. Three have were built into the lake and as an added attraction, 121 a floating fishing barge was anchored some distance Several are retired men who especially like to fish. off shore for fishermen who perferred a base more On a busy day, there may be 100 people on the lake. solid than a small boat. Between $20,000 and $25,000 The operator reported that the visitors to this park Were invested in these facilities, including ins tallation are exceptionally well-mannered. Apparently, they of lights, water, and heat for the buildings. ' I Iuse the trash containers around the picnic area and In return, the company established a rather strict return the pop bottles for the deposit. Perhaps 'but realistic set of rules and regulations under which because this area is some distance from large cities, these facilities were made available, at no cost to rowdyism and gang affairs just do not happen. the public. Among the most significant are: no The present facilities appear to be adequate for the swimming or waterskling (because of the hazard), demand. The operator would add more boats if they no fishing from shore except in specified safe areas, were needed. The company has no plans for addition- all fishermen to register and get permits beforefish- al improvements although, again, this could be changed Ing and report their catch before leaving, fishing only if the need were to develop. during specified periods (sunup to sundown). Also the number of people per boat is limited, no liquor is PROGRAMS OF FOUNDATIONS permitted on the premises, no camping Is allowed, and similar rules are enforced for public safety. The A great deal of outdoor recreation is provided by company maintenance crew keeps the facilities In schools, church organizations, nonprofit foundations condition, the rubbish crew from the plant picks up established for special purposes, and other special- the trash, and the guards patrol the premises periodi- interest groups. Recreation is seldom the primary cally. purpose for their being. Yet a majority of these Actual operation of the concession was leased to groups recognize the values gained by association an individual who Is responsible for the orderly with nature study, walking, hiking, riding, boating, conduct of people while they are in the park or on swimming, country quiet, and the numerous other the lake. The company reserves the right to close active or passive uses for free time and energies. areas to fishing or to establish other restrictions if The first of the two examples is owned by a national they are required by plant operations or for public church organization. It was the gift of a previous safety. owner and is to be used for specific uplifting purposes. The park and fishing privileges were opened to The second example recently was incorporated as a public use in June 1954. By the end of 1960, more than nonprofit corporation and efforts for Its transfer to 100,000 fishing permits had been issued and literally a suitable foundation are underway. tons, of fish had been caught, recorded, and carried home. The daily record is maintained for reports to the company and for use by the fisheries experts who are Interested in the productivity of this water body. EXAMPLE 62: RECREATION, EDUCATION, AND The original lessee, a well-known elderly man, DEMONSTRATION ON CHURCH-OWNED LANDS operated the facilities satisfactorily to all until his. death. The present lessee also appears to have a A former desert ranch that had passed through knack for good public service in this type of work. settlement stages from the practically virgin state The operator, his wife, and two full-time dockmen when first acquired under a Spanish land grant, to are required to provide service for the fishermen overgrazed working livestock ranch, andtoduderanch and picnickers who use these facilities. During 1960, is now operated by a religious group for conferences, nearly 15,000 permits were issued and many other training experience, committee meetings, study and people stopped by or used the picnic facilities. About relaxation. This holding contains approximately 20 boats and a few motors are available for rental, 20,000 acres adjoining a national forest. bait is sold, and the usual soft drinks, candy, and Guests are usually connected in some way with .fishing gear are for sale in the concession. religious activities, although this definition is suf- The personal investment in equipment and supplies ficiently broad to include 4-H Clubs and similar groups, is roughly $15,000. The concession Is open all year, More and more emphasis is placed on Junior and although a few weeks in winter are too cold for much senior high school age groups through nature study, fishing and on some days the water Is too rough for hiking, camping out, archaeology and related subjects, safe boating. The lessee is responsible for mainten- using the ranch as a living laboratory. ance of safety measures required under State law. A secondary emphasis on the ranch is a practical He charges $3 a day, or $1.50 per half-day, for use of demonstration In rangeland reclamation and resource boats, $4 a day for use of motors, and $1 for fishing management. The ranch now supports no domestic from the dock or the barge. Although the permits livestock. Previous poor management had danger- are required, there Is no charge for them, as such. ously reduced the natural cover of native grasses. They are utilized as a record of who is on the lake. Erosion and weeds took over. The present owners, Also, they have a psychological effect--people act working closely with the county agricultural agent, more responsibly when they sign permits. the Soil Conservation Service, and the Agricultural Most fishermen to this lake come from the small Conservation and Stabilization Committee, are re- .cities nearby. Few come from farther than 50 miles. seeding some areas and building dams and terraces Some Inveterate fishermen use the lake intensively. in others for soil and water conservation In order to 122 reclaim the range. Cattle will be reintroduced in established their new home on a 2,500-acre tract of another 10 years or so depending upon the new range mountain wilderness. cover. Future range use will be a demonstration of This couple, with wide-ranging interests, foresight, conservative land management practices. The pro- and effort, developed within their home and on the perty is dedicated to high ethics in education and grounds a cultural and educational center whose conservation. impact on American recreational life cannot be About 250 guests per week stay here from roughly estimated easily. mid-March to mid-October. Charges are $4.50 a The large private dwelling has been almost taken day for three meals and lodging in the regular build- over by an extensive library, rooms for museums, ings or $3.50 a day in a tent village where visitors collections of natural history, paintings by the artist, must provide their own bedding. In addition, several music rooms, and studies. The library, containing work camps are held each year. People in these about 70,000 volumes, is particularly valuabl6'for programs spend roughly haif days working as manual research in natural history, religion and philosophy, laborers on construction or other improvement pro- crafts, Indian lore, and juvenile literature. The grams on the ranch. The remainder of their time is other collections are almost equally valuable for free for study, discussions, exploration, or other research in the specific subjects. personal interests. These volunteers receive three This dynamic couple gathered a following of friends, -workers over the years. Some meals a day and lodging. students, and co Seven people are employed year-round on the became year-round residents in smaller houses ranch. Six of them are three married couples, all tucked away over the 'grounds, some came for the trained specialists. The seventh is a cook. During summer, some stayed only weeks or days. Lectures the summer rush season, the staff grows to include and seminars on psychology, philosophy, comparative an additional program director, 5 cooks, and 30 to religion, and other subjects developed. Concerts 35 college boys and girls (for 3 months at $50 per by visiting artists were arranged for guests and a month). colony of artists emerged. A crafts shop provides The current annual operating budget, although in an outlet for artisans of all local cultures so long as excess of $125,000, is inadequate to meet expenses. the workmanship is of high quality. Also included is The deficit is met by the national religious organiza- a bookstore for the works of the man and his wife-- tion. Visitors often take up small collections for who is also a well-known author and lecturer, Many special purposes, such as several bushels of adapted valuable items are stored for lack of space. grass seed, needed machinery, hand tools, or other Activities have been maintained since the owner's equipment. Some visitors with industrial connections death several years ago although the widow has found have donated several valuable larger items needed the management details an increasingly heavy drain to further the resource conservation program. of her own professional work and on her strength. The land and some of the present buildings were A major portion of the acreage was sold recently, donated to the group by the former owner. Physical but a tract of several hundred acres including all assets other than the land are valued at $500,000 to of the facilities was kept in order that the center $700,000. Construction of additional facilities and for education might be maintained intact. Access range reclamation is proceeding slowly as funds rights for hiking and riding purposes were reserved become available. in the sale. The new owner has no plans for develop- Potable water is scare. The present well and ment of the area. water storage tanks are adequate only for approxi- The business affairs were recently incorporated mately present levels of use. A new water source into a nonprofit foundation with a 5-man board of must be located and developed before appreciably directors who knew the developer, his way of life, more people can be serviced. Several separateareas and his desires about continuation of his work. probably will be developed for special interestgroups The entire tract of 2,500 acres was acquired in if water can be provided. 1929 under a single deed of unbroken title going back Relatively few problems of handling people occur. to the original Spanish land grant. Building was begun Most of the visitors represent religious groups or in 1929. Housing facilities are available on the are students with special interests. They are usually grounds for 200 guests in tourist cabins, small homes, self-policing and interested in the reclamation pro- and a few larger houses for permanent residents. gram underway. Finances are the greatest problem-- Each of. these has complete living facilities. Rentals fees are kept low to allow as many people as possible range from $75 to $200 per month plus utilities. to utilize the facilities economically. It is not a In addition, a large camping area is available for Boy money- making" enterprise. Scout' groups. Touring groups and individuals or families familiar with the work of the owners often stop for a tour of the premises or for a study period. A charge of $0.50 per person was recently instituted EXAMPLE 63: ONE MAN'S CULTURAL MONUMENT for persons wishing a conducted tour through the main facilities. Some 30 years ago a renowned artist-naturalist, Although the primary focus of present activities is author, lecturer, and man of many other interests educational and many leaders of recreational groups moved to the Southwest with his wife, where they come here for training, the other facets of a cultured 123 life are recognized. Musical instruments are avail- its members and others using the western mountainous able for private practice or for impromptu recitals; areas. A somewhat similar association, although less lectures on a wide range of subjects are arranged well known, operates along the Appalachian Trail depending on the specialist available; researchers in eastern United States. often spend periods poring over volumes in the The last two associations include (1) a band of library; dances and comm unity sings are held; a timber owners organized for mutual assistance in few horses are available for those who ride; others solving problems related to legislation, public policy, may hike if they wish. No hunting is allowed and and numerous other matters; and (2) an association no facilities are available for swimming or other of cons ervation-minded citizens trying to preserve sports. A small restaurant probably will be added the best examples of primeval forest for present and to meet the needs of the short-time visitors. future enjoyment. It Is almost Impossible to evaluate the worth'of the property, although appraisals already made on only part of the personal property run well over $1 EXAMPLE 64: THE SIERRA CLUB million. The widow has lived alone In the family home The Sierra Club, a special interest club founded since her husband died several years ago. Regular nearly 70 years ago, has devoted itself "to the, employees include one man who is a general over- study and protection of national scenic resources, seer and a woman for housework. Day or special particularly those of the mountain regions of the help is hired as needed. During the summer, a part- Pacific Coast." Its, membership has grown from a time secretary and three or four clerks for the shop few dedicated men to more than 17,000 persons, and are added. The tenants serve themselves. Its programs have been broadened to Include many The widow stated that she had no management aspects of outdoor recreation in addition to those on troubles worth mentioning. The guests were, serious its original agenda. people there for a purpose, and visitors usually Among these activities are summer wilderness recognized the significance of the place. A very outings, mountaineering, skiing, snowshoeing, local small amount of litter developed from residents of trail trips, boating photography, nature study, various the nearby local community who sometimes used types of camping trips, river tours, and others. More the roads for parking purposes. Vandalism on the closely associated with the concepts of preservation outlying property is a more serious problem. and conservation is the club's program for publishing The owner is elderly and freely admits that she authentic information concerning the mountain regions, does not have the time or ability to, manage the efforts to gain support in preserving the forests and facilities adequately. She believes that they could other natural fearure@s of the region, and preventing easily be self-supporting if a public-service group their exploitation. would take them over and continue the purposes for Junior membership among persons of about high which the estate has been developed. She refuses school age is encouraged. The group helps introduce to donate her property to the State because some of young people into activities of the club and develops. its policies conflict, with her own standards for good leadership potential among them for future club public administration. programs. If she had the finances, the time, and the ability, The club owns, operates, and maintains more than she would improve the campgrounds somewhat above a dozen rustic lodge facilities generally in areas their present primitive condition; enlarge the craft accessible only by foot or boat. Most of them are on shops; have a larger restaurant; and add an adequate lands leased from the Federal or State governments, professional staff (librarian, curator, artists in although a few are on privately owned Inholdings. A residence,, etc.) to man the various departments and couple of other lodges are somewhat larger and have provide needed services to researchers and students facilities for conferences, as well as sufficient usage as well as to the larger volume of tourists that to require staff services. The club also has a ski probably would evolve. If a public group, a foundation tow near one of its lodges. Some parcels of land were or other group takes over, these steps will occur, received as gifts, others were purchased. but this lady can plan only to do her best while she The lodges and facilities are recreation centersfor remains in charge. members and guests, centers for information, and emergency shelters. Committees appointed for the purpose, administer the lodges, huts, and lands. PROGRAMS OF ASSOCIATIONS Approximately 1,200 acres in five areas are owned by the club. Buildings on other sites are on leased This series of three case examples represents lands. special interests that own, or operate on, land where Annual dues for membership are: regular members competition for resource use is keen and emotions $7, spouse members $3..50, junior members (ages 12 about public policy often run high. The Sierra Club, through 20) $3.50. An initiation fee of $5 is charged. of course, owns some lands, leases others, maintains Life membership is available for $150. a string of shelters, helps maintain trails, helps Most of the hut and shelter facilities are operated clear up litter In wilderness areas, and provides on a donation system with a suggested daily use rate many other services for the ultimate benefit of, and "do your own work." Rates ar. lodges with 124 resident staff range from $2 per person per night for during the worst period for forest fires. Timber lodging to $5.50 for guests of members in others. owners are less than overjoyed at prospects that Weekend package meal rates run from $7 for four careless hunters might destroy whole forests. The meals to $11 for seven meals. available insurance will not compensate for either The club's outing program is available to non- financial losses or growing stock destroyed. members for a charge of $15, which can be applied They recognize that the State parks are under toward membership dues. pressures to open dedicated forest areas to recrea- Few problems occur with litter and vandalism. tion. Restrictive covenants in some deeds and park- Most facilities are fir removed from civilization, management policy force public recreation develop- and the few people who reachthem are cooperative, ments onto. adjacent lands. Some of these private conservation minded, and respectful of property rights. holdings would be ideal for camping recreation--if Public relations with government agencies and properly planned and properly controlled by a real- representatives have been generally good. Major istic recreation program. Several of the. owners disagreement has been over policy matters about would dedicate small areas, or at least lease them use or preservation of certain areas. out on a generous long-term basis, if adequate No particular plans for changes In the program are safeguards were on hand. contemplated. It is expected to continue to grow and A part of the association's activities involves a broaden with Increasing membership as it has In the tree-farming program including public relations and past. public education. Where tree farm lands adjoin major highways, areas may be set aside for picnics and rest stops. Signs, posters, and sometimes demonstra- EXAMPLE 65: A TIMBER OPERATORS' ASSOCIATION tion plots tell the forest- management story. At least one has a forestry trail with self-guided signs An association of timber owndrs Is struggling with explaining what the visitor sees. mounting problems related to growing pressures from The association needs public support for its wel-. urban people for outdoor recreation opportunities. fare as a group of landowners and as an industry. These owners recognize that their lands have high It needs help from people In protecting its growing potential for human satisfaction but fear that public stock and it needs friends to support its position pressures for recreation and the absence of proper when it supports or opposes legislative proposals. safeguards to growing trees will undermine their Recreational use, of private timber holdings is a primary purpose for forest ownership. recognized fact, and the association indicates that Most owners try to cooperate with local residents it is cooperating as i best it can during an interim and communities in recreation-resource development. when policy and standards of conduct for this use A few have developed camping and picnicking areas are being developed. for public use on their lands. These developed areas serve to concentrate the public users, reduce the damage to growing stock, reduce the danger of fires, EXAMPLE 66: CONSERVATION OF PRIMEVAL FOREST and spot the 'places where fire-fighting or cleanup For more than 40 years a dedicated group of work must be conducted. Several association mem- bers let the public hunt over their lands under a public-spirited citizens has been raising funds, buying permit system. forested lands, campaigning for ever-increasing The general attitude, however, is that they are not public acquisition of outstanding remaining groves of organized to handle recreation enterprises. Theyare primeval forest, and trying to arouse public awareness thinking about multiple uses of their lands, public of the unique values sacrified through unlimited relations, costs, and related matters. Theyrecognize harvest of ancient trees. that growing pressures and publk sentiment will This group has been instrumental in the setting force them to allow uses of their land in addition to aside of individual trees, groves, and larger forested their primary interest in growing trees. But they areas totaling several thousand acres. More than aren't ready for the deluge of vacationists they know $3 million have been donated by this group for this would descend upon them from populous southern purpose. its practice has been to buy the land, if California. necessary, and later donate the tract to the State for As private owners of timberland, these people park purposes. Through the years, many outstanding, must consider costs and returns. They question the public-spirited, cons ervation- rpinded national figures assumption that the public has use-rights to their have been members of this organization. lands and other resources without charge. They The group plans to continue its longstanding program expressed the need for a basic policy from State and for further acquisition of these forest lands, dedicat- Federal agencies about fair and equitable charges ing them for public enjoyment. Recreation and for recreation services. conservation are closely interrelated and inseparable Also needed is a better understanding of forest In this program. The attitude is, that the finest management requirements by recreation interests. examples of forest species should be preserved from As an example of the cross_]@_urposes- that can cause harvest for the benefit and use of the people, It difficulties, the timing of deer hunting in parts of recognizes that the rest of the forest probably should the region was cited. The early deer season occurs be harvested and the products used wisely. 125 MISCELLANEOUS CHAPTER NINETEE11 RECREATION ACTIVITIES Several types of privately owned and privately resents lands in sand and gravel, quarrying, and operated recreation facilities that occur most fre- strip mining operations. Pit and quarry opera- quently were the subject of previous chapters based tions present serious personal injury accident on the mailed survey and many of the case examples potentials. The injury or death liabilities of the in chapter 18. Data from other recent,surveys of landowners are too great to permit public rec- outdoor recreation facilities are described In this reational use of these lands. In some instances chapter. safe areas, which may be fenced off, are opened for public use. NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT, CHAMBER OF The report continues: COMMERCE OF THE UNITED STATES But, after strip mining is completed on an area, In 1960, the Chamber of Commerce of the United the lands are often reclaimed for lake and rec- States conducted a study that was summarized in its reational development, game management, home- report, Survey, of Public Recreational Use of Private site or park development, along with forest plant- Lands. Although the sample is small, the chamber ing to Improve the area. The lands are then avail- feels that it is representative of what chamber mem- able to many forms of outdoor recreation. bers are doing to make their lands available for public recreational use. This study includes data The report also states that: concerning the recreation use of land and water resources owned by 91 business and industry members Fee lands owned by the gas and oil companies of the chamber. These industries fall intofivegeneral generally are small in area and typically involve categories: forest products, mining, oil and gas, administrative and operating sites, so that wild- water and power, and grazing. lands are small in extent and their use Is often Sixty-three of the firms reporting acreage (other restricted by the operations. On the large than forest products firms) have a total of 1,721,280 ownerships, which were reported, public use is acres of land and water, 96.46 percent (1,660,426 permitted. - This is shown by the fact that three acres) of which is open to public use.' Among the owners report making more than 230,000 acres outdoor recreation activities permitted on these lands available to public use., are hunting, fishing, camping, hiking, riding, water sports, and winter sports. Among the facilities and Slightly more than half of the companies replying services provided are ski tows, boat-launching ramps, to the question reported that some form of vandalism diving docks and swimming beaches, huntinginforma- occurs. This is "generally minor in nature, such as tion and maps, game and fish stocking, access roads, littering, breaking locks on gates, or other small nature exhibits and trails, and camping andpicnicking damage." sites and facilities. The conclusions stated in the chamber's report The chamber's report states that. "Those firms indicate that "the general attitude of the landowning owning water areas, notably the water and power natural resource industries toward public use of their companies, presently contribute the most public lands for outdoor recreation... is one which recog- services, with the forest products industries also nizes a public responsibility, allowing public use of having substantial programs of public service." company lands when public safety can be assured and The two reporting firms in the grazing industry when any conflicts with company operations can be category permit public use of all their holdings satisfactorily resolved." Also, "Private landowners (100,100 acres of land and water). All except 0.52 have very real liability and some vandalism problems percent of the 1,068,516 acres of land and water) to face in allowing public use of their lands. But, in owned by the* 27 water and power firms is open. spite of this, they show adeepfeelingof responsibility Only 0.77 percent of the 295,263 acres of land owned for public service in the recreational opportunities by six gas and oil firms is excluded from public and the programs, service and facilities they provide recreation use. Mining companies permit fewer of the public." their lands to be used for recreation@-20.6 percent of the 257,401 acres owned by 28 firm is excluded. I Because a more inclusive report on forest-product industries However, as the chamber's report states: is discussed later in this chapter, the forest-products portion of a substantial portion of this figure (63,200 the chamber's survey is not included here. However, the chamber survey results are substantially the same as those in the APPI acres or 24.6 percent of the mining lands) rep- survey. 127 AMERICAN FOREST PRODUCTS INDU ISTRIES This survey indicated that the "average number of days a camp operated in the summer of 1958 was Recreation on Forest Industry Lands, the 19 60 52.4 days." On the average, public camps were open survey made by the American Forest Products nearly 20 days longer than private camps, and 28 Industries, shows that "Forest industries of the days longer than organization camps. "Nearlythree- United, States are providing an ever increasing acre- fourths of the private camps are not used except age of forest land for outdoor recreation. during the summer season, while the corresponding Slightly more than 86 percent of industry-owned figures are 32 percent for the organization camps commercial forest land in the United States was and 37 percent for the public camps." The average surveyed. This land is owned by 518 companies capacity. of all camps in the survey is 134 campers. Across the country which grow trees "on apermanent Again, public camps average more campers than do crop basis for manufacture into pulp, paper, lumber, organization or private camps. plywood, and numerous other wood products." . The More than 976,000 acres are used by 3,646 camps chief -forester for AFPI said that "Use.of forest-land whose questionnaires were-analyzed. As the report for recreational purposes is an important part of the states: "An average of 2.01 acres was available for multiple-use management program which forest in- each camper," It says also: "Seventy percent of the dustries are following. . . . Wherever it-is possible camps own their own sites." This varies from the --without endangering personal safety of forest public camps, 47 percent of which own their own sites, visitors--industrial timberland owners are making through organization camps' (64 percent - own their more. and more land available to the public for sites), to private camps, 91 percent of which own recreation.". Of the 58,140,936 acres surveyed, their sites. "In cases where the land is not owned, 97.4 percent is open for fishing (on 137,255 miles of 62 percent is publicly owned land, 25 percent is stream, 496,666 acres of natural lakes; 237,034 acres owned by religious or nonprofit agencies, and 13 of artificial lakes, and 1,112 acres of fish ponds), percent by private groups or individuals." 92.3 percent is available for hunting, and between 83 Concerning the adequacy of camps, the report and 90 percent of this acreage is open to camping, states: '.'Camps that - do not own their own sites swimming, hiking, picnicking, and berry picking. appear to have need for additional camp-site facili- Nearly 38 percent is open to winter sports, and ties. Of the total reports received, 7 percent of the almost 47 percent is open to various types of organized camps renting or borrowing sites reported they could recreation. use them for longer periods if they were available.' . :'. The survey showed also that 107 companies offer Lack of space at 37 percent of the camps caused 146 public parks and 157 picnic areas having a total the rejection of applications during the 1958 summer of 19,690 acres. Also, 54,739 miles of roads' that camping season. However, the report also states that: have been developed on forest products industrylands are open to the public. Although a substantial volume of applications had Few companies charge for the-tecreation use of to be rejected because of lack of space for the their lands or their facilities.. Only -15.4 percent period requested, a considerable amount of total of . the companies surveyed require, use permits. available camper space is unused. Only 55 The AFPI survey shows two interesting points: percent of the camps reported what may be more than 6 million recreation visits are made termed full occupancy; that is 90 percent or yearly to forest industry lands, and 84 companies better of their stated capacity was occupied have definite plans for further recreation develop- during the entire summer season. . . . Private ment of their lands. camps have the highest percentage of occupancy with nearly three-fourths being 85 percent or better occupied. Public camps have the greatest number of unused spaces. AMERICAN CAMPING ASSOCIATION The American Camping Association, Inc. prepared a report on Resident Camps for Children for the One int.eresting statement in the 'report is: National Park Service in 1960. It shows E_e present status of such camps and the probable future need While it might be inferred from these figures for them. The ACA estimates that "about 7,500 that existing camps are sufficient tome6tpresent resident camps for children were in operation'during needs if the space were wholly utilized, the facts the summer season of 1958 and . . . they served about are that shortages occur-for those agencies that 3,500,000 campers, or Approximately 14 percent of are operating at capacity; in given geographical the total population 9 to 16 years of age.". areas; in serving special types of campers; and Usable questionnaires from 3,646 resident camps in camps for,girls, for low income groups, and for children showed that 73 percent are organization some cultural groups. That all available places camps (Scouts, churches, and other nonprofit groups), are not used is often due to poor administration 25 percent are privately owned camps, And 2 percent and pr 'omotion and the fact that facilities have are camps operated by public agencies (such as been provided in areas. where needs for them municipal park and recreation departments). did not actually exist. 128 AMERICAN YOUTH HOSTELS, INC.. Engine and Boat Manufacturers, Inc., in December 1959, Marinas, Yacht Clubs, Boat Yards, showed that President A. L. Pranses, in his June 1960 report, marinas offer more services to boat owners than A Program for a Second Generation of Planned Pro- do the yacht clubs, which, In turn, offer more gress for the American Youth Hostels, indicated that services than the boatyards. in 1960 there was in the United States a total of 70 The report was based on the data in 412 question- chartered hostels. These hostels (which are for the naires. Of these, 190 were from marinas, 118 from young in mind as well as those young in age) are yacht clubs, and 104 from boatyards. "inexpensive overnight accommodations forthosewho Slips and moorings available at these 412 facilities like to live and travel in a simple friendly fashion-- in 1959 totaled 30,712. Each of the marinas had an biking, hiking, canoeing, skiing and horseback riding." 2 average of 90 slips or moorings, yacht clubs averaged Hostels provide dormitory accommodations and 71, and boatyards had an average of 50. washing, toilet, and kitchen facilities. Although some are in cities (Boston, Mass. and Washington, D. C., for The report states that: example), the majority are in rural areas of scenic historic, or recreational importance. In some sections In addition to offering slips or mooring accom- of the country, hostels are close enough together so modations for pleasure craft, all but a few of the that hostelers can take hiking or bicycling trips, 190 marinas sell motor fuel, boat accessories, spending each night in a different hostel. Some hardware, etc.; a majority repair engines and .American hostels were built especially to provide hulls, provide winter storage facilities, and sell these simple, overnight accommodations, but others used and new boats and engines. Almost four out may be schools, camps, or farmhouses. of ten rent boat s,about a third operate restaur- Memphership in the AYH is open to anyone from ants or bars, and fifteen percent offer sleeping "4 to.94," and the membership fee for individuals quarters. is $3 to $6 per year, deperfding on age. An AYH . . . membership pass is required for use of the hostels. As a whole, the yacht clubs that participated in Overnight fees at hostels in the United States range the study offer fewer services than do the from $0.75 to $1.50. When facilities are used during marinas. Most of the clubs sell fuel and lubricants the day, an additional fee of $0.25 is charged, and in and most provide winter storage facilities. About winter, a $0.25 per day heating charge is made. four out of ten have, restaurants or bars--one out Hostels and supplemental accommodations (provided of ten have sleeping quarters. About three out of by other organizations permitting AYH members ten offer repair service. to use their facilities) presently are located in 30 States and the District of Columbia. The yards that participated in the study report .According to President Pranses' report, in 1960 an emphasis of maintenance and repair services, there were 14,000 AYH passholders and, during winter storage, and the sale of new and used 1960, 23,000 overnight visits were made to the boats and engines. hostels. . Plans for 1965 include increasing the number'of Concerning the income-producing importance of the chartered hostels to 105. These hostels would be services they render, the report states that marinas of four different types. The transit hostel, averaging and yacht clubs surveyed indicated that rentals from 20 beds, -would be located in relationship to other slips and moorings were first in importance. As hostels so as "to provide continuous travel by non- one would expect, income from repairs was first in motorized means along integrated chains." The city importance at boatyards. The study shows that, hostels would be located in major cities where local based on information supplied by the 412 respondents, AYH Councils are in operation; they would provide yacht clubs and boatyards generally charge less for facilities for meetings and recreation, as well as 25 use of slips than do marinas. The average open-slip to 30 beds for overnight visits by out-of-town hostelers. rental charged by yacht clubs studied was $20.55 and The-community hostels would be in scenic areas the charge at boatyards averaged $20.54 while the near large cities. They would provide both indoor marinas' average was $27.22 per month. The report" and outdoor recreation facilities and would house 60 states: "A wide range of charges for slip rentals are to 150 persons. Holiday hostels (25 planned for 1965) reported--apparently each organization establishes its would be "located in resort areas where approxi- own rates according to the particular conditions mately 3,000 overnights per year are assured." of demand, services offered, convenience, etc." They would have recreation facilities, 60 to 150 beds, Plans for exapnsion during the few years fol- and would be planned for "vacation stays of weekend, lowing the survey (1959) included 11 types of facili- one or two weeks." ties ranging from restaurants and sleeping quarters to slips and piers; and from ramps and cranes to storage space and repair facilities. The marinas NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ENGINE AND BOAT MANUFACTURERS, INC. 2j. J. Cline, and W. A. Nelson, editors, AYR Handbook and Hostelers' Mani& 1960-1961, American Youth Hostels, Inc., A study prepared for the National Association of New York city, J. 129 planned to expand 238 facilities, the yacht clubs 87, charge each passenger a fee based onhourly or single- and the boatyards 95. More respondents indicated trip rates. that they planned expansion of the number of open Other recreation facilities found throughout the slips than of any other facility. United States are less well known. These are the industrial tours. Although probably a majority of ,industrial tours takes place within factories, others are outdoor activities. The latter includes suchtours OTHER OUTDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES as those of the granite and marble quarries in Rhode Island and Vermont, the open-pit copper mines in In addition to the many types of recreation facilities Arizona and Montana, and logging and sawmill sites considered in the inventory analysis, thecasestudies, in Washington. and the reports and surveys just discussed, a large I In addition to the sailing schools, one of which is .number of types of outdoor recreation facilities discussed in depth in the chapter on case studies, occur less frequently and probably have not been other schools exist which provide instruction in the the subject of analytic studies. However, they do rudiments of a number of other outdoor activities. kovide recreation each year for many people. Among them are riding schools, found throughout Each summer several hundred persons exper- the country, skin diving schools, which a re found ience the unique thrills provided by helping to sail in several States, a well-known mountain climbing schooners and other sailing vessels of a bygone school in Wyoming, the less well-known rock-hunting, day along the cost of Maine. Cruises on similar school In Maine, and the Massachusetts school that ships also are available out of several Florida, teaches people to parachute jump for pleasure. Also, Puerto Rico, and Virgin Island ports. Boat trips several airplane manufacturers provide schools where of completely different character provide outdoor one may spend several hours each day learning to recreation aboard the last of the passenger-carrying fly a sports plane, while enjoying other recreation sternwheel riverboats plying the Mississippi. Cruises facilities the rest of the day. varying from a day to a week or more are available The number of recreation areas being developed along the St. Lawrence Seaway, on the Great Lakes, by various kinds of clubs continues to increase. A and through the Inland Passage between Washington majority of these are within 2 hours' driving time and Alaska, while other cruise routes connectHawaii of major cities. These types of recreation areas with California, and East Coast ports with Puerto are sometimes relatively small and are based on Rico and the Virgin Islands. Overnight boat rides the development of a single recreation facility, such still are available between ports on the Chesapeake as a lake for fishing or a ski slope. Others are Bay, and overnight ferry trips connect Boston with comparable to the large recreation resorts; they own Yarmouth, Nova Scotia. In addition, there are liter- hundreds or even thousands of acres and have facili- ally thousands of short, sightseeing boat trips avail- ties for a wide variety of recreation including swim- able throughout the United States, from a boat ride ming, fishing, boating, hiking, horseback riding, around Manhattan Island in New York to glassbottom hunting, golf, -tennis and other court games, and boat rides in Florida and California, to the excursion even skiing. boat in California running between Long Beach and The. foregoing are merely a sample of the wide Catalina Island. Throughout the country, wherever variety of outdoor recreation facilities that exist in there are rivers or lakes, one finds rental boats. this country. However, they are indicative of the They range from rowboats and canoes to sailboats fact that among them there is a place where each and houseboats. Fishing party boats also are found man, woman, and child in this country may indulge thoughout the country. Some of these may be hired in a favorite sport or may learn to enjoy a new type by the day or week by a group of fishermen, others of outdoor recreation activity. 130 SUMMARY, CHAPTER TWENTY CONCLUSIONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS This study of privately owned and privately operated gress for the American Youth Hostels, a report by outdoor recreation facilities was undertaken to sup- A. L. Pranses, President, American Youth Hostels, plement other studies being made for the Outdoor (June 1,1960); and (5) Marinas, Yacht Clubs, Boat Recreation Resources Review Commission; all are Yards, a study prepared for the National Association to provide the background for analysis of the outdoor of Engine and Boat Manufacturers, Inc. (December recreation situation that can be expected in the years 1959). The third part also includes general informa- 1976 and 2000. This study was designed particularly tion about several types of outdoor recreation facili- to help evaluate the contribution that privately operated ties not discussed elsewhere in this report. facilities can make in meeting the future outdoor recreation needs of the Nation. Except for the con- clusions drawn from other studies (chapter 19) and the data concerning vacation farms, it is based entirely on original research. All other data were obtained by mail questionnaire and by personal ANALYSIS OF MAIL SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRE interview. . The report is in three parts. The first part is an Since no complete and inclusive compilation of analysis of questionnaires mailed to a sample of privately owned and privately operated outdoor rec- resorts, dude ranches, campgrounds, commercial reation facilities is available, a comprehensive in- beaches, yacht clubs, boat clubs, shooting preserves, ventory -of these facilities was not possible in the ski areas, resort hotels, private inholdings in national limited time and with the funds available for the parks, industrial employee recreatibn areas, chapters study. The authors were able to compile mailing of the Izaak Walton League, and hunting and fishing lists for various types of private recreation facilities camps in Maine. In addition, analysis of data con- from various sources. Statistical reliability for cerning farms that provide vacation facilities has been the data is not claimed, because the universe for included, although the Information was not gathered privately owned and privately operated recreation by use of the mail questionnaire. facilities is not known. Rather, the data are presented The second part of the report is based on 66 case to illustrate the nature of (and to some extent the studies. These examples of privately operated out- prevalence of) private recreation facilities and to door recreation facilities are located in 20 States; indicate problems that private operators encounter they range from formal botanical gardens to wilder- in supplying these recreation -opportunities to the ness trail rides. They Include in-depth analysis of public. several questions studied in volume through the mailed The sample selected included 4,045 operators of questionnaires. Care was taken to select enterprises various types of private recreation facilities. A representing major types of recreation sampled In survey questionnaire was mailed to each operator the mailed survey and, in addition, to select a wide and 2,290 were returned by these respondents by variety of subjects illustrating the range of recreation May 12 the cutoff date used. They represented about opportunities. 57 percent of the total ma 'iled. Results of the data Information summarized from several recently obtained from 1,119 usable questionnaires were an- conducted surveys of various aspects of privately alyzed, reported in detail in previous chapters of the operated outdoor recreation facilities are included report, and summarized below. An additional 117 in the third part of the report. These surveys are: listings of farms offering vacation opportunities were (1) the Survey of Public Recreational Use of Private analyzed for certain characteristics. Lands, prepared by the Natural Resources Department of the Chamber of Commerce of the United States (1961); (2) Recreation on Forest Industry Lands,,a survey made by the American Forest Products Industries in 1960; (3) Resident Camps for Children, PUBLIC AVAILABILITY a report prepared by the American CampingAssocia- tion, Inc., for the National Park Service (1960); (4) A Most of the 1,236 facilities (those represented by Program for a Second Generation of Planned Pro- the usable questionnaires plus the vacation farms) 131 are open to the public on a pay basis, and com- least part of their land, while more than half of the paratively few of the total number actually are boat clubs and nearly half of the yacht clubs are restricted to guests or members. Most campgrounds, on land that is wholly leased or similarly controlled. all commercial beaches, nearly all skiing facilities, The ownership of land leased or similarly held by three in five Izaak Walton League facilities, and a the operators of facilities includes individuals or majority of the shooting preserves are open to the families, companies or corporations, foundations, and public. Also, resorts, vacation farms, and hunting In addition virtually every level of gove.rnment--from and fishing camps are usually open to any paying town and townshi p through city, State, and Federal. guest. The type of owner of the leased land varies by Recreation facilities available only to members recreation category. For example, 31 percent of land and guests include several club-type resorts, most leased by yacht clubs is leased from cities and towns, yacht and boat clubs, and all of the industrial rec- while boat clubs using -leased land lease most fre- reation areas. quently (43 percent) from companies or corporations. With shooting preserves, the variation between regions is great--most of the leased land in the North and the South is individually or family owned, while in the West it is In corporate ownership. OPERATION -AND LAND OWNERSHIP Generally, the campgrounds, beaches, Yacht and boat clubs, national park inholdings, industrial rec- Many of the respondents listed their type of opera- reation areas, Izaak Walton League facilities, and tion as "resort," "ranch," and so forth. Individual Maine hunting and fishing camps tend toward smaller or family ownership of the enterprise was checked by holdings and more intensive land uses. Conversely, a majority of respondents for ranches, campgrounds, dude ranches, shooting preserves, and ski areas tend shooting preserves, national park inholdings, and toward larger holdings and extensive types of land hunting and fishing camps. It is also probable that use--although each usually has areas of Intensive most of the farms offering vacation facilities are uses within the holdings. individually or family owned. The acreage range and the acreage of a majority Companies or corporations own most recreation of the recreation facilities, by category, are shown resorts and resort hotels, beaches, ski area facilities, as follows: Recreation Acreage range Acreage of majority Resorts I to 33,000 More than 50 Ranches --------------------- 16 to 85,000 Less than 1,000 Campgrounds I @ to 1,600,000 Less than , 100 Beaches 0.5 to 1,600 Less than 50 Yacht clubs 0.1 - to 135 Less than 5 Boat clubs ........ ......... 0.25. to 33 Less than 5 Ski 5 to 18,000 More than 100 Shooting preserves 60 to 30,037 More than 500 Vacation ... 35 to 2,660 Less than 500 Resort hotels 2- to 17,000 More than 200 National park inholdings 0.5 to 2,670 Less than 10 Industrial recreation 3 to 760 Less than 50 Izaak Walton 18. to 365 Less than 100 Hunting and fishing I to 500 Less than 100 and industrial employee recreation areas. Facilities As a total, however, 23 percent of this sample of yacht and boat clubs and those of the Izaak Walton (of 1, 114 responding to the question) includes facilities League chapters generally are owned and operated for which the acreage reported was 9.9 acres or less, by them. 18 percent have between 10 and 49 acres, 8 percent The type of ownership of the land utilized for the are on sites of 50 to 99 acres, and 10 percent control recreation facility varies with each recreation cate- between. 100 and 199 acres (table 31) The second gory. Land is operator-owned at the majority of largest grouping after those of less ihan 10 acres recreation resorts, campgrounds, beaches, resort occurs in the 200- to 499-acre bracket, in which 18 hotels, national park inholdings, industrial employee percent of@all these 1,114 facilities lie. Two hundred recreation facilities, Izaak Walton League chapters, sixty-one, or 23 percent of the total number of rec- Maine hunting and fishing camps, and probably that reation facilities, have 500 or more acres. (The of most vacation farms. The majority of the ranch, latter is composed of 10 percent, which have between ski area, and shooting preserve operators lease at 500 and 999 acres, another 10 percent which have 132 Table 31. Range in acreage controlled by operators of various types of recreation enterprises'L/ Acreage Recreation Dudes camp commercial Yacht Boat Ski reso rts ranche ground-S beaches clubs clubs areas Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Under 1.0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - 1 26 4 - I to 4.9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19 5 5 74 24 2 5 to 9.9 - --; - - - - - - - --- - - - 16 12 5 26 9 4 9.9 or less - - - - - - - - - - - 36 17 11 126 37 6 10 to 19 - - - - - - - - - - 19 1 15 10 10 6 16 20 to 49 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28 1 17 20 11 3 22 50 to' 99 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19 6 11 7 2 - 26 100 to 199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21 8 13 6 3 33 200 to 499 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22 13 8 6 - - 40 500 to 999 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 12 2 1 - - 19 1,000 to 4,999 - - - - - --- - - - 18 25- 1 1 - - 14 A000 or more - - - - - - - - - - - 5 11 3 - - - 2 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - 184 77 87 -62 1512 46 178 continued Table 31. Range in acreage controlled by operators of various types of recreation enterprises L/ - Continued. National Industrial Izaak Hunting Acreage Shooting Resort pa rk recreation Walton and fishing All facilities preserves hotels in-holdings areas League camps Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Percent Under 1.0 - - - - - - - - - - - - 33 3 1 to 4.9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 5 1 2 138 12 5 to 9.9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 4 4 2 84 8 9.9 or less - - - - - - - - - '3 10 5 - 4 255 23 10 to 19 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 .4 1 2 91 8 20 to 49 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 3 2 1 116 10 50 to 99 - - - - - - - - - - - 3 - 3 2 3 4 86 8 100 to 199 - - - - - - - - - - - 18 2 2 4 2 1 113 10 200 to 499 - - - - - - - - - - - 91 3 4 3 1 2 193 17 500 to 999 - - - - - - - - - - - 55 1 108 11 1,000 to 4,999 - - - - - - - - 55 - 118 10 5,000 or more - - - - - - - - - 10 3 34 3 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - 232 119 29 24 9- 15 1,114 100 j/ Does not include vacation farms. 1,000 to 4,999 acres, and 3 percent which have 5,000 RECREATION AS PRIMARY LAND USE or more acres.) It may be noted that the same percentage of facilities (3, percent) falls in the Recreation is the primary use of most of the smallest acreage class (less than 1.0 acre) as falls facilities inventoried. All respondents for boat clubs in the largest. Still more noteworthy is the fact that and resort hotels stated that recreation is the primary 3 nearly half (49 percent) of these recreation facilities use of their land, while at the other extreme 46 per- are on sites of less than 100 acres; however, if the cent of the shooting-preserve operators reported that acreage ranges in vacation farms are added, this recreation is the primary use. When recreation is becomes 45 percent, as most of the farms are larger not the primary use of the land, ranching, farming, than 100 acres. or a combination. of the two were most frequently 133 mentioned as primary land. uses. Forestry wag the inventoried (table 33). Fishing facilities areprovided next most frequently mentioned of the other primary second most frequently, closely followed by boating. uses. Also mentioned were mining, conservation, Hunting facilities are@mentlon.ed fourth most fre- motels, industrial water supply manufacturing, min- quently, If one includes that done on shooting preserves, eral baths, and a nursery. ski areas, and industrial recreation areas. Picnicking. Nearly 70 percent of all the acreage in'this survey is fifth and winter sports facilities follow as the is used for recreation purposes. Campground oper- sixth most often provided recreation facility. ators reported recreation use for only 31 percent of their total acreage, while ranch operators reported that 83 percent and Industrial groups that 92 percent of total acreage is used for recreation. Some opera- tors apparently used a broader definition for recrea- POPULARITY OF RECREATION ACTIVITIES tion use than others; this fact needs to be remembered when comparing data in one category with those in More than 20 types of recreation activities are others. popular in the various recreation facility categories (table 34). Water sports account for 48 percent of the 2,570 total listings of first, second, and third TERRAIN AND COVER choices. Sports and activities making extensive use of land, such as hunting, skiing, and picnicking, account Nearly half of all property discussed.in this report for 41 percent of the listings. Intensive sports, such is on either rolling or hilly land, although the type as tennis and baseball, account for 6 percent, and of terrain used varies from category to category miscellaneous activities such 'as sigbtseeing and (table 32). For example, more than 90 percent of dancing account for the remaining 3 percent. that used by ski area operators is hilly or mountainous, Of the individual sports and activities, swimming as would be expected. On the other land, one might is most popular (16 percent of all listings), fishing not expect that more than 75 percent of the dude is second (15 percent), and boating and hunting tie ranches are on land that Is hilly to mountainous, or for third most popular (12 percent each). Skiing is that the majority of campgrounds are on flat or fifth most popular (7 percent), riding and picnicking rolling land. tie for sixth place (5 percent each), closely followed The cover on these lands varies according to both by camping (4 percent) in eighth place, and golf (3 the recreation category and the region. However, percent) in ninth place. Other activities each men- nearly a third is in grass, the same in forest, and tioned frequently enough to account for 2 percent of nearly another third Is in both grass and forest the total listings are sailing and racing, water skiing, cover. Other cover mentioned by recreation facility hiking and mountain climbing, and tennis. Miscella- operators ranged from sand, rock, and macadam to neous winter sports, rifle shooting, sightseeing and mesquite, brush, and marsh grass. photography, parties and entertainment, and dancing (including square dancing) each account for I percent RECREATION FACILITIES PROVIDED of the total listings, and ice skating and baseball together account for I percent. Other water-and land- Swimming is the facility most frequently offered based activities, too infrequently mentioned to show among the recreation units of 10 of the 14 categories separately, comprise the remaining 7 percent. Table 32. Typical terrain, by types of vacation enterprisesi/ Recreation Dude Camp- Comme rcial Ski Shooting Resort Terrain resorts ranches grounds beaches areas preserves hotels Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Flat --------------- 7- 43 2 23 28 - 48 6 Rolling --------------- 42 8 22 19 5 119 5 Hilly ---------------- 41 9 13 5 73 20 2 Mountainous ----------- 35 41 9 1 88 4 3 Flat and rolling --------- 2 - 3 2 - 10 - Flat and hilly ---------- I - 4 2 1 14 Flat and mountainous ----- 2 1 - - 1 4 Roily and hilly ---------- 1 3 2 1 10 Rolling and mountainous --- 3 3 - - 2 1 Hilly and mountainous ----- 8 8 1 - 6 - MiscellaneousP -------- - 5 2 9 4 - - Total --------------- 183 77- 86 62 178 230 19 - continued 134 Table 32. Typical terrain, by types of vacation enterprises.V Continued Izaak Hunting Terrain recreation Walton fishing All facilities holdings areas League camps National Industrial and park in Number Number Number Number Number Percent Flat - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5. 13 3 1. 172 19 Rolling - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 8 3 5 239 26 Hilly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 174 19 Mountainous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 1 1 197 22 Flat and rolling - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - 19 2 Flat and hilly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 23 2 Flat and mountainous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 9 1 Rolling and hilly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - 20 2 Rolling and mountainous - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - 1 15 2 Hilly and mountainous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 24 3 Miscellaneous N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21 2 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10 913 - - - - - - - - - 29 24 -15 100 j/ Does not include vacation farms or 1/ yacht clubs and boat clubs, which are on waterfront lands, usually flat or rolling. 1/ Includes waterfront and canyon bottom. FEES CHARGED: AVAILABILITY OF OVERNIGHT ESTIMATED PROPERTY VALUE AND RECEIPTS FROM FACILITIES RECREATION Fees of some type are charged by most of the Replies concerning the operator's estimated value recreation enterprises inventoried. These fees vary of his recreation unit indicated that many different from the so-called American Plan at many resorts things were included. Among these were the replace- and ranches (which usually Includes the use of ment cost of old buildings at 1961 construction costs virtually all recreation facilities as well as room and and value of extensive lands if subdivided forvacation board) to entrance fee and/or swimming charges at home sales. Still others included "good will." The commercial beaches; ski lift and tow charges at question concerning receipts from "recreation use ski areas; per person, per family, or tent-site of this unit last year" also elicitedavaried response. charges at campgrounds; membership dues at clubs; Because of these variations, total values and total hourly or daily rates for use of rowboats and riding recreation incomes are not meaningful. horses, and numerous other rates for hunting or Approximately 60 percent of the respondents (and fishing. many - did not answer the question) indicated that. Rooms in hotels, lodges, or motels; cabins, cot- receipts covered cash operating expenses last year. tages, or apartments; improved and unimproved Several wrote that they "barely met" expenses, and campsites and trailer sites; and dormitories and several others wrote that income "nearly" met cash bunkhouses are among the many types of overnight operating expenses. lodging provided by the recreation enterprises in this sample. Resorts, ranches, hunting and fishing camps, vacation farms, and campgrounds naturally PROBLEMS provide some type of overnight accommodations. Itis rather surprising, however, that a number of com- Fifty-one percent of the operators who replied to mercial beaches, several ski areas, an industrial the question reported no problems. The 512 r6c- recreation facility, and a few shooting preserves and reation- enterprise operators listing problems amas- yacht clubs also provide them. sed a total of 722--of which 72 percent are guest- created (table 35). Vandalism, trash, and fire, in that order, are the most frequently mentioned. Busi- OTHER RECREATION RESOURCES ness-related problems account for 19 percent of the total; of this group of problems, crowded conditions Most (about 90 percent of those whose operators were most frequently mentioned. Policy at various replied) of the 1,119 facilities inventoried by question- levels of government accounts for 5 percent of all naire, and many of the vacation farms, are near problems. Human relations problems, such as the public lands or water used for recreation. Nearly quality of seasonal labor, comprise 2 percent of the half of the operators responding indicated that other total, as do acts of God, such as bad weather and privately owned recreation facilities are nearby. lack of water or snow. Laws, which result in high 135 Table 33. Summary of available recreation facilities by type of recreation enterprises Resorts Dude s. Camp- Commercial I Yacht Boat Type of facility ranche grounds beach clubs clubs Number Number Number Number Number Number Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 148 65 62 46 84 35 Swimming--- - - - - - - - - 173 60 72 62 100 33 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 122- 25 GO. 48 155 46 Water Skiing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 - 6 1 2 - Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 1 1 1 5 - Total water sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 463 151 201 158 346 114 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30 69 - - - Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 58 61 29 8 -3 1 Hiking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21 16 9 - - - Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31 50 87 22 12 20 Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 69 58 69 55 52 41 Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31 - 1 3 - Winter sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30 11 11 9 .7 3 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 1 - - - - Total extensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 272 266 206 94 77 65 Tennis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31 3 -1 16 Shuffleboard - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i4 - - - Lawn games - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 - 1 1 Archery - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 3 1 - Putting and miniature golf 6 - - 2 Ball--vollby, base, etc - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 1 2 - 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7 - - - - - - - - - - 10 4 3 12 2 - Total intensive sports - - - - - - - - -- - - - 87 10 7 17 18 1 Dancing (including square) - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 3 11 - Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13 1 B 22 11 2 Total miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 5 11 33 11 2 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 839 432 425 302 452 IB2 continued taxes and higher minimum wages, accounted for less presently held land and on land to be acquired. Alto- than I percent of all problems. gerber, a total of 781 additional recreation facilities Altogether, problems connected with the private are being planned by those of the 854 respondents sectors of the economy account for 91 percent of who replied to this qu9stion (table 36). all problems mentioned. Some level of governmentis involved .in some waywith 7 percent of all problems Extensive sports (riding, hunting, etc.) account for As previously mentioned, acts of God account for the 54 percent of all facilities planned, I water sports remaining 2 percent. for 34 percent, intensive sport for 4 percent, and miscellaneous sports and activities for the remaining 8 percent. PLANS FOR EXPANSION Of all recreation facilities planned, winter sports are mentioned most frequently; they account for 22 Despite the problems involved in provision of percent of the total. Boating (13 percent); swimming, recreation facilities, many respondents have plans camping, and picnicking.(12 percent each); andfishing to expand their present facilities Within the next few years. Some expect to build additional facilities on presently held land, others plan to buy or lease more 1 Based on replies of operators in all categories except shoot- land, and still others intend to expand both on ing preserves, vacation farms, and national park inholdings. 136 Table 33. Summary of available recreation facilities by type of recreation enterprises Continued National lzaak Huntin Type of facility Resort park in- Walton fishing All facilities ngs hotels holcli League camps g and Number Number Number Number Number Percent Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 21 7 15 498 17 Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 - 19 1 14 550 19 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 10 3 14 494 17 Water skiing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - 2 28 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 Total water sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 42 51 11 45 1,582 54 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 8 - - 111 4 Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 7 3 11 182 6 Hiking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 10 58 2 Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12- 9 3 246 8 Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 14 7 3 372 13 Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 - - - 46 2 Winter sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 5 1 2 82 3 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Total extensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - '25 56 20 19 1,100 38 Tennis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7- - - - - - - 4 - - 1 56 2 Shuffleboard - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - 2 - 16 1 Lawn games - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - 18 Archery - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 12 Putting and minature golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - 10 (2 Ball--volley, base, etc -7 - - - - - - - - - - - - - .0the-r - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - -- J 11 44 1 Total intensive sports - - - - - - - 10 1 14 2 167 5 Dancing (including square) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 61 2 Total miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 83 3 ------------ Total - - - - - - - - - - -- 77 112 45 66 2,932 100 Sho oting preserves, industrial recreation, ski areas, and vacation farms omitted. Less than 1 percent. (8 percent) are also high on the I ist of facilities tele vary widely. Capital investment ranges from a planned. Hunting (4 percent), riding (2 percent), and Jew hundred dollars in one case to millions in others. golf (2 percent) were mentioned also by at least a Many examples represent the accumulated experience dozen respondents as on their list of future facilities. and business efforts of an operator's lifetime. Others The remaining 13 percent of planned -recreation are large and complex corporate enterprises. A few facilities include those for putting greens-and minia- are poorly managed; most are managed at least com- ture golf; volleyball, softball,. baseball, and football; petently; few are outstandingly successful. social activities, amusements, and additional lodging. Recreation is the major enterprise for most of the managers interviewed. Other, like the power and manufacturing industries or the tree farms, must keep recreation in secondary position. SUMMARY OF THE CASE EXAMPLES PERSONAL ATTRIBUTES The 66 -business operations described in chapter 18 represent a cross section of private enterprise Regardless of what one calls it, the personality of in outdoor recreation. Operating conditions andclien- management is reflected in relations with the public. 137 Table 34. --,Summary of popularity distribution of specified recreation activities by.types of recreation enterprises 1/ grounds clubs Recreation activity Resorts Dude Camp- Commercial Yacht ranches Number -Number Number Number Number Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 137 28 46 55 69 Fishing- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 96 49 45 15 30 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 70 2 25 26 122 Sailing and racing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53 Water Skiing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 25 2 3 - 8 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 2 2 2 7 Total water sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 334 83 121 98 289 Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18 25 8 1 Skiing-n - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 2 3 - - Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 5 ill 37 16 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22 78 2 - Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 5 55 - - Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 42 1 - 2 3 Hiking and mountain climbing - - - - - - - - - - 13 6 8 - - Winter sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 - - - Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 4 2 2 - Total extensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 124 126 96 41 20 Tennis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23 2 - - 14 Rifle shooting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - Ice skating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - I Baseball - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 1 1 20 2 Total intensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35 4 3 20 16 Sightseeing and photo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 5 - Parties and entertainment - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - 1 - 20 Dancing (including square) - - - - - - - - - - - 4 1 2 9 2 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21 6 5 7 1 Total miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30 9 13 16 23 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 523 222 233 175 348 continued A strict disciplinarian gathers a following of people town or rural background whose growing children who appreciate discipline, a manager who allows lax help around the resort. The tone is one of friendli- standards of conduct collects a clientele whose ness, comradeship, respectability, and reasonably standards are similar. good taste. Most of the summer tenants are older These are extremes; a majority of people serving couples ranging In age from 50 to 70 years; rowdy, the public consciously or unconsciously recognizes flamboyant people would feel out of place--and probably that the various age groups, family compositions, would not be tolerated. Most of the winter guests income brackets, regional derivations, and other are winter sports enthusiasts; people not interested characteristics of people affect their requirements. in skiing and those preferring quiet probably would Elderly couples and young couples with noisyromping feel out of place. children, for example, usually require widely differing The personality of the operator in example 28 makes kinds of services and a different atmosphere. his river-running boat trips unique. He provides a Case example 1, a small year-round resort, illust- certain flair and background that no others in the rates this point. It is operated by a family of small- same business quite duplicate. His clientele value 138 Table 34. Summary of popularity. distribution of specified r ecreation activities by types-of recreation enterprises Continued Recreation activity Boat Ski Shooting Otherp All facilities clubs areas preserves Number Number Number Number Number Percent Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 11 6 35 464 16 Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19 14 74 43 385 15 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 45 1 - 17 308 12 Sailing and racing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - 54 2 Water skiing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 1 - 1 57 2 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 1 - 2 24 1 Total water sports--------------.:- 101 28 80 98 1,232 48 Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 26 218 14 310 12 Skiing - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 173 - 4 190 7 Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18 11 8 23 141 5 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 4 11 122 5 Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 9 4 9 94 4 Golf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 20 70 3 Hiking and mountain climbing - - - - - - - - - - - 18 - 10 55 2 Winter sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 26 2 1 36 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 23 3 40 2 Tota.1 extensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 24 272 260 95 1,058 41 Tennis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - 8 48 2 Rifle shooting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20 6 27 1 Ice skating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 - 9 1 Baseball - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 10 12 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 7 11 54 2 Total intensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 9 27 35 150 6 Sightseeing and photo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13 - 7 30 1 Parties and entertainment - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 - 2 29 1 Dancing (including square)- - I - - 19 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - 11 52 2 Total miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 17 - 20 130 5 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 128 326 367 248 2i570 100 Does not include vacation farms. Includes resort hotels, national park inholdings, industrial recreation areas, Izaak Walton League chapters, and hunting and fishing camps. their associations with him in addition to the outdoor Good management naturally involves experience, experience. but experience without judgment and ability is of Operator 34 tries to assure that visitors always little value. As shown in example 53, one operator receive unhurried, polite, courteous attention while lacked experience in winter-sports administration visiting his cave. They must be made to feel im- and also lacked good judgment in public relations. portant, that they are among friends, and that they For contrast, the operator In example 41 took over are getting their money's worth. a "white elephant" and made it into a world-renowned Time after time during this series of interviews, attraction through his service to the public interest the operators mentioned that the general public in the kinds of enterprises he developed. expected to receive less than "its money's worth." Possibly the best overall management policyadvice Almost universally, these operators indicated that was provided by one very successful operator. He one of the best advertisements for their facilities said: "The best way to avoid problems is to over- are the pleasantly surprised, satisfied customers come them before they develop, anticipate situations who received their money's worth--and a little more. and take action, know people and their habits, use 139 Table 35. -Problems reported by operators of 512 recreation enterprises Problems Number Problems Number Private sector of the economy Acts of God Guest - created: Lack of water or, snow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 Vandalism - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 192 Bad weathei - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Trash - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18,0 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 Fire - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - 132 Poaching - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 Rowdiness - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Government sector of the economy Leaving gates open - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I "People -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I Policy: Total - -7 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 520 Policies and rules - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 Predator control - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 Human relations: Poor roads - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 Zoning - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Staffing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 Sewage disposal - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 Seasonal help - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -1 4 Fish management - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 Beach erosion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Dirty lake - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Business-related: Competition from public campgrounds - - - - - - - - 1 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 34 Crowded conditions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 98 Financing - - - - - - - - - -w- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 Laws: Lack of guests - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 Insects - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 High taxes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 Parking space - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 Minimum wage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Maintenance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 Publicity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 H i gh costs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I Sub-total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - :- - - - - - - 2 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 136 Sub-total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 669 total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 722 bits of psychology, be firm and businesslike but to program to resources for her situation. Additional pleasant and courteous, be dignified, and never be girls could be accommodated only at increasing subservient. Treat people as respected friends and losses to aspects of the camp program. expect to be treated the same way by them." Operator 7, on the other hand, has found that too few guests at a working ranch require too much staff time for entertainment and service. Operator 26 must seek winter employment because his sailing operations provide an inadequate annual income. SIZE OF BUSINESS Operator 45 limits the guest ranch operations to what the family could handle if the hired labor force Is there an optimum size of business in recreation quit or gave trouble. development? Yes, but it varies for each individual The small area controlled by operator 11 for his undertaking and for each operator. It varies with public shooting preserve.limits the number of hunters the age and ability of the operator, the dependability he can serve per day and the total volume of business of his labor force, the location of the business relative that can be handled. Generally, however, many to potential demand, seasonal fluctuations, the degree opportunities exist for intensive use on a "put and and quality of competition, and many other factors. take" basis. These services can be expanded within Operator 12, for example, is a retired educator short periods if the pressures are sufficiently great. who developed a summer camp for girls. She has Enterprises catering to spectators rather than -found the optimum combination of girls to counselors participants generally are operating at less than 140 Table 36. -- Summary of planned recreation facilities, by types of recreation enterprises Type of facility Recreation Dude Camp- Commercial Yacht Boat resorts I grounds beach clubs clubs Number Number Number Number Number Number Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 6 14 4 5 7 Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 1 25 10 13 9 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 2 17 6 44 12 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I - - 1 Total water sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 37 10 57 20 62 29 Riding - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 8 1 - - Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 7 8 2 - Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 4 54 7 - 5 Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 1 26 13 6 11 Golfing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10 - - - I - Winter sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 3 6 1 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 - - - Total extensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 46 24 96 23 8 16 Tennis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - Putting and miniature golf - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - Ball--volley, base, etc - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I Summer sports - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - -- I - - - 3 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 - 2 3 - Total intensive sports - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 3 3 3 Social activities - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - 4 Amusements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 6 - Lodging - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10 1 10 1 - - Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 6 8 1 1 3 Total miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 7 19 8 5 3 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 107 41 175 54 78 48 continued capacity. The grounds could serve considerably developed a nearby area intensively, whereas opera- larger number of visitors and the staff could be tor 34 hesitates to add even a restaurant to serve expanded easily and quickly. Small and relatively visitors because "the cave is t.he attraction here." inexpensive changes in -facilities might be required in situations - such as that of example 39. This operator might need to cage small birds to protect OVERHEAD COSTS them from tourists, use more substantial surfacing- on his walks, and protect some'of the more valuable High, relatively fixed costs that vary little, if any, plants from vandalism and pilferage. in relation to numbers of guests area burden on some Some rather isolated recreation attractions face the types of recreation enterprises. Advertising, animal problem of complementary services for guests. feed, and caretaking expenses are examples of such Operator 37 probably could not support his scenic costs. attraction enterprise from sightseers alone. He Example 44 was developed as a unit in anticipation has combined numberous eating, lodging, and enter- that business would increase rapidly to at least the tainment enterprises into a multimillion dollar busi- break-even point. Approximately 40 percent of the ness. He concurs with operator 34, that scenic short-term operating budget in 1960 was spent for attractions must be kept natural, although he has publicity. A staff of six full-time employees is 141 Table 36. Summary of planned @recreation facilities, by types of recreation 'enterprises 1/ Continued Industrial lzaak Hunting and Type of facility Ski Resort recreation Walton fishing All facilities areas hotels areas League camps Number Number Number Number Number Number Percent Fishing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10 1 1 1 5 62 8 Swimming - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 2 1 1 3 96 12 Boating - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 1 - - 2 101 13 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - 5 1 Total water sports------ 31 4 2 2 10 264 34 Riding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - 12 2 Hunting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - 1 1 28 4 Camping - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20 1 2 - 98 12 Picnicking - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 - 7 3 1 91 12 Golfing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 4 2 - 1 19 2 Winter sports - - - - - - - - - - - 136 1 1 1 2 168 22 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 (N) Total extensive sports - - - 178 5 11 7 5 419 54 Tennis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - 3 Putting and miniature golf - - - 2 Ball--volley, base, etc. 4 - - 5 Summer sports - - - - - - - - - - 6 - - - 10 1 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13 2 Total intensive sports 6 6 - 33 4 Social activities - - - - - - - - - - 1 5 1 Amusements - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 8 1 Lodging - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 2 - - 2 30 4 Other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - 22 2 Total miscellaneous----- 4 2 2 1 2 65 8 Total - - - - - - - - - - - - - 219 11 21 10 17 781 100 j/ Shooting preserves, vacation farms, and National Park inholdings omitted. I/ Additional grazing for riding horses. Less than 1 percent. required year-round to feed animals and maintain written by relatively few reputable companies; the the buildings and grounds. The feed bill for the rates are almost prohibitive. As a result, too many animals goes on whether or not guests pay admissions. operators trust. to luck that no suits will occur. Several other operators have been able to capitalize Operator 48 carried insurance for a while on his on word-of-mouth advertising, special-interest riding stable but dropped it when advised by his stories in magazines with nationwide coverage, news lawyer that it was inadequate. He depends on posted items, and other media to promote the popularity signs, word-of-mouth directions to riders, and ex- of their facilities. Several family-type operations perience in matching rider ability to horse tempera- do little or no formal advertising; their guests ment. Operator 54 leases out the horse concession return year after year, introduce their friends to the primarily because liability insurance rates are too facility, and generally maintain the level of business. high. Operator 25 complains about insurance rates Liability insurance is a serious problem for certain and requirements for lifeguards, first aid equipment, types of recreation facilities. Ski-facility operators, and other insurance-type items-for his public beach. beach operators, and those using horses are examples. The industry in example 61 divests itself of respon- Personal liability insurance on these activities is by leasing swimming and fishing rights on its 142 storage lake to a private operator. Several forest (example 65); operators of regulated shooting pre- operators mention danger of suits for personal serves disagree with State game departments about liability to hunters, fishermen, campers, or other the ability of pen-reared birds to survive in the injured while on company lands. open and want their operating seasons changed (ex- Operator 30 mentioned the increasing burden of ample 15); hunting seasons in adjoining States are State permits for boats, trailers, and equipment dissimilar (example 13) and hunters risk arrest used in several States. when they wander across State lines or follow wounded Private clubs catering entirely or largely to business game across to dispose of it. Regulations differ and industrial clients reported that they are adversely among adjoining States on a river (example 30). affected by the Internal Revenue ruling tightening up on allowable entertainment expenses. Examples 15 and 16 are affected in this way. PROBLEMS OF POSSESSION AND OPERATION The operator of example 48, a suburban riding stable, is contemplating a real estate sale because Outright malicious mischief and vandalism occur farm property is taxed at subdivision rates rather all too frequently on private property that cannot be than at use rates. closely guarded. Hunters destroy equipment in the The owners of example 25, a small beach operation, woods, cut fences, shoot domestic livestock, and listed the large number of Federal, State, county and cause other damage. Vandals break up and burn local taxes, business licenses; and special stamps wooden picnic tables, destroy stonework, tear up required. These fees and taxes amounted to a lavatories, carve initials on walls and trees, and significant proportion of the gross income in 1960. create other havoc. All too few of these miscreants are caught and punished adequately. The maladjusted and comparatively few vandals cause additional operat- FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ing expense and create poor relations with people providing recreation facilities. Owners of resources Although few of the case-example operators men- used by the public without charge are particularly tioned financing as a limiting factor in their plans bitter about these losses. for the future, frequently, it is very important. Litter often becomes a problem wherever people Private bankers and governmental lending agencies congregate. Several operators add employees during alike apparently are reluctant to finance the rec- peak tourist seasons solely for clean-up details. recreation industry. Others instruct all employees to clean up litter Examples 15, 25, 35, 36, 39, 40, and 44 are handi- whenever it is found. A few stated that proper capped by inability to borrow money for expansion placement of receptacles and a neat, clean place or to help them weather temporary periods of eco- encourage visitors to help keep it clean. nomic depression. Private sources of capital fre- Most of the operators with gift and curio concessions quently can be utilized for investment purposes: expect a certain amount of shoplifting. Touring Two industrialists invested in the s'mall resort of groups of school children and most other groups are example 1. The two boat and bait operators in watched closely because these operators have learned example 19 have private sources available if needed. that some groups actually compete in how much they Example 23 is a secondary enterprise, as are examples can steal while on these trips. Experience also 39 and 52. Operator 26 was financed primarily teaches salespeople to spot some light-fingered in- because he was known personally to the local banker. dividuals, who are then watched closely. It is im- possible to catch all thieves. The losses are figured into overhead, and the cost is passed on to others. GOVERNMENTAL PROGRAMS AND POLICIES Shooting preserves, in particular, have problems caused by foxes, hawks,. and other wildlife that prey Complaints were expressed agains 't some of the on pen-reared game birds. Losses are severe in policies, attitudes, and programs of both the U. S. someareas. The plea is for intensified local predator- Forest Service and the National Park Service, causing control measures to keep predator numbers within what complainants said were undue hardships and reasonable limits. expense through "letter of the law" interpretations of regulations. ATTITUDES OF INDUSTRY They very real controversy overregulation, control, and use of wilderness was mentioned frequently. Companies that control large bodies of water or Some suggested easier access and increasing use; large forested land areas recognize the potential others, however, wanted to maintain isolation and multiple-purpose uses that can be made of their frontier conditions. holdings. They also recognize the conflicts of interest, In one region, local health and water boards that personal liability claims, increased costs of opera- bad gained control of watershed use on public lands tions, danger of vandalism, need for increased fire were apparently in opposition to the multiple-purpose protection, and other problems that increase when development and use principle of land management. public access is allowed. In other instances, the hunting season occurred Example 61 divested itself of certain responsibili- during the most dangerous season for forest fires ties for control of fishing and boating on its lake 143 through contract with a private operator. It absorbs organization camps are used only during the summer the costs of maintaining and policing Its park for season. public use. Examples 55 and 56 contract with State In 1960, 70 youth hostels were in operation in the fish and game agencies for stocking their forests and U.S. 5 These youth hostels are open only to members, waters, regulations for hunting and fishing, and for but the membership is open to anyone from -4 to policing of recreationists. Examples 55, 56, 59, 60, 94" who is interested in simple living andtraveling-- 61, 64, and 66 have spent thousands of dollars each by bicycle, canoe, ski, horseback, or on foot. Plans in developing picnic areas, loading ramps, docks, for the future include a 30-percent increase in the parking areas, and similar facilities for recreation number of hostels by 1963, and a 100-percent use. Example 65, an association of forest owners, is increase in the number of bostelers is expected by concerned about settling many practical problems that time. before their lands are opened to outdoor recreation Marinas offer more services to boat owners than development and use. These include proper safe- do yacht clubs or boatyards.6 At marinas and yacht guards for private property of its members, standard- clubs, rentals from slips and mooring are first in ized rates to be charged for the recreational services income-producing importance, while. at boatyards provided, and physical control of the mass of recrea- income from repairs is first. Plans for expansion tion seekers expected to descend upon them. during the next few years include I I types of facilities, with plans for expansion of the number of open slips leading those for all other types of facilities. SPECIAL SITUATIONS CONCLUSIONS Last to be mentioned in this summary are the estates, the private benefactors, the institutions, the The following conclusions, based on theinformation associations, the foundations, and the miscellaneous provided by the 1,119 questionnaires, the 117vacation organizations that make their formal gardens, special farms, and the 66 case examples, are assumed to be collections, unique resources, and other attractions representative of the situations of privately owned available to the public. Although most of these and privately operated recreation facilities in the enterprises are made available 'under the assumption United States. that gate receipts will at least pay the short-term A majority of the privately owned recreation enter- cash costs, this frequently does not happen. In effect, prises are open to the public and are operated for the owners are subsidizing recreation. The formal profit. Most are owned by individuals or families garden, the exotic birds, and the collection of tropical although many are owned by companies or corpora- plants in example 39 are not fully supported by the tions. Comparatively few are operated as private thousands of visitors who enjoy them. The owner pays clubs, although the number of such club-type opera- the difference partly as a connoisseur and collector tions is increasing and probably will continue to but partly as a humanitarian. increase. Still fewer recreation facilities are operated by industrial and commercial firms for their employees. OTHER STUDIES In recreation categories in which the ratio of improvement values to land values is high, the land More than 96 percent of the holdings (both land and is generally operator owned. In those categories in water) of 63 mining, oil and gas, water and power, which the ratio of land values to improvement values and grazing enterprises is open to the public for is high, greater proportions of land are leased. recreation use.2 The acreage open to such use, Exceptions to this general rule seemed to be yacht expressed as a percentage of the total acreage owned and boat clubs, where leasing predominates, yet the by rpsponding firms, varied from those in the grazing, ratio of improvement values to land values Is high. water and power, and gas and oil industries, which exclude less than I percent of their land from rec- reation use, to mining companies, which permit use 2Survey of Public Recreational Use of Private -Lands, Nat- of approximately 80 percent of their holdings. ural Resources Department, Chamber of Commerce oTWe-U. S., More than 90 percent of the holdings of 518 1961. companies (accounting for 86 percent of industry- 3Recreation on Forest Industry Lands, American Forest owned commercial forest land in the United States) Products Industries, F9-6-0.-- is open for hunting and fishing.3 Between 83 and 90 percent of the total acreage is available for camping, 4Resident Cam Children, prepared by the American swimming, hiking, picnicking, and berrypicking. ps 'or , for be Camping Association, in.. the National Park service, 1960. Seventy percent'of 3,646 resident camps for children own their land, and the major part of land not owned A Pro 'am for a Second Generation of Planned Progress for .4 m _'i - outn Hostels, A.T_. Pranses, June 9 by the camps is publicly owned These camps were the A e Te"an 1 60. operated for an average of 52.4 days in the summer of 1958. Nearly 75 percent of the private camps, 37 6Ma tYa,ds, National Association of gine r'nP'-ya4.C percent of the public camps, and 32 percent-of the En an B6.7 -R.LbMislita nc., December 1959. 144 A majority of the Popular recreation activities is Many of those whose lands and waters are still closed of two types: water-related sports and those making recognize that public sentiment. will sooner or later extensive uses of land.. Recreation facilities in this force removal of limits where recreation can be survey generally are located on rolling or hilly lands. practiced safely. Many would welcome sound standard, Cover is usually grass, forest, or combinations of fair treament relative to governmental requirements grass and forest. Flat or mountainous terrain and proper compensation, and a logical balance between other types of cover are utilized less frequently. publicly owned and developed resources and privately The optimum size of business varies with individual owned recreation facilities. Owners of a number of conditions. . Factors involved in establishing this facilities open to the public for recreation acitivities, optimum include the age and ability of the operator, in effect, subsidize such recreation by providing out- the dependability of the labor force, the location standing opportunities for public enjoyment at less of the business relative to potential demand, the than actual cost. Situations of this kind, should be seasonal fluctuations, and the degree and quality of recognized and further encouraged.- competition. The capacity of some enterprises (shoot- Although the business of providing private outdoor ing preserves, for example), can be expanded more recreation opportunities is not particularly unique, it easily and more rapidly than other (resorts, for is an exacting occupation with many specialized example). branches. It offers opportunities to, operators who Many people who are trying to manage recreation can provide sound business management, promotion, enterprises are not well adapted to the work. Personal and investment, and whose personalities are adapted attributes are Important; the manager largely creates to the task. However, the remnants of our national the "atmosphere" of his recreation facility and antipathy against play must be overcome and many recreationists usually search for places and condi- problems typical of the growing pains of new types of tions to which they can adjust easily. enterprises will need to be alleviated. The variety Apparently, about half of the privately owned of mass-produced, economy-packaged recreation de- recreation enterprises have problems relatedtodoing manded today by vacationers was almost unknown a business that were worth mentioning. Most of these generation ago. Even government-"-National, State, problems are caused by antisocial actions of the and local--often looks askance at this burgeoning guests--the most frequent being vandalism, trashand business. littering, and carelessness with fire. Government- Despite the problems and the setbacks, private created problems of two types also occur--those recreation development will move ahead--with or caused by conflicting regulations in adjoining juris- without government assistance. Public developments dictions and those caused by the absence of adequate alone will not satisfy the unfilled demand for rec- understanding and communication between operators reation opportunities. Many people want a variety and public officials. Standardization of regulations of recreation experiences incompatible with the pract- and reciprocity among jurisdictions appear to be ical limitation of public facilities. Many of the essential, as do better training and closer supervision expressed desires for recreation services are out- in public relations for governmental personnel dealing side the traditional realm of public service. For with the public. maximum development, public recreation programs Intensive operations have a greater variety of should complement rather than compete with private guest-created problems than extensive ones because recreation enterprise; should be compatible rather a greater number of people must be watched. Con- than combatant; and each should operate in its own versely, it is often easier to police crowds than it area of responsibility. is to catch the vandals and other troublemakers on extensive holdings, such as shooting preserves and industrial forest lands. RECOMMENDATIONS The fact is that too many people neglect proper public manners. Because of their carelessness and 1. Greater emphasis should be placed by all levels thoughtlessness, they add to the costs of recreation of. government on the larger role that private enter- services and increase private operators' resistance prise can and needs to have in providing the facilities to expanding their recreation opportunities. and services required for outdoor recreation. Pro- Despite their problems, many recreation-facility grams for public information about the role of owners plan to expand their facilities during the private enterprise in outdoor recreation need to be next 5 years. Expansion will be both on land pres- emphasized and strengthened. ently owned or leased and on land to be acquired. 2. * Public relations programs need to be developed Most frequently, facilities for extensive sports (such by private recreation enterprise to explain its posi- as skiing, riding, and hunting), will be increased; tion, its functions, and its problems to the public-- expansion of water-sports facilities also is planned its potential customers. by many operators. Comparatively few owners plan S. -Both research and technical assistance programs to add or increase facilities for sports making need to be developed to help new recreation enter- intensive use of the land. prises get started and to help established enterprises Owners of extensive holdings already utilized for improve their operations. Research on possible new hunting, fishing, hiking, picnicking, and so forth, fields of outdoor recreation is needed. The assistance anticipate increasing demands for more privileges. programs could well foster development of new fields 145 of endeavor by private enterprise. Technical assist- factory situations and to facilitate favorable ones. ance including educational'and informational services 6. Agencies at all levels of government might* for owners, operators, and employees in this field well initiate informational and educational programs is needed also. to help improve the behavior of persons using rec- 4. Financial assistance, through simplified borrow- reation facilities. Private recreation, as anindustry, ing procedures, guaranteed loans, public loan pro- could cooperate in this activity. grams, or other appropriate means, needs to be 7. Law-enforcement programs need to bestrength- made available to competent persons developing ened or extended to help private (and public) recrea- privately owned recreation facilities of acceptable tional-resource managers combat the vandal, the thief, quality for public use. the litterer, and others who carelessly or maliciously 5. Research is needed to determine the impact of cause damage to recreation facilities. laws, codes, regulations, policies, taxes, licenses, If these guides are followed--if private operators, inspections, required reports, and other regulatory public agencies, and the people using recreation or administrative requirements of the various levels facilities work together toward the common goal-- of government to learn where they impose undue the total supply of outdoor recreation resources hardship or discrimination. The results from this available for use will be increased and the satisfaction research (both positive and negative) could be trans- the public gains from use of these resources will lated into necessary reforms to alleviate u'nsatis- be multiplied. 146 THE ADVISORY COUNCIL The act establishing the Commission provided for an Advisory Council consist- ing of Federal liaison officers from agencies having a responsibility for outdoor recrea- tion and 25 other members representative of various major geographical areas and citizen interest groups. The following persons served on the Council. FEDERAL LIAISON MEMBERS Department of the Treasury Federal Power Commission A. Gilmore Flues Howard Morgan Assistant Secretary Commissioner Department of Defense Housing and Home Finance Agency Carlisle P. Runge Milton Davis Assistant Secretary Office of Program Policy Department of justice Interstate Commerce Commission Robert F. Kennedy Bernard F. Schmid Attorney General Managing Director Department of the Interior Stewart L. Udall Small Business Administration Secretary of the Interior John J. Hurley Special Assistant to the Department of Agriculture Administrator Orville L. Freeman Secretary of Agriculture Smithsonian Institution Department of Commerce Albert C. Smith Edward Gudeman Director Under Secretary Museum of Natural History Department of Labor Tennessee Valley Authority Jerry R. Holleman Robert M. Howes Assistant Secretary Director Division of Reservoir Properties Department of Health, Education, and Welfare Veterans Administration Ivan A. Nestingen W. J. Driver Under Secretary Deputy Administrator OTHER MEMBERS Horace M. Albright Harvey 0. Banks Director-Consultant Water Resources Consultant U.S. Borax & Chemical Association San Francisco, California New York, New York Andrew J. Biemiller A. D. Aldrich Director Director Department of Legislation, AFL-CIO Game and Fresh Water Fish Washington, D.C. Commission Tallahassee, Florida 147 James Lee Bossemeyer Luther Gulick Executive Director President National Assn of Travel Organizations Institute of Public Administration Washington, D.C. New York, New"York Harvey Broome Charles E. Jackson President GeneralMdnager The Wilderness Society National Fisheries Institute, Inc. Knoxville, Tennessee Washington, D.C. A. D. Brownfield, Sr. Joseph E. McCaffrry American National Cattlemen's Assn Vice President Deming, New Mexico International Paper Company Erwin D. Canham Mobile, Alabama Editor Christian Science Monitor Dwight F. Metzler Boston, Massachusetts Director Kenneth Chorley Division of Sanitation Chairman Kansas State Board of Health Executive and Finance Committees Topeka, Kansas Colonial Williamsburg DeWitt Nelson New York, New York Director Mrs. Harold Christensen Department of Conservation Chairman State of California Conservation Department Sacramento, California General Federation of Women's Clubs Lloyd E. Partain Springville, Utah Manager LeRoy Collins Trade and Industry Relations President The Curtis Publishing Company National Association of Broadcasters Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Washington, D.C. Joseph Prendergast Kenneth R. Cougill Executive Director Director National Recreation Association Division of State Parks New York, New York Indiana Department of Conservation Indianapolis, Indiana T. J. Rouner David L. Francis Vice President President New England Power Company Princess Coals, Inc. Boston, Massachusetts Huntington, West Virginia David A. Shepard Ira N.Gabrielson Executive Vice President President Standard Oil Company of New Jersey Wildlife Management Institute New York, New York Washington, D.C. Gilbert F. White Pat Griffin Chairman of the Department of President Geography Pat Gr@ffin Company The University of Chicago Fort Collins, Colorado Chicago, Illinois 148 FORMER MEMBERS (Titles indicate affiliation at time of membership on Council) Bertha S. Adkins Mrs. Oveta Culp Hobby Under Secretary President Department of Health, Education, and The Houston Post Welfare Houston, Texas Robert C. Jones Elmer F. Bennett Assistant to the Administrator Under Secretary Small Business Administration Department at the Interior James M. Mitchell Newell Brown Associate Director Assistant Secretary National Science Foundation Department of Labor Bradford Morse Deputy Administrator Ward Duffy (deceased) Veterans Administration Editor Hartford Times Perry W. Morton Hartford, Connecticut Assistant Attorney General Lands Division Charles C. Finucane Department of justice Assistant Secretary Carl F. Oechsle Department of Defense Assistant Secretary Department of Commerce' Clyde C. Hall E. L. Peterson National Science Foundation Assistant Secretary Department of Agriculture Flora Y. Hatcher Assistant to the Administrator Matthew A. Reese, Jr. Housing and Home Finance Agency Special Assistant to the Administrator Small Business Administration Marion F. Hetherington Frederick Stueck (deceased) Deputy Chief Commissioner Federal Power Commission Federal Power Commission 149 ORRRC STUDY REPORTS Page counts are estimates. All are for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. 1. Public Outdoor Recreation Areas-Acreage, Use, Potential, 260 pages, prepared by the Commission staff, presents a description and analysis of all nonurban public designated recreation areas'in the 50 States, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin. Is- lands. Nearly 10,000 named areas, and an additional 15,000 small areas, are included, with pertinent data on their acreage, location, and management agency. Areas containing more than 40 acres are evaluated and analyzed in terms of visits, use pressures, major activities, facilities, number of employees, and future expansion potential. This study contains a separate inventory of recreation use of military areas, public domain, and Indian lands in the United States. Definitions and pro- cedures utilized in the study are included. 2. List, of public Outdoor Recreation Areas-1 960, 190 pages, prepared by the Commission staff, contains the names of approximately 10,000 recreation areas, grouped by State and managing agency, and provides data on their acreage and county location. Additional aggregate data for minor recreation areas, such as way- sides and picnic areas, are included. Data on areas are presented by census region, management agency, and size category. Definitions and procedures utilized in obtainn ing these data are included. 3. Wilderness and Recreation-A Report on Resources, Values, and Prob- lem s, 340 pages, prepared by The Wildland Research Center, University of California, Berkeley, presents a comprehensive discussion and analysis of wilderness preservation. The study contains an inventory of 64 areas, containing approximately 28 million acres. It discusses 'traditional concepts of wilderness, various approaches to its eco- nomic evaluation, and basic legal and administrative considerations and problems involved in wilderness preservation. An evaluation is made of the commercial po- tential of existing wilderness areas-timber, grazing, water, and mineral resources. An analysis of the social and economic characteristics of wilderness users is based upon a sample survey carried out in three specified areas"' 4. Shoreline Recreation Resources of the United States, 150 pages, prepared by The George Washington University, contains an analysis of the Great Lakes and ocean shoreline of the contiguous States, and presents a detailed State-by-State sum- mary of quantitative and qualitative factors affecting their recreational use. It includes a classification of national shoreline resources-beach, marsh, and bluff. Problems of private ownership, access, and suitability are discussed, and recom- mendations are made. 5. The Quality of Outdoor Recreation: As Evidenced by User Satisfaction, 95 pages, prepared by the Department of Resource Development, Michigan State University, presents the findings of a study designed to test the usefulness of user satis- faction as a measure of area quality. This study is based in part upon a user survey of 24 recreation areas, Federal, State, and local. Data from the survey are sum- marized and evaluated in terms of socioeconomic characteristics and activities en- gaged in. Field appraisals of various elements which affect quality-facilities, physical characteristics, cleanliness, degree of congestion-of each site were carried out by a team of resource technicians to provide a framework for relating and assessing the survey findings. An analysis is made of the validity of employing expressions of 150 user satisfaction as a measure of area quality, and the resulting implications for public policy are discussed. 6. Hunting in the United States-Its Present and Future Role, 180 pages, prepared by the Department of Conservation, School of Natural Resources, The University of Michigan, examines the forces affecting game supply and s6mrnarizes a State-by-State survey of factors influencing hunting in the 48 contiguous States. Attention is given to wildlife regulations, limitation of hunting access, public hunting areas, fee hunting, and shooting preserves. The significance of land-use trends and Federal land-use programs as they affect game supply are evaluated. Problems af- fectingState game agencies are analyzed and suggested solutions are offered. 7. Sport Fishing-Today and Tomorrow, 130 pages, prepared by the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, U.S. Department of the Interior, presents an appraisal of fishing as a form of recreation in the United States and includes a State-by-State survey of the problems of supply, status of fishing waters, and management policies and responsibilities. It covers present and future supply of both warm- and cold- water fish and makes projections of the status of sport fishing in the years ahead. It summarizes the future prospects by regions. S. Potential New Sites for Outdoor Recreation in. the Northeast, 170 pages, prepared by the Economic Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, presents the findings of.a study designed to determine the existence of potential recreation sites of 30 acres or more, currently in private ownership and located in the 10 densely populated Northeastern States. The location of sites is based upon an analysis of aerial photographs. Site potentiality is determined according to land type, recreation suitability, and proximity to major metropolitan concentrations. Case studies car- ried out in New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, and Connecticut are utilized to illustrate ownership patterns, problems, history of land transfer, current land use, and availabil- ity for public purchase. The rep6it describes procedures used by and available to State agencies for land acquisition and development. T_ 9. Alaska Outdoor Recreation Potential, 50 pages, prepared by The Conserva- tion Foundation, appraises the major factors affecting the development of Alaska's recreation potential. It discusses land control and disposition patterns and economic development problems. It evaluates the present status of recreation, examines the essentials of sound recreation planning, and concludes with a summary of current problems and recommendations for future development of Alaska's recreation potential. 10. Water for Recreation-Values and Opportunities, 130 pages, prepared by the Geological Survey, U.S. Department of the Interior, presents an analysis of future water-based recreation in the United States. It relates recreation uses of water.to other types of water development and discusses the importance of including recreation in the planning of water resource projects. The problem of access is discussed, and the effects of such factors as water quality and reservoir management upon recreation use are analyzed. 11. Private Outdoor Recreation Facilities, 150 pages, prepared by the Eco- nomic Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, consists of two parts. The' first reports on a mail survey of private owners of recreation facilities such as resorts, dude ranches, campgrounds, ski areas, vacation farms, and resort hotels, and includes a partial inventory from secondary sources of industrial recreation areas, including large commercial timber holdings. The second phase of the study is a qualitative ap- praisal of 66 cases representing various types of private recreation facilities scattered 151 throughout the United States. Included is a discussion of such factors as type of specific activities provided, amount of land used, number of visitors, fees charged, problems encountered, and plans for expansion. 12. Financing Public Recreation Facilites, 100 pages, prepared by the National Planning Association, contains an analysis of the difficulties involved in obtaining Ion.g-terin financing for recreation facilities. The role of concessioners is the principal focus with particular emphasis on factors such as Federal policy, short season, contract provisions, and general philosophy. Some consideration is given to State policies. The analysis is supplemented by 18 case studies of concession operations on Federal lands and the approach of seven selected States: California, Indiana, Kentucky, New Hampshire, New York, Oklahoma, and West Virginia. 13. Federat Agencies and Outdoor Recreation, 130 pages, prepared by 'ne Frederic Burk Foundation for Education, San Francisco State College,' presents a descriptive analysis of the organizational and administrative structure of Federal agencies 'concerned with outdoor recreation. While the traditional Federal land- managing agencies receive primary consideration, attention is also, given to other agencies which indirectly affect the total supply of outdoor recreation opportunities. The study is focused upon recreation program objectives and policies of the agencies. Important problems encountered are analyzed, and opportunities for more effective program coordination and cooperation are identified. 14. Directory of State Outdoor Recreation Administration, 195 pages, a Commission staff project based on an American Political Science Association study, presents a State-by-State description of recreation administration. It is designed to serve as a directory of State agencies concerned with outdoor recreation, together with a brief description of agency authority, organiza *tion, and programs. Attention is given to significant or unique activities or administrative features. 15. Open Space Action, 60 pages, prepared by William H. Whyte, deals with ways and means of acquiring open space in the fast developing areas of this country. Part -I is a brief history of significant Federal, State, and local developments in open space action. Part II contains observations and guidelines for open space action programs. Specific recommendations for action by all, levels of government are presented in part 111. An appendix contains examples of Federal and State legisla- tion, tax abatement measures, casement forms and costs, and plans incorporating new devices such as cluster development. 16. Land Acquisition for Outdoor Recreation-Analysis of Selected Legal Problems, 60 pages, prepared by Norman Williams, Jr., reviews the constitutional power of State and local governments to acquire land by purchase or condemnation for recreational purposes and for related open space, and the constitutional power of the Federal Government to condemn land for such purposes. The study also ex- amines legal problems involved in acquiring easements and other less-than-fee rights in land for recreation and open space. 17. Multiple Use of Land and Water Areas, 43 pages, prepared by John Shanklin, discusses. multiple use both in a statutory and in a management sense and analyzes the relationship of recreation to other uses-of land and water. It reviews the multiple-use concepts of the land management agencies of the U.S. Goverrunent and includes sections on multiple use at the State level and on private land. The volume contains sections on multiple-use criteria and suggestions for ' multiple-use management of public lands. Comments on the study from Federal, State, and pri- vate land management agencies are included in the report. 152 18. A Look Abroad: The Effect of Foreign Travel on Domestic Outdoor Rec- creation and a Brief Survey of Outdoor Recreation in Six Countries, 45 pages, pre- pared, by Pauline Tait, discusses the effect of Americans going abroad as a substitute for major outdoor recreation trips in this country and the impact upon our own out- door recreation resources of foreign travelers coming to this country. It presents travel projections to the years 1976 and 2000. A second part contains a brief review of outdoor recreation programs in Great Britain, France, West Germany, Denmark, The Netherlands, and Japan. Attention is directed to innovations that might be applicable in this country. 19. National Recreation Survey, 300 pages, prepared by the Commission staff on the basis of data collected by the Bureau of the Census, contains the tabular results and analysis of a nationwide survey of the outdoor recreation habits and preferences of the American people 12 years of age and over. These data are derived from four separate samples, each involving approximately 4,000 interviews. 'tables show various participation rates by activity and region, according to age, sex, place of resi- dence, education, occupation, and race. Activity rates are also shown by state of health, physical impairment, and size of community. Activity' preference and data on vacation trips and outings are expressed according to selected socioeconomic char- acteristics. Estimates are made of expenditures, proportion of leisure time devoted to outdoor recreation, and other factors. Descriptive analyses-of the results,of the survey include socioeconomic factors associated with participation in 17 specified outdoor activities; expenditures on vacations, trips, and outings; and background factors asso- ciated with participation in certain groups of activities. 20. Participation in Outdoor Recreation: Factors- Affecting Demand Among American Adults, 100 pages, by Eva- Mueller and Gerald Gurin with the assistance of Margaret Wood, contains the results of a survey conducted by the Survey Research Center, The University of Michigan. It discusses the effect upon participation of income, education, occupation, paid vacations, place of residence, region, sex, age, life cycle, and race. Included are discussions of outdoor recreation in relation to leisure- time use, vacation and weekend trips, parks and recreation areas. e1t contains a chapter on camping. - The study is based upon 2,759 interviews with a representative sample of U.S. adults. 21. The Future of Outdoor Recreation in Metropolitan Regions of the United States, 640 pages, prepared jointly by the Commission staff and selected universities and planni ng agencies. One part describes the general characteristics of outdoor recreation. activities and particular'problerns of metropolitan residents, including the problem of access. It contrasts present and future outdoor recreation opportunities against the backdrop of expanding urbanization. It contains separate studies of five selected metropolitan regions: New York-New Jersey-Philadelphia (The Institute of Public Administration), Atlanta (Center for Continuing Education, University of Georgia), St. Louis'.(Washington University), Chicago (Northeastern Illinois Metro- politan Area Planning Commission), and Los Angeles (University of California, Los Angeles). The central topic in each study is an analysis of the supply and demand aspects of outdoor recreation. In each case, central problems are identified and possible solutions suggested. 22. Trends in American Living and Outdoor Recreation, 315 pages, contains a group of essays dealing with the effects of current social and cultural trends upon future needs and preferences for outdoor recreation. These essays, prepared inde- pendently by recognized scholars in the behavioral sciences, are focused upon the 153 following topics as they relate to outdoor recreation: historical development; cultural change; demographic factors; the family; mass communication; physical an4 mental health; education; voluntary groups; political institutions; urban growth; and the planning process. Authors include Lawrence K. Frank, Herbert J. Gang, William J. Goode, Morton Grodzins, Philip M. Hauser, Max Kaplan and Paul F. Lazardsfeld, Margaret Mead, Jay B. Nash, Harvey S. Perloff and Lowdon Wingo, Jr., Julian W. Smith, George D. Stoddard, and Melvin M. Webber. 23. Projections to theYears 1976 and 2000: Economic Growth, Population, Labor Force and Leisure, and Transportation, 510 pages, contains a set of four funda- mental studies which project the size, distribution, income, leisure, and mobility of the American population to 1976 and 2000. The population studies are by the Commis- sion staff, economic projections by the National Planning Association, labor force and leisure projections by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, and the transportation study by A. J. Goldenthal, Washington, D.C. In addition to na- tional aggregates, attention is directed to regional and State characteristics. .24. Economic Studies of Outdoor Recreation, 150 pages, contains a group of essays dealing with various economic aspects of outdoor recreation, Both theo- retical and practical approaches are taken to some basic economic problems of recrea- tion development, including those of investment, pricing, timing, benefit-cost evalua- tion, public-private relationships; and economic impact. Methods of economic analysis and evaluation utilized by various Federal resource development agencies are discussed. In addition to Commission staff, contributors include Marion Clawson, Resources for the Future; Arthur L. Moore, the National Planning Association; and Ivan M. Lee, University of California, Berkeley. 25. Public Expenditures for Outdoor Recreation, 90 pages, prepared by the Commission staff, indicates the total direct expenditures made by Federal, State, and local governments for providing outdoor recreation opportunities, facilities, and serv- ices during the period 1951-60. An analysis is. made of the relative amounts spent within each State and each major census region, as well as among the agencies con- cerned, for land acquisition, development, construction, operation and maintenance. Appendix tables show detailed data on annual expenditures by level of government, by agency, and by objective. 26. Prospective Demand for Outdoor Recreation, 150 pages, prepared by the Commission staff, measures the needs and preferences of the American people for a number of outdoor recreation activities. This comprehensive analysis is based on data obtained from the National Recreation Survey, the Commission inventory, the metro- politan studies, and the essays concerned with trends and patterns of American life. 27. Outdoor Recreation Literature: A Survey, 100 pages, by the Library of Congress, discusses the problems of preparing a bibliography on outdoor recreation- the diversity of the field, and its relationship with other fields-and includes a listing, description, and assessment of some of the more important references. The discussion is divided into literature on resources and. literature on users. Two ap- pendixes contain separate bibliographies on leisure and intergovernmental problems. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1962 0 - 641Z37 154 "The outdoors lies deep in American tradition. It has had immeasurable impact on the Na- tion's character and on those who made its history. . . . When an American looks for the meaning of his past, he seeks it not in an- cient ruins, but more likely in mountains and forests, by a river, or at the edge of the sea.... To- R zy T day's challenge is to assure all Americans permanent access to their outdoor herita@ye." lii4l 1260;if "SM P,,i@ RiPvag,1,14, @N Mfh@ U, "R," 1NH,,E@ VI@P`M, R"Ti '0 ""Ali 41 i: 'M j ........ .. I R@AfBY 1569